Delta 2 Payload Guide

DELTA II
Payload Planners Guide
The Boeing Company Space and Communications Group
APRIL 1996
MDC H3224D
DELTA II PAYLOAD PLANNERS GUIDE
The Delta II Payload Planners Guide has been cleared for public release by the ChiefAir Force Division, Directorate for Freedom of Information and Security Review, Office of the Assistant Secretary of Defense, as 3 October 95-S-3826/L stated in letter_______________,dated _____________________1995.
THIS DOCUMENT SUPERSEDES PREVIOUS ISSUES OF THE COMMERCIAL DELTA II PAYLOAD PLANNERS GUIDE, MDC H3224C, DATED OCTOBER 1993
Copyright 1996 by McDonnell Douglas Corporation, all rights reserved under the copyright laws by McDonnell Douglas Corporation
The Boeing Company

5301 Bolsa Avenue, Huntington Beach, CA 92647-2099 (714) 896-3311
02715REU9.1
PUBLICATION NOTICE
TO HOLDERS OF THE DELTA II PAYLOAD PLANNERS GUIDE
The Delta II Payload Planners Guide will be revised periodically to incorporate the latest information. You are encouraged to return the Revision Service Card below to ensure that you are included on the mailing list for future revisions of the Delta II Payload Planners Guide. Changes to your address should be noted in the space provided. Please forward any comments or suggestions you have concerning content or format. Inquiries to clarify or interpret this material should be directed to:
Delta Launch Services c/o The Boeing Company 5301 Bolsa Avenue, (MC H014-C426) Huntington Beach, CA 92647-2099 E-mail: deltalaunchservices@boeing.com
MDC H3224D
REVISION SERVICE CARD

DELTA II PAYLOAD PLANNERS GUIDE
CURRENT ADDRESS
October 1999
Check all that apply: Send hardcopy of next revision Send CD-ROM of next revision Address change Customer Comments:
Name: Title: Department: Mail Stop: Telephone: Fax: E-mail: Company Name: Address: City: State: Zip Code: Country: Date:
NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES
BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

FIRST CLASS PERMIT NO. 41, HUNTINGTON BEACH, CA POSTAGE WILL BE PAID BY ADDRESSEE
Delta Launch Services c/o The Boeing Company 5301 Bolsa Avenue, MC H014-C426 Huntington Beach, CA 92647-2099
PREFACE
The Delta II Payload Planners Guide (PPG) is issued to potential satellite system users, operators, and spacecraft contractors to provide information regarding the Delta II launch vehicle and its related systems and launch services. On 1 August 1997, the McDonnell Douglas Corporation (MDC) was merged with the Boeing Company. This PPG contains historical references to MDC, which is now the Boeing Company. This document supersedes previous issues of the Delta II Spacecraft Users Manual, MDC H3224, dated July 1987, MDC H3224A/B, dated December 1989, and MDC 93H3224C, dated October 1993. This PPG has been revised to incorporate the latest Delta II upgrades. These improvements continue the Delta II tradition of continuous evolution to provide The Boeing Company customers with increased payload capacity while concurrently improving operability and producibility. Among the Delta II improvements included in this edition, customers will find information on: I the latest avionics upgrades redundant inertial flight control assembly (RIFCA)
I I I
increased performance from extended nozzles on the three airlit graphite epoxy motors (GEMs) the new 10-ft composite payload fairing the new First Space Launch Squadron Operations Building (1 SLS OB)
The Boeing Company will periodically update the information presented in the following pages. To this end, you are urged to promptly mail back the enclosed Readers Service Card so that you will be sure to receive any updates as they become available. Recipients are also urged to contact Boeing with comments, requests for clarification, or amplification of any information in this document. General inquiries regarding launch service availability and pricing should be directed to:
Delta Launch Services Inc. Phone: (714) 896-3294 Fax: (714) 896-1186 E-mail: deltalaunchservices@boeing.com Inquiries regarding the content of the Delta II Payload Planners Guide should be directed to: Delta Launch Services Customer Program Development Phone: (714) 896-5195 Fax: (714) 372-0886 E-mail: deltalaunchservices@boeing.com Mailing address: Delta Launch Services c/o The Boeing Company
5301 Bolsa Avenue Huntington Beach, CA 92647-2099 U.S.A. Attn: H014-C426 Visit us at our Delta II Web site: www.boeing.com/defense-space/space/delta/delta2/delta2.htm
iii
CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
1 1-1 1-1 1-2 1-7 1-7 2-1 2-1 2-1 2-5 2-7 3-1 3-1 3-2 3-2 3-8 4-1 4-1 4-5 5-1 5-1 5-1 5-13 5-25 5-37 5-37 6-1 6-1 6-1 6-16 6-16 6-25 6-28 6-37
Section 1
LAUNCH VEHICLE DESCRIPTIONS
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

Section 2
Delta Launch Vehicles Launch Vehicle Description Vehicle Axes/Attitude Definitions Launch Vehicle Insignia
GENERAL PERFORMANCE CAPABILITY
2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

Section 3
Launch Sites Mission Profiles Performance Capability Mission Accuracy Data
SPACECRAFT FAIRINGS
3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4

Section 4
General Description The 2.9-m (9.5 ft) Diameter Spacecraft Fairing The 3-m (10 ft) Diameter Spacecraft Fairing The 3-m (10L-ft) Diameter Spacecraft Fairing
SPACECRAFT ENVIRONMENTS
4.1 4.2
Section 5
Prelaunch Environments Launch and Flight Environments
SPACECRAFT INTERFACES
5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6

Section 6
Delta Third-Stage Description Payload Attach Fittings for Three-Stage Missions Payload Attach Fittings for Two-Stage Missions New PAFs Test Fittings and Fit-Check Policy Electrical Design Criteria
LAUNCH OPERATIONS AT EASTERN RANGE
6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7
Organizations Facilities Spacecraft Transport to Launch Site SLC-17, Pads A and B (CCAS) Support Services Delta II Plans and Schedules Delta II Meetings and Reviews
Section 7
LAUNCH OPERATIONS AT WESTERN RANGE
7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7

Section 8
Organizations Facilities Spacecraft Transport to Launch Site Space Launch Complex 2 Support Services Delta II Plans and Schedules Delta II Meetings and Reviews Integration Process Documentation Launch Operations Planning Spacecraft Processing Requiremens Safety Requirements Documentation Requirements Hazardous Systems and Operations Waivers
7-1 7-1 7-1 7-18 7-22 7-23 7-34 7-42 8-1 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-3 9-1 9-1 9-2 9-3 9-4 A-1 B-1
SPACECRAFT INTEGRATION
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4

Section 9 SAFETY
9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4

Appendix A Appendix B
DELTA MISSIONS CHRONOLOGY NATURAL AND TRIGGERED LIGHTNING LAUNCH COMMIT CRITERIA
vi
FIGURES
1-1 1-2 1-3 1-4 1-5 1-6 2-1 2-2 2-3 2-4 2-5 2-6 2-7 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21
Delta/Delta II Growth To Meet Customer Needs Delta II Configurations Delta 7925 Launch Vehicle Delta 7920-10 Launch Vehicle Delta Payload Fairings Vehicle Axes Typical Two-Stage Mission Profile Typical Three-Stage Mission Profile Typical Delta II 7320 Mission ProfileCircular Orbit Mission (Eastern Range) Typical Delta II 7320 Mission ProfilePolar Orbit Mission (Western Range) Typical Delta II 7925 Mission ProfileGTO Mission (Eastern Range) Typical Delta II 7920 Mission ProfilePolar Mission (Western Range) Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7325 Vehicle, Three-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7325 Vehicle, Three-Stage Planetary Mission Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Western Range Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Western Range Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Western Range Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Sun-Synchronous Orbit Capability, Western Range Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Eastern Range Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage GTO Inclination Capability, Eastern Range
1-1 1-2 1-4 1-5 1-8 1-9 2-1 2-1 2-3 2-3 2-4 2-4 2-8 2-9 2-10 2-11 2-12 2-13 2-14 2-15 2-16 2-17 2-18 2-19 2-20 2-21 2-22
vii
2-22 2-23 2-24 2-25 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29 3-1 3-2 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-8 3-9 3-10 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6
Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Planetary Mission Capability Eastern Range Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Western Range Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Western Range Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Western Range Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Sun-Synchronous Orbit Capability, Western Range Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Western Range Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Western Range Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage GTO Deviations, Eastern Range Delta 2.9-m (9.5 ft) Payload Fairing Profile, 2.9-m (9.5 ft) Diameter Fairing Spacecraft Envelope, 2.9-m (9.5 ft) Diameter Fairing, Three-Stage Configuration (3712 PAF) Spacecraft Envelope, 2.9-m (9.5 ft) Diameter, Two-Stage Configuration (6915 PAF) Profile, 3-m (10 ft) Composite Fairing Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10 ft) Diameter Fairing, Three-Stage Configuration (3712 PAF) Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10-ft) Diameter Fairing, Two-Stage Configuration (6915 PAF) Profile, 3m (10-ft) 10L Composite Fairing Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10-ft) Diameter 10L Fairing, Three-Stage Configuration (3712) PAF Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10-ft) Diameter 10L Fairing, Two-Stage Configuration (6915) PAF Payload Air Distribution System Delta II Payload Fairing Compartment Absolute Pressure Envelope Predicted Maximum Internal Wall Temperatures and Internal Surface Emittances (9.5-ft Fairing) Predicted Maximum Internal Wall Temperatures and Internal Surface Emittances (10-ft Fairing) Predicted Star 48B Plume Radiation at the Spacecraft Separation Plane Versus Radial Distance Predicted Star 48B Plume Radiation at the Spacecraft Separation Plane Versus Burn Time
2-23 2-24 2-25 2-26 2-27 2-28 2-29 2-30 3-3 3-4 3-5 3-6 3-7 3-9 3-10 3-11 3-12 3-13 4-1 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10
viii
4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12
Predicted Star 48B Motor Case Soakback Temperature Axial Steady-State Acceleration at MECO Versus Second-Stage Payload Weight Axial Steady-State Acceleration at Third-Stage Burnout Predicted Delta II 7920 and 7925 9.5-ft Fairing Spacecraft Acoustic Environment Predicted Delta II 7920 and 7925 10-ft Fairing Spacecraft Acoustic Environment Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment3712A, 3712B, 3712C Payload Attach Fitting
4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-16
4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16 4-17 5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-10 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 5-15 5-16 5-17
Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment6306 Payload Attach Fitting Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment6019 and 6915 Payload Attach Fitting Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment5624 Payload Attach Fitting Delta II Spin Rate Capability Maximum Expected Angular Acceleration Versus Spin Rate Delta II Upper Stage 3712 PAF Assembly Capability of the 3712 PAF Configuration 7925 Vehicle 3712 PAF Detailed Assembly 3712A PAF Detailed Dimensions 3712A PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints 3712A PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Views C, D, E, and Section B-B) 3712B PAF Detailed Dimensions 3712B PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints 3712B PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Views C, D, E, and Section B-B) 3712C PAF Detailed Dimensions 3712C PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints 3712 PAF Interface 3712 Clamp Assembly and Spring Actuator 3712 PAF Bolt Cutter Detailed Assembly 6019 PAF Assembly 4-17 4-23 4-23 5-1 5-3 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-5 5-6 5-7 5-7 5-8 5-9 5-9 5-11 5-12 5-13 5-14 4-16 4-17
3712C PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Views B-B, C, D, and E)5-10
ix
5-18 5-19 5-20 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-26 5-27 5-28 5-29 5-30 5-31 5-32 5-33 5-34 5-35 5-36 5-37 5-38 5-39 5-40 5-41 5-42 5-43 5-44 5-45 5-46 5-47 5-48 5-49 5-50
Capability of the 6019 PAF on 7920 Vehicle 6019 PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints 6019 PAF Detailed Assembly 6019 PAF Spacecraft Assembly 6019 PAF Detailed Dimensions 6915 PAF Capability of the 6915 PAF on 7920 Vehicle 6915 PAF Detailed Assembly 6915 PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints 6915 PAF Spacecraft Assembly 6915 PAF Detailed Dimensions Actuator Assembly Installation6915 PAF 6306 PAF Assembly 6306 PAF Detailed Dimensions 6306 PAF Detailed Dimensions 6306 PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints 6306 PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints Capability of the 6306 PAF on 7920 Vehicle 6306 Secondary Latch 5624 PAF Detailed Assembly 5624 PAF Detailed Dimensions 5624 PAF Clamp Assembly and Spring Actuator 5624 PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints 5624 PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints Capability of 5624 PAF on 7900 Vehicle Typical Delta II Wiring Configuration Typical Payload-to-Blockhouse Wiring Diagram for Three-Stage Missions at SLC-17 Typical Payload-to-Blockhouse Wiring Diagram for Three-Stage Missions at SLC-2 Typical Spacecraft Umbilical Connector Spacecraft/Fairing Umbilical Clearance Envelope Typical Spacecraft Separation Switch and PAF Switch Pad Spacecraft/Pad Safety Console Interface for SLC-17 Spacecraft/Pad Safety Console Interface for SLC-17-Operations Building Configuration
5-15 5-16 5-17 5-18 5-18 5-19 5-19 5-21 5-22 5-23 5-23 5-24 5-25 5-26 5-27 5-28 5-29 5-30 5-31 5-32 5-33 5-34 5-35 5-36 5-37 5-39 5-41 5-42 5-43 5-43 5-44 5-44 5-45
6-1 6-2 6-3 6-4 6-5 6-6 6-7 6-8 6-9 6-10 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-15 6-16 6-17 6-18 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-22 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-27 6-28 6-29 6-30 6-31 6-32 6-33 6-34 6-35 6-36
Organizational Interfaces for Commercial Users Astrotech Site Location Astrotech Complex Location Astrotech Building Locations First Level Floor Plan, Building 1/1A, Astrotech Second Level Floor Plan, Building 1/1A, Astrotech Building 2 Detailed Floor Plan, Astrotech Building 3 Detailed Floor Plan, Astrotech Building 4 Detailed Floor Plan, Astrotech Building 5 Detailed Floor Plan, Astrotech Building 6 Detailed Floor Plan, Astrotech Delta Spacecraft Checkout Facilities Cape Industrial Area Building AE Floor Plan Building AE Mission Director Center SAEF-2 Floor Plan Electrical-Mechanical Testing Facility Floor Plan Delta II Upper Stage Assembly Ground-Handling Can and Transporter SLC-17, CCAS SLC-17Aerial View, Facing South Environmental Enclosure Work Levels Level 9A Floor Plan, Pads 17A and 17B Level 9B Floor Plan, Pads 17A and 17B Level 9C Floor Plan, Pads 17A and 17B Blockhouse Console Locations Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse Junction Box Spacecraft Customer AccomodationsLaunch Control Center Interface OverviewSpacecraft Control Rack in 1 SLS OB Launch Decision Flow for Commercial MissionsEastern Range Delta II 792X Ground Wind Velocity Criteria, SLC-17 Typical Mission Plan Typical Spacecraft Weighing (F-11 Day) Typical Mating of Spacecraft and Third Stage (F-10 Day) Typical Final Spacecraft Third-Stage Preparations (F-9 Day) Typical Installation of Transportation Can (F-8 Day) Typical Spacecraft Erection (F-7 Day)
6-2 6-3 6-3 6-3 6-5 6-6 6-8 6-9 6-9 6-10 6-10 6-11 6-11 6-12 6-13 6-14 6-16 6-17 6-19 6-19 6-20 6-21 6-21 6-22 6-22 6-23 6-23 6-24 6-25 6-26 6-29 6-29 6-30 6-30 6-31 6-31
xi
6-37 6-38 6-39 6-40 6-41 6-42 6-43 6-44 6-45 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 7-15 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-19 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-27
Typical Flight Program Verification and Stray Voltage Checks (F-6 Day) Typical Ordnance Installation and Hookup (F-5 Day) Typical Fairing Installation (F-4 Day) Typical Fairing Installation (F-4 Day) Typical Propellant Loading Preparations (F-3 Day) Typical Second-Stage Propellant Loading (F-2 Day) Typical Beacon, Range Safety, and Class A Ordnance (F-1 Day) Typical Delta Countdown (F-0 Day) Typical Terminal Countdown (F-0 Day) Launch Base Organization at VAFB for Commercial Launches Vandenberg Air Force Base Spacecraft Support Area Spacecraft Laboratory (Building 836) Launch Vehicle Data Center, Building 836, Vandenberg AFB NASA Building 840 Mission Director CenterBuilding 840 Hazardous Processing Facility Spin Test Building (Building 1610) Control Room Building 1605 Floor Plan Astrotech Payload Processing Area Astrotech Payload Processing FacilityBuilding 1032 California SpaceportPlan View of the IPF California SpaceportIPF Cross-Sectional View California SpaceportCutaway View of the IPF (looking South) California SpaceportProcessing Area California SpaceportLevel 89 Technical Support Area California SpaceportLevel 101 Technical Support Area Upper-Stage Assembly Ground Handling Can and Transporter Space Launch Complex-2, Vandenberg Test Center Space Launch Complex SLC-2, VAFBAerial View Looking East SLC-2 MST/FUT Elevation Level 5 of SLC-2 Mobile Service TowerPlan View Level 6 of SLC-2 Mobile Service TowerPlan View Spacecraft Work Levels in SLC-2 Mobile Service TowerVAFB Whiteroom Elevations and Hook HeightsSLC-2 Mobile Service Tower SLC-2 Blockhouse
6-32 6-32 6-33 6-33 6-34 6-34 6-35 6-35 6-36 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 7-8 7-9 7-10 7-11 7-12 7-13 7-14 7-14 7-15 7-19 7-20 7-20 7-21 7-22 7-23 7-24 7-25 7-26 7-27 7-28 7-29
xii
7-28 7-29 7-30 7-31 7-32 7-33 7-34 7-35 7-36 7-37 7-38 7-39 7-40 7-41 7-42 7-43 7-44 7-45 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 9-1
SLC-2 Blockhouse Control Room Spacecraft Blockhouse ConsoleWestern Range Launch Decision Flow for Commercial MissionsWestern Range Delta II 792X Ground Wind Velocity Criteria, SLC-2 Typical Mission Plan Typical Spacecraft Weighing (F-12 Day) Typical Spacecraft/PAM Mate (F-11 Day) Typical Spacecraft/PAM Final Preparations (F-10 Day) Typical Transportation Can Installation (F-9 Day) Typical Spacecraft Erection (F-8 Day) Typical Flight Program Verification and Saftety Stray Voltage Checks (F-7 Day) Typical Ordnance Installation (F-6 Day) Typical Fairing Installation (F-5 Day) Typical Fairing Finaling (F-4 Day) Typical Fairing Finaling (F-3 Day) Typical Second-Stage Propellant Loading (F-2 Day) Typical Beacon, Range Safety, and Class A Ordnance (F-1 Day) Typical Delta Countdown (F-0 Day) Mission Integration Process Typical Delta II Agency Interfaces Typical Document Interfaces Typical Integration Planning Schedule Launch Operational Configuration Development General Safety Documentation Flow for Commercial Missions
7-29 7-30 7-31 7-32 7-35 7-35 7-36 7-36 7-37 7-37 7-38 7-38 7-39 7-39 7-40 7-40 7-41 7-41 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-14 8-15 9-3
xiii
TABLES
1-1 1-2 1-3 2-1 2-2 2-3 3-1 4-1 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-5 4-6 4-7 4-8 4-9
Delta Four-Digit Designation Delta II Vehicle Description Delta II Vehicle Characteristics Delta II Typical Eastern Range Event Times Delta II Typical Western Range Event Times Mission Capabilities Typical Acoustic Blanket Configurations Eastern Range Facility Environments Western Range Facility Environments Delta II Transmitter Characteristics Cleanliness Level Definition Spacecraft CG Limit-Load Factors (g) Spacecraft Acoustic Environment Figure Reference Sinusoidal Vibration Levels Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment Figure Reference Acoustic Test Levels, Delta II 7925 9.5-ft Fairing, Three-Stage Mission, 3.0-in. Blanket Configuration
1-3 1-6 1-6 2-5 2-5 2-6 3-1 4-2 4-2 4-3 4-4 4-13 4-13 4-14 4-15
4-19
4-10
Acoustic Test Levels, Delta II 7920 9.5-ft Fairing, Two-Stage Mission, 3.0-in. Blanket Configuration 4-19
4-11
Acoustic Test Levels, Delta II 7920 and 7925 10-ft Fairing, Two- and Three-Stage Mission, 3.0-in. Blanket Configuration Sinusoidal Vibration Acceptance Test Levels Sinusoidal Vibration Qualification Test Levels Sinusoidal Vibration Protoflight Test Levels Third Stage Mass Properties NCS Nominal Characteristics
4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-24 4-24
4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16
xv
5-1 5-2 5-3 5-4 5-5 5-6 5-7 6-1 7-1 7-2 7-3 7-4 7-5 7-6 7-7 8-1 8-2 8-3 8-4 8-5 8-6 8-7 9-1
Notes Used in Configuration Drawings Maximum Clamp Assembly Preload Separation Clamp Assemblies One-Way Line Resistance Disconnect Pull Forces (Lanyard Plugs) Disconnect Forces (Rack and Panel Connectors) Disconnect Forces (Bayonet-Mate Lanyards) Test Console Items Vehicle Checkout Facility Vehicle Checkout Area Payload Checkout Cells Capabilities Transfer Tower Area Fairing Storage and Assembly Area Payload Processing Room 6902 Payload Processing Room (PPR) 8910 Space Agency Data Requirements MDA Program Documents Required Documents Spacecraft Questionnaire Typical Spacecraft Launch Site Test Plan Data Required for Orbit Parameter Statement Spacecraft Checklist Safety Document Applicability
5-2 5-2 5-37 5-40 5-42 5-42 5-43 6-16 7-16 7-16 7-17 7-18 7-18 7-19 1-19 8-4 8-4 8-5 8-9 8-12 8-13 8-16 9-2
xvi
GLOSSARY
EED EMF EMI EMT ER ESA E/W EWR FAA FO FRR FS FSAA FUT GC GC&NS GEM GL GMT GN2 GSE GSFC GTO H2 HDBK H/H HPF HPTF I/F IIP IPF J-box KMI KSC LEO LCC LCE LO2
xvii
electro-explosive device electromagnetic field electromagnetic interference Electrical-Mechanical Testing Facility Eastern Range Explosive Safe Area east/west Eastern Western Regulation Federal Aviation Administration fiber-optic flight readiness review first stage fairing storage and assembly area fixed umbilical tower guidance computer guidance, control, and navigation system graphite-epoxy motor ground-lit Greenwich meantime gaseous nitrogen ground support equipment Goddard Space Flight Center geosynchronous transfer orbit hydrogen handbook hook height hazardous processing facility high pressure test facility interface instantaneous impact point integrated processing facility junction box KSC Management Instruction Kennedy Space Center low Earth orbit Launch Control Center launch control equipment liquid oxygen
1 SLS OB 30 SW 45 SW A/C ACS ADOTS AFB AGE AKM AL ALC AMP ANSI ARAR ASO ATP AUV AWG BAS B/H CAD CCAS CG C/O CRD CWA DBL DID DIGS DMCO DOT DRIMS DTO E&O EAL
First Space Launch Squadron Operations Building 30th Space Wing 45th Space Wing air conditioning attitude control system Advanced Delta ordnance test set Air Force Base aerospace ground equipment apogee kick motor air-lit advanced launch control system Ampers American National Standard Institute Accident Risk Assessment Report Astrotech Space Operations authority to proceed avionics upgraded vehicle American Wire Gauge breathing air supply blockhouse computer-aided design Cape Canaveral Air Station center of gravity checkout command receiver decoder clean work area Dynamic Balance Laboratory data item descriptions Delta Inertial Guidance System Delta mission checkout Department of Transportation Delta redundant inertial measurement system detailed test objectives engineering and operations Entry Authority List
LOCC LOP LOX LPD LRR LSRR LSSM LSTP LV LVDC MD MDA MDC MDC MECO MIC MMS MOI MRTB MSPSP MSR MST NASA NCS NDTL N/S NOAA OASPL OLS OR OVS PAM P&C PAF PCC PCM
launch operations control center Launch Operations Plan Liquid Oxygen Launch Processing Document launch readiness review launch site readiness review Launch Site Support Manager Launch Site Test Plan launch vehicle Launch Vehicle Data Center Mission Director McDonnell Douglas Aerospace Mission Director Center McDonnell Douglas Corporation main-engine cutoff meets intent certification multimission modular spacecraft moments of inertia Missile Research Test Building Missile Systems Prelaunch Safety Package Mission Support Request mobile service tower National Aeronautics and Space Administration nutation control system Nondestructive Testing Laboratory north/south National Oceanographic and Astronautic Agency overall sound pressure level Orbital Launch Services Operations Requirement operational voice system payload assist module power and control payload attach fitting payload checkout cell pulse coded modulated
xviii
PCS PEA PGOC PHE PI PLF PMA P/N PPF PPG PPR PPRD PRD PSM PSP PSSC PWU QD RACS RCS RF RFA RFI RGA RIFCA ROS RS S&A SAB SAEF 2 SECO SLC S/C SLS S/M SMC
probability of command shutdown payload encapsulation area payload ground operations contract propellant handler's ensemble program introduction payload fairing Preliminary Mission Analysis part number payload processing facility Payload Planners Guide payload processing room Payload Processing Requirements Document Program Requirements Document Program Support Manager Program Support Plan pad safety supervisor's console portable weigh unit quick disconnect redundant attitude control system reaction control system radio frequency radio frequency application radio frequency interference rate gyro assembly Eedundant Inertial Flight Control Assembly Range Operations Specialist range safety safe and arm Sterilization and Assembly Building Spacecraft Assembly and Encapsulation Facility Number 2 second-stage engine cutoff Space Launch Complex spacecraft Space Launch Squadron Solid Motor Space and Missile Center
SOB SOP SR&QA SRM SS STD STG STS SW TIM TM TMR TMS TWX Typ UDS UMB USAF
squadron operations building standard operating procedure safety, reliability, and quality assurance solid rocket motor Second Stage standard stage Space Transportation System Space Wing technical interchange meeting telemetry telemetry control rack telemtry system telex typical Universal Document System umbilical United States Air Force
UV VAB VAC VAFB VC VCA VCF VCR1 VCR2 VDC VEH VIM VLD VM VOS W/D W/O WR
ultraviolet Vertical Assembly Building volts alternating current Vandenberg Air Force Base visible cleanliness vehicle checkout area vehicle checkout facility vehicle control rack 1 vehicle control rack 2 volts direct current vehicle Vehicle Information Memorandum voice direct line video monitor vehicle on stand Walkdown without Western Range
xix
INTRODUCTION
This Planners Guide is provided by the McDonnell Douglas Corporation (MDC) to familiarize potential customers with the Delta II launch services. The guide describes the Delta II, its background and heritage, and its performance capabilities. Spacecraft interface constraints and the environments that the spacecraft will experience during launch are defined. Facilities, operations, and operational constraints are described, as well as the documentation, integration, and procedural requirements that are associated with preparing for and conducting a launch. The Delta II is the newest, most powerful version of the highly regarded Delta series of launch vehicles originally developed by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA). In over three decades of use, Delta has achieved an average of one launch every 60 days. The long life and many
DAC123862
successes of the Delta launch vehicle stem from its evolutionary design, which can be upgraded to meet the needs of the user community while maintaining the highest reliability of any Western launch vehicle. The Delta provides flexibility by maintaining launch pads at both the eastern and western ranges. Two launch pads at Cape Canaveral Air Station (CCAS) in Florida have been in service longer than the pads used by any other launch system and have been regularly upgraded to meet the increasingly rigorous spacecraft support requirements of our customers. The pads are open to both commercial and government customers without restriction. Maintenance, mission modifications, and launch preparations may be conducted at one pad without impacting operations at the other. This arrangement allows MDC to provide schedule and launchperiod flexibility and to minimize schedule risk. Having an additional pad at Vandenberg Air Force
H31195
Delta II early morning final launch preparationsEastern Range
DAC113761
H31194
Delta II launchliftoff at Eastern Range
Base (VAFB) in California provides mission flexibility. The Delta II is launched from one of the dedicated pads at Space Launch Complex (SLC) 17 at CCAS, for missions requiring low- and mediuminclination orbits; and from SLC-2, a dedicated Delta launch pad at VAFB, for high-inclination orbits. Our demonstrated high launch rate is made possible by streamlined procedures, experienced personnel, and excellent working relationships with all Range regulatory and safety agencies. The Delta launch team is one of the most experienced in the world. It has a reputation for responding quickly to mission-specific requirements including providing services for the highly specialized payloads of NASA, USAF, and commercial agencies. MDC approaches each mission by fully involving its customers in the integration and launch preparations process. This team approach is aimed at producing quality results and mission success. As a commercial launch service provider, MDC acts as the sole agent for the user in interfacing with the United States Air Force (USAF), National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA), Department of Transportation (DOT), and Astrotech Space Operations Company, as well as any other agency necessary when other commercial or government facilities are engaged for spacecraft processing. A commercialization agreement with the USAF and NASA provides MDC use of the launch facilities and services in support of Delta II commercial vehicles. Specific Delta II personnel will be assigned to the users program at McDonnell Douglas Aerospace (MDA) in Huntington Beach, California. In the early, precontractual stages, a marketing manager will coordinate matters related to launch capability, spacecraft interfaces, integration, and other engineering issues, as well as contractual terms and
3
DAC123861
H31202
Delta II contrailseconds after liftoff
conditions. At the appropriate time, a mission manager will be assigned from the Delta Program Office to coordinate all matters related to the integration of the spacecraft with the Delta II launch vehicle and facilities; interface with government or other agencies; and documentation, planning, and scheduling requirements. The Delta team addresses each customers concerns and requirements individually, employing a
meticulous, systematic, user-specific process that covers advance mission planning and analysis of spacecraft design; coordination of systems interface between spacecraft and Delta II; processing of all necessary documentation, including government requirements; prelaunch systems integration and checkout; launch site operations dedicated exclusively to the users schedule and needs; and postflight analysis. The Delta team works closely with its customers to define optimum performance for the mission payload(s). In many cases we can provide innovative performance trades to augment the performance shown in Section 2. Our Delta team also has extensive experience in supporting customers around the globe. This demonstrated capability to utilize the flexibility of the Delta vehicle and design team, together with our experience in supporting worldwide customers, makes Delta the ideal choice as a launch service provider.
DAC61666
Delta II operations from coast to coast provide proven efficiency in production, integration, and launch services. More than 80% of the Delta II fabrication and subassembly occurs in Huntington Beach, California. The final assembly takes place in Pueblo, Colorado, and vehicle checkout is conducted at either CCAS or VAFB. The Delta II offers a dedicated launch service, the benefit of a launch team committed to the users payload, and a mission profile and launch window designed specifically for a single payload. This dedicated manifest results in better cost control and greater overall efficiency, plus the advantages of a simplified integration process, on-time launch assurance, and straightforward flight operations and control. Coupled with this are the McDonnell Douglas commitment to excellence and proven dependability, which have given our customers the highest assurance of a successful launch campaign for more than three decades.
H31193
Eastern Range Launch Complex 17
Md
Section 1 LAUNCH VEHICLE DESCRIPTIONS
This section provides an overall description of the Delta II launch vehicle and its major components. In addition, the Delta vehicle designations are explained.
1.1 DELTA LAUNCH VEHICLES
The Delta launch vehicle program was initiated in the late 1950s by the National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) with McDonnell Douglas as the prime contractor. McDonnell Douglas developed an interim space launch vehicle using a modified Thor as the first stage and Vanguard components as the second and third stages. The vehicle was capable of delivering a payload of 54 kg (120 lb) to geosynchronous transfer orbit (GTO). The McDonnell Douglas commitment to
vehicle improvement to meet customer needs led to the Delta II vehicle, which now provides a capability of over 1869 kg (4120 lb) to GTO (Figure 1-1). The Delta has compiled an impressive record of successful launches for more than three decades. During this period it has demonstrated exceptional reliability in the launching of satellites for communication and navigation, meteorology, science, and Earth observation for government and commercial users worldwide. The launch history presented in the Appendix (Delta Missions Chronology) summarizes the Delta tradition of success. It can be seen that in the 18 years prior to the publication of this document, the Delta has had a launch success rate of over 98%. This record is the best of any launch system currently available and is a strong argument for choosing the Delta II as the launcher for your mission.
H54532.3
Avionics Upgrades, 10-ft-dia Fairing, Ordnance Thrusters, Extended Air-Lit GEMs Nozzles RS-27A Main Engine, Graphite/Epoxy SRMs 1996 (4400) 1814 (4000) 1633 (3600) 1451 (3200) 1270 (2800) 1089 (2400) 907 (2000) 726 (1600) 544 (1200) 363 (800) 181 (400) 0 1960 1963 1964 1965 1968 1969 1970 1971 1973 1975 1980 1982 1989 1990 199 5 9.5-ft-dia Payload Fairing, 12-ft Stretch for Propellant Tank, Castor IVA SRMs New 2nd Stage Payload Assist Module 3rd Stage Delta Redundant Inertial Measuring System Engine Servo-System Electronics Package Castor IV SRMs RS-27 Main Engine, 8-ft Payload Fairing, Isogrid Main System 9 Castor SRMs, Delta Inertial Guidance System 6 Castor SRMs Stretched Propellant Tank Upgraded 3rd Stage 3 Castor II SRMs 5-ft-dia Payload Fairing Revised MB-3 Main Engine 3 Castor I SRMs Revised MB-3 Main Engine and 3rd Stage Delta C D E J 3914 Delta II 6925 3920/ PAM-D 3910/ PAM-D Delta II Delta II 7925 7925
Payload to GTO in kilograms (lb)
2914 M M6 904
Figure 1-1. Delta/Delta II Growth To Meet Customer Needs
1-1
The Delta II offers both two- and three-stage vehicles; a choice of 2.9- and 3-m (9.5- and 10-ft) diameter fairings; and three, four, or nine solid motor configurations to meet the needs of our customers (Figure 1-2). The four-digit system used to identify Delta configurations is explained in Table 1-1.
1.2 LAUNCH VEHICLE DESCRIPTION
and the Alliant lightweight, GEM solid rocket strapons. The booster is available with either nine (792X designation), four (742X designation), or three (732X designation) GEM strap-ons. The three-stage 7925 and the two-stage 7920-10 vehicles shown in Figures 1-3 and 1-4, respectively, are representative of the series. Delta II characteristics are summarized in Tables 1-2 and 1-3.
1.2.1 First Stage
The major elements of the Delta II launch vehicle are the first stage and its thrust augmentation solid motors, the second stage, the third stage and spin table, and the payload fairing (PLF). The Delta 7925 has a nominal overall length of 38.2 m (125.2 ft) and a diameter of 2.4 m (8 ft) for the core vehicle. The vehicle is an integrated system with a proven heritage of reliability, operability, and producibility. The current 7000 series booster configuration uses an RS-27A engine with a 12:1 expansion ratio
2.9 9.5 3.0 10.0
The first-stage subassemblies include the interstage, fuel tank, centerbody, liquid oxygen (LO2) tank, and engine section. The Rocketdyne RS-27A main engine has a 12:1 expansion ratio and employs a turbine/turbopump and a regeneratively cooled thrust chamber and nozzle. The thrust chamber and nozzle are hydraulically gimbaled to provide pitch and yaw control. Two Rocketdyne vernier engines provide roll con03296REU7
3.0 10.0
3.0 10.0 m ft
8.5 27.8
8.9 29.1
9.3 30.4
8.9 29.1
Paste
38.2 125.2
38.6 126.5
38.9 127.8
38.6 126.5
Graphite Epoxy Motors (GEMs)
Delta 7925
Delta 7925-10
Delta 7925-10L
Delta 7320-10 Delta 7420-10
12:1 Main Engine Expansion Ratio
Figure 1-2. Delta II Configurations
1-2
Table 1-1. Digit I n d i c a t e s 1st Type of first-stage engine and solid rocket motors 2nd Number of solid rocket motors 3rd Type of second stage 4th Type of third stage
Delta Four-Digit Designation Examples 7 GEM solid motor augmentation; extra-long extended tank; modified RS-27A engine; 12:1 nozzle ratio 9 Nine solid rocket motors 3 Three solid rocket motors 4 Four solid rocket motors 2 Aerojet AJ10-118K engine 0 5
No third stage STAR 48B third stage (4,430 lb propellant maximum) Dash Type of None Standard 9.5-ft-diameter, no. fairing 27.8-ft-long fairing -10 10-ft diameter, 29.1-ft long-fairing -10L 10-ft diameter, 30.4-ft long fairing (under development) Example: Delta 7925-10 Digit Indicates 7 GEM solid motor augmentation; extra-long extended tank; modified RS-27A engine; 12:1 nozzle ratio 9 Nine solid rocket motors 2 Aerojet AJ10-118K engine 5 STAR 48B third stage (4,430 lb propellant maximum) -10 10-ft diameter, 29.1-ft-long fairing
LO2 tanks houses the first-stage electronic components on hinged panels for easy checkout access and enhanced maintainability. The interstage, located between the first stage and second-stage miniskirt, carries the loads from the second stage and fairing to the first stage. The interstage houses the second stage and contains range safety antennas, an exhaust vent for the fairing cavity, and six guided spring actuators to separate the second stage from the first stage.
1.2.2 Second Stage
trol during main-engine burn and attitude control between main-engine cutoff (MECO) and secondstage separation. The standard vehicle configuration includes nine Alliant graphite-epoxy motors (GEMs) to augment the first-stage performance. Six of these motors are ignited at liftoff, and the remaining three motors have extended nozzles and are ignited in flight after burnout of the first six. Ordnance for the motor ignition and separation systems is completely redundant. The 732X and 742X vehicles include either three or four GEMs, all of which are ignited at liftoff. The LO2 tank, fuel tank, and interstage are constructed of aluminum isogrid shells and aluminum tank domes. The centerbody between the fuel and
1-3
The second stage is powered by the proven Aerojet AJ10-118K engine and includes fuel and oxidizer tanks that are separated by a common bulkhead. The simple, reliable start and restart operation requires only the actuation of a bipropellant valve to release the pressure-fed hypergolic propellants with no need for a turbopump or an ignition system. Typical Delta two- and three-stage missions utilize two second-stage starts, but the restart capability has been used as many as six times on a single mission. During powered flight, the second-stage hydraulic system gimbals the engine for pitch and yaw control. A redundant attitude control system (RACS) using nitrogen gas provides roll control. The RACS also provides pitch, yaw,and roll control during unpowered flight. The guidance system is installed in the forward section of the second stage.
1.2.3 Third Stage
The third stage consists of a STAR 48B solid rocket motor (SRM), a payload attach fitting (PAF) with a nutation control system (NCS), and a spin table containing small rockets for spin-up of the third stage and spacecraft. This stack mates to the top of the Delta second stage. The flight-proven STAR 48B SRM is produced by the Thiokol Corporation. The motor was devel-
H54539.2
Spacecraft Fairing Fairing
Payload Attach Fitting Third-Stage Motor
Third-Stage Motor Separation Clamp Bands Spin Table
Guidance Electronics Second-Stage Miniskirt and Support Truss Second Stage Helium Spheres (3) Nitrogen Sphere
Fairing Access Door
Interstage
Fuel Tank Centerbody Section
Thrust Augmentation Solids First-Stage Oxidizer Tank
Figure 1-3. Delta 7925 Launch Vehicle
1-4
H54535.2
Spacecraft
Fairing
Second-Stage Miniskirt and Support Truss
Payload Attach Fitting
Guidance Electronics Fairing Second Stage Helium Spheres (3)
Nitrogen Sphere
Interstage
First Stage Fuel Tank Centerbody Section
Thrust Augmentation Solids First Stage Oxidizer Tank
Figure 1-4. Delta 7920-10 Launch Vehicle
1-5
Table 1-2. Delta II Vehicle Description Vehicle Configuration Ascent environment 7320 7925 1 G Liftoff mass 151,740 kg (334,525 lb) 231,870 kg (511,190 lb)2 G Liftoff thrust 1,970 kN (443,250 lb) 3,110 kN (699,250 lb) G Maximum dynamic pressure 62,720 N/m 2 (1310 psf) 62,720 N/m 2 (1310 psf) 6.65 g 6.25 g G Maximum steady-state acceleration 3 1. Based on spacecraft mass of 2868 kg (6324 lb) 2. Based on spacecraft mass of 1869 kg (4120 lb) 3. Occurs at MECO for both example vehicle configurations, three-sigma high value quoted
I M029, T037, 12 /8/95, 02:14 PM
oped from a family of high-performance apogee and perigee kick motors made by Thiokol. Our flight-proven NCS maintains orientation of the spin-axis of the SRM/spacecraft during thirdstage flight until just prior to spacecraft separation. The NCS uses monopropellant hydrazine that is prepressurized with helium. This simple system has inherent reliability with only one functioning component and leak-free design. An ordnance sequence system is used to release the third stage after spin-up, to fire the STAR-48B
motor, and to separate the spacecraft following motor burn.

1.2.4 Payload Attach Fittings
The spacecraft mates to the Delta using an MDAprovided payload attach fitting (PAF). A variety of PAFs are available for two- and three-stage missions to meet payload needs. The spacecraft separation systems are incorporated into the launch vehicle PAF and include clampband separation systems or attach bolt systems as required. The PAFs and separation systems are discussed in greater detail in Section 5.
Table 1-3. Delta II Vehicle Characteristics Strap-on solids Length (m/ft) Diameter (m/ft) Total weight (kg/lb) Engine/motor Manufacturer Quantity Propellants Propellant weight (kg/lb) Thrust (N/lb) SL VAC Isp (sec) SL VAC Burn time (sec) Propellant temperature (C/F) Expansion ratio *Ground lit **Air lit (extended nozzle) Average during the burn 13.0/42.5 1.0/3.3 13,082/28,840 (GL)* 13,204/29,110 (AL)** GEM Alliant 9, 3, or 4 Solid 11,765/25,937 each 446,023/100,270 each RS-27A Rocketdyne 1 LO2/RP-1 96,118/211,902 889,644/200,000 AJ10-118K Aerojet 1 N2O4/A-50 6,004/13,236 43,657/9,815 319.2 431.6 15.6/60 65 STAR-48B Thiokol 1 or 0 Solid 2,009/4,430 66,367/14,920 292.2 87.1 15.6/60 54.8 First stage 26.1/85.6 2.4/8 101,796/224,420 Second stage 6.0/19.6 2.4/8 6,954/15,331 Third stage 2.0/6.7 1.2/4.1 2,217/4,887
499,180/112,220 each (GL)* 1,085,811/244,088 516,216/116,050 each (AL)** 245.4 274.0 (GL)* 283.4 (AL)** 63.3 22.8/73 10 254.2 301.7 260.5 28.9/84 12
1-6
M029, T002, 5 /10/96, 10:07 AM
1.2.5 Payload Fairings
The Delta launch vehicle offers the user a 2.9-m (9.5-ft) diameter skin-and-stringer center section fairing (bisector) as well as a 3-m (10-ft) diameter (bisector) composite version. Each of these fairings (Figure 1-5) can be used on either two-stage or three-stage missions. The 2.9-m fairing has been flight proven over many years, whereas the 3-m composite fairing is the new fleet replacement for the standard 3-m aluminum fairing. A new 10L composite PLF is currently under development. It is a 3-m (10-ft) diameter bisector composite fairing whose cylindrical length is .91 m (3 ft) longer than the baseline 3-m (10-ft) version and with a blunter nose. The fairings incorporate interior acoustic absorption blankets as well as flight-proven contamination-free separation joints. McDonnell Douglas provides mission-specific modifications to the fairings as required by the customer. These include access doors, additional acoustic blankets, and RF windows. Fairings are discussed in greater detail in Section 3.
1.2.6 Guidance, Control, and Navigation System
an electronics package (E-pack) that interfaces with RIFCA through the P&C box to control the vehicle attitude, and a PCM telemetry system (T/M) that provides vehicle system performance data. The RIFCA contains the basic control logic that processes rate and accelerometer data to form the proportional and discrete control output commands needed to drive the control actuators and cold gas jet control thrusters and sequences the remainder of the vehicle commands using on-board timing. Position and velocity data are explicitly computed to derive guidance steering commands. Early in flight, a load relief mode turns the vehicle into the wind to reduce angle of attack, structural loads, and control effort. After dynamic pressure decay, the guidance system corrects trajectory dispersions caused by load relief and directs the vehicle to the nominal end-of-stage orbit. Space vehicle separation in the desired transfer orbit is accomplished by applying time adjustments to the nominal sequence.
1.3 VEHICLE AXES/ATTITUDE DEFINITIONS
In the fall of 1995, the Delta II launch vehicles incorporated the newly developed avionics upgrades to the Delta Inertial Guidance System (DIGS). The major element of the avionics upgrade is the Redundant Inertial Flight Control Assembly (RIFCA) with its integrated software design, which is a modernized, single-fault-tolerant guidance system. RIFCA utilizes six Allied Signal RL20 ring laser gyros and six Sundstrand model QA3000 accelerometers to provide redundant three-axis rate and acceleration data. In addition to RIFCA, both the first- and second-stage avionics include a power and control (P&C) box to support power distribution, an ordnance box to issue ordnance commands,
1-7
The axes of the vehicle are defined in Figure 1-6. The vehicle centerline is the longitudinal axis of the vehicle. Axis II is on the downrange side of the vehicle and axis IV on the uprange side. The vehicle pitches about axes I and III. Positive pitch rotates the nose of the vehicle up, toward axis IV. The vehicle yaws about axes II and IV. Positive yaw rotates the nose of the vehicle to the right, toward axis I. The vehicle rolls about the centerline. Positive roll is clockwise rotation, looking forward (i.e., from axis I toward II). The third-stage spin table also spins in the same direction (i.e., the positive roll direction).
1.4 LAUNCH VEHICLE INSIGNIA
Delta II users may request a mission-specific insignia to be placed on their launch vehicles. The user is invited to submit the proposed design to the
03297REU7
Nose Cone mm in.
2.9-m-dia (9.5-ft) Fairing 8488 334.2
Air Conditioning Door 2.9-m-dia (9.5-ft) Skin and Stringer Cylinder Spacecraft Access Door (as Required)
Contamination-Free Separation Joint
2.4-m-dia (8-ft) Base, Isogrid
Nose Cone 3-m-dia (10-ft) Composite Fairing 8875 349.4 Air Conditioning Door
3-m-dia (10-ft) Cylinder Spacecraft Access Door (as Required)
Second-Stage Access Door (2 Places) Contamination-Free Separation Joint 2.4-m-dia (8-ft) Base
Nose Cone
3-m-dia (10-ft) Fairing10L (Under Development) 9252.4 364.3 Air Conditioning Door 3-m-dia (10-ft) Cylinder Spacecraft Access Door (as Required) Contamination-Free Separation Joint
Figure 1-5. Delta Payload Fairings
2.4-m-dia (8-ft) Base
1-8
H54536.1
C L
Note: Arrow shows direction of positive vehicle roll Roll IV +XLV Yaw IV III
C L
+
II III
+YLV
I Pitch
II +ZLV
Figure 1-6. Vehicle Axes
Delta Program Office no later than 9 months prior to launch for review and approval. The maximum size of the insignia is 2.4 by 2.4 m (8 by 8 ft).
Following approval, the Delta Program Office will have the flight insignia prepared and placed on the uprange side of the launch vehicle.
1-9
Section 2 GENERAL PERFORMANCE CAPABILITY
H54963.1
The Delta II can accommodate a wide range of spacecraft requirements. The following sections detail specific performance capabilities of several Delta launch vehicle configurations from the eastern and western ranges. In addition to the capabilities shown herein, our mission designers can provide innovative performance trades to meet the particular requirements of our payload customers.
2.1 LAUNCH SITES
Hohmann Transfer Restart SECO 2 SECO 1 MECO Separation
Depending on the specific mission requirement and range safety restrictions, the Delta II 7300, 7400 or 7900 series vehicle can make use of either an east or west coast launch site.
I
Launch
Eastern Launch Site. The eastern launch site
for Delta II is Space Launch Complex 17 (SLC-17) at the Cape Canaveral Air Station (CCAS). This site can accommodate flight azimuths in the range of 65 to 110 degrees, with 95 degrees being the most commonly flown.
I
Figure 2-1. Typical Two-Stage Mission Profile

H54964
Western Launch Site. The western launch site
for Delta II is Space Launch Complex 2-West (SLC-2W) at the Vandenberg Air Force Base (VAFB). Flight azimuths in the range of 190 to 200 degrees are currently approved by the 30th Space Wing, with 196 degrees being the most commonly flown.
2.2 MISSION PROFILES
SECO 1 Restart SECO 2 ThirdStage Burn Spacecraft Separation MECO Launch
Profiles for both two- and three-stage missions are shown in Figures 2-1 and 2-2. I 7300 Series Vehicle. In launches from both eastern and western sites, the first stage RS-27A engine and the three strap-on solid-rocket motors are ignited on the ground at liftoff. The solids are then jettisoned following burnout. The main engine continues to burn until main engine cutoff (MECO) at propellant depletion.
2-1
Figure 2-2. Typical Three-Stage Mission Profile
7400 Series Vehicle. MDA will begin flying the
Delta II with four strap-on solid rocket motors (Delta 7420) from the eastern launch site in 1997. This configuration will be available to spacecraft contractors who require more performance than is achieved by the 7300 series vehicle: the performance capability of the 7400 series vehicle though not presented, is approximately 11% greater. The 7400 series Delta II is available in both twoand three-stage configurations for launches from the eastern and western launch sites. The first-stage RS-27A engine and the four strap-on solid rocket motors are ignited on the ground at liftoff. The solids are jettisoned following burnout, in pairs at a one-second interval. The remaining vehicle sequence of events is approximately the same as with the 7300 series vehicle.
I
7900 Series Vehicle. In launches from both
eastern and western sites, the first-stage RS-27A main engine and six of the nine strap-on solidrocket motors are ignited on the ground at liftoff. Following burnout of the six solids, the remaining three GEMs having extended nozzles are ignited. The six spent cases are then jettisoned in sets of three after vehicle and range safety constraints have been met. Jettisoning of the second set occurs one second after the first. The remaining three solids are jettisoned about three seconds after they burn out. The main engine then continues to burn until MECO. The remainder of the two- and three-stage mission profiles for the 7300 series and 7900 series vehicles are almost identical. Following a short coast period, separation of the first and second stages occurs and, approximately five seconds later, the second stage ignites. The next major event is the payload fairing (PLF) separation, which occurs early in the second-stage flight after an acceptable free-molecular heating rate has been reached.
2-2
In the typical two-stage mission (Figure 2-1), the second stage burns for approximately 340 to 420 seconds, at which time second-stage engine cutoff (SECO 1) occurs. The vehicle then follows a Hohmann transfer trajectory to the desired low Earth orbit (LEO) altitude. Near apogee of the transfer orbit, the second stage is reignited and completes its burn to circularize the orbit. Spacecraft separation takes place approximately 250 seconds after second-stage engine cutoff command (SECO 2). The three-stage mission, typically a mission to a Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit (GTO) (Figure 2-2), uses the first burn of the second stage to place the spacecraft into a 185-km (100-nmi) parking orbit inclined at 28.7 degrees. The vehicle then coasts to a position near the equator where the second stage is restarted and burned until second cutoff. The third stage is spun-up, separated, and burned to establish the GTO. Depending on mission requirements and spacecraft mass, some inclination can be removed via the burn sequence out of the Earth parking orbit. After payload separation, the Delta second stage is restarted to deplete any remaining propellants (depletion burn) and/or to move the stage to a safe distance from the spacecraft (evasive burn). If required, the multiple restart capability of the Delta second stage allows the use of an ascendingnode flight profile to meet mission requirements. Typical sequences for LEO missions for the 7320 vehicle from the eastern and western ranges are shown in Figures 2-3 and 2-4, while sequences for a GTO mission using the 7925 vehicle and a polar mission using the 7920 vehicle are shown in Figures 2-5 and 2-6. Typical event times for both two-and three-stage versions of the 7300 series and 7900 series configurations from the eastern and western ranges are presented in Tables 2-1 and 2-2.
02780REU7
SECO I (664 sec) Fairing Drop (300 sec) Stage II Ignition (274 sec) MECO (261 sec)
Spacecraft SECO II (3589 sec)
Restart Stage II (3564 sec)
Spacecraft Separation (3839 sec)
SRM Drop (3) (66 sec)
Event Three Solid Motors Burnout (63 sec) Liftoff 3 SRM Burnout MECO SECO I SECO ll
VI (fps) 1343 3060 17,162 26,320 24,084
Acceleration (g) 1.32 0.94 6.31 0.99 1.09
Liftoff Main Engine and Three Solid Motors Ignited Equator Eastern Range launch site, flight azimuth 95 deg; maximum capability to 28.7-deg inclined orbit, 550-nmi circular
Figure 2-3. Typical Delta II 7320 Mission ProfileCircular Orbit Mission (Eastern Range) (Download Figure)
02781REU7.1
SECO II (3591 sec)
Restart Stage II (3566 sec)
Event Liftoff 3 SRM Burnout MECO SECO I SECO ll
VI (fps) 1255 2191 15,847 26,320 24,084
Acceleration (g) 1.32 1.00 6.62 1.19 1.29
Three Solid Motors Burnout (64 sec)
Liftoff Main Engine and Three Solid Motors Ignited
South Pole
Western Range launch site, flight azimuth 196 deg; maximum capability to polar orbit, 550-nmi circular
Figure 2-4. Typical Delta II 7320 Mission ProfilePolar Orbit Mission (Western Range) (Download Figure)
2-3
02782REU7.1
SECO II (1306 sec) Restart Stage II (1237 sec)
Stage III Burnout (1483 sec)
Stage III Ignition (1396 sec)
Event Liftoff 6 SRM Burnout MECO SECO I SECO II Stage III Burnout
VI (fps) 1343 3339 19,944 25,560 27,192 33,589
Acceleration (g) 1.37 0.55 5.91 0.67 0.76 3.24
SRM Drop (6) (66/67 sec) Three Solid Motor Ignition (65.5 sec) Six Solid Motors Burnout (63 sec) Liftoff Main Engine and Six Solid Motors Ignited
Equator
Eastern Range launch site, flight azimuth 95 deg; maximum capability to 28.7-deg inclined GTO, 100-nmi perigee
Figure 2-5. Typical Delta II 7925 Mission ProfileGTO Mission (Eastern Range) (Download Figure)
02783REU7.1
SECO II (3594 sec) Restart Stage II (3569 sec)
Event SRM Drop (6) (86/87 sec) Liftoff 6 SRM Burnout MECO SECO I SECO II
VI (fps) 1255 2330 18,627 26,320 24,084
Acceleration (g) 1.36 0.59 6.22 0.82 0.92
Three Solid Motor Ignition (66 sec) Six Solid Motors Burnout (64 sec) Liftoff Main Engine and Six Solid Motors Ignited
South Pole Western Range launch site, flight azimuth 196 deg; maximum capability to polar orbit, 550-nmi circular
Figure 2-6. Typical Delta II 7920 Mission ProfilePolar Mission (Western Range) (Download Figure)
2-4
Table 2-1. Delta II Typical Eastern Range Event Times Event Main engine ignition Solid motor ignition (6 solids) Solid motor burnout (6 solids) Solid motor ignition (3 solids) Solid motor separation (3/3 solids) Solid motor burnout (3 solids) Solid motor separation (3 solids) MECO (M) Activate stage I/II separation bolts Stage II ignition Fairing separation SECO (S1) Stage II engine restart SECO (S2) Activate spin rockets, start Stage III sequencer Separate Stage II Stage III ignition Stage III burnout Spacecraft separation in a 550-nmi circular orbit All times shown in seconds. 7320 7325 First Stage T + 0 sec T+0 T+0 T + 63 T + 66 T + 261 T+0 7920 T+0 T+0 T + 63 T + 66 T + 66/67 T + 129 T + 132 T + 261 M+8 M + 13.5 M + 39 M + 408 S1 + 2900 S1 + 2925 7925 T+0 T+0 T + 63 T + 66 T + 66/67 T + 129 T + 132 T + 261 M+8 M + 13.5 M + 39 M + 356 S1 + 620 S1 + 689 S2 + 50 S2 + 53 S2 + 90 S2 + 177 S2 + 250
T + 63 T + 66 T + 261 Second Stage M+8 M+8 M + 13.5 M + 13.5 M + 39 M + 39 M + 390 M + 415 S1 + 2900 S1 + 610 S1 + 2925 S1 + 631 Third Stage S2 + 50 S2 + 53 S2 + 90 S2 + 177 Spacecraft S2 + 250
M029,T003, 5/13/96 , 9:44 AM
Table 2-2. Delta II Typical Western Range Event Times Event Main engine ignition Solid motor ignition (6 solids) Solid motor burnout (6 solids) Solid motor ignition (3 solids) Solid motor separation (3/3 solids) Solid motor burnout (3 solids) Solid motor separation (3 solids) MECO (M) Activate stage I/II separation bolts Stage II ignition Fairing separtion SECO (S1) Stage II engine restart SECO (S2) Activate spin rockets, start stage III sequencer Separate stage II Stage III ignition Stage III burnout Spacecraft Spacecraft separation in a 550-nmi circular orbit All times shown in seconds. S2 + 250 S2 + 250 T + 0 sec T+0 T + 64 T + 110 T + 261 Second Stage M+8 M + 13.5 M + 29 M + 392 S1 + 2900 S1 + 2925 Third Stage 7320 First Stage 7920 T+0 T+0 T + 64 T + 66 T + 86/87 T + 130 T + 132 T + 261 M+8 M + 13.5 M + 19 M + 408 S1 + 2900 S1 + 2925 T+0 T+0 T + 64 T + 66 T + 86/87 T + 130 T + 132 T + 261 M+8 M + 13.5 M + 19 M + 356 S1 + 620 S1 + 689 S2 + 50 S2 + 53 S2 + 90 S2 + 177 7925
M029, T004, 5/13/96, 9:44 AM
2.3 PERFORMANCE CAPABILITY
This section presents a summary of the performance capabilities of both the two- and three-stage vehicles, 7300 and 7900 series, from the eastern
2-5
(CCAS) and western (VAFB) launch sites. The performance estimates shown in Figures 2-7 through 2-28 that follow are computed based on the following assumptions:
A. Nominal propulsion system and weight models including avionics upgrades were used on all stages. B. The first stage is burned to propellant depletion. C. Extended nozzle airlit GEMs are incorporated (only airlit GEMs have extended nozzles). D. Second-stage propellant reserve is sufficient to provide a 99.7% probability of a command shutdown (PCS) by the guidance system. E. PLF separation occurs at a time when the free molecular heating rate range is equal to or less than 1135 W/m2 ( 0.1 Btu/ft2 sec). F. Perigee velocity is the vehicle burnout velocity at 185 km (100 nmi) altitude and zero degree flight path angle. G. Initial flight azimuth is 95 degrees from the eastern launch site, and 196 degrees from the western launch site. H. A 6019 payload attach fitting (PAF) is assumed for 7300 series two-stage missions, and a 6915 PAF is assumed for 7900 series two-stage missions, while a 3712 A, B or C PAF is assumed for both 7300 series and 7900 series three-stage
missions. It should be noted that two-stage PAFs other than those assumed can be used on the 7320 and 7920 configurations. This will affect the spacecraft weight capability shown in the plots that follow. I. Capabilities are shown for the standard 2.9-m (9.5-ft), and 3-m (10-ft) PLFs. A summary of maximum performance for common missions is presented in Table 2-3. Performance data are presented in the following pages for both two- and three-stage vehicles of the 7300 and 7900 series launched from the eastern and western ranges. Spacecraft weight capability is presented as a function of the parameters listed below.
7300 SERIES VEHICLE.
I
Eastern Launch Site. - Two-stage perigee velocity (Figure 2-7). - Two-stage apogee altitude (Figure 2-8). - Two-stage circular orbit altitude (Figure 2-9). - Three-stage perigee velocity (Figure 2-10). - Three-stage planetary mission launch energy (Figure 2-11).
Table 2-3. Mission Capabilities 7325 Three-stage missions I Geosynchronous Transfer Orbit (GTO) G CCAS, i = 28.7 deg G 185 x 35,786 km/100 x 19,323 nmi I Molniya orbit G VAFB, i = 63.4 deg G 370 x 40,094 km/200 x 21,649 nmi Spacecraft Weight (kg/lb) 7325-10 7925 7925-10 1798/ 3965
1869/ 4120
N/A
N/A
7320 7320-10 Two-stage missions I Low Earth orbit (LEO) 2867/ 2735/ 5139/ G CCAS, i = 28.7 deg 6320 6030 11,330 G 185 km/100 nmi circular I LEO G VAFB, i = 90 deg 2096/ 1982 / 3896/ G 185 km/100 nmi circular 4620 4370 8590 I Sun-synchronous orbit G VAFB, i = 98.7 deg 1687/ 1578 3220/ G 833 km/450 nmi circular 3720 3480 7100 *Requires an impacting second-stage flight mode. Direct inquiries to the Delta Program Office
1220/ 2690 7920
1170/ 2580 7920-10 4971/ 10,960
3774/ 8320 3112/ 6860

M029, T005, 12/11/95 , 10 :16 AM
2-6
Western Launch Site. - Two-stage perigee velocity (Figure 2-12). - Two-stage apogee altitude (Figure 2-13). - Two-stage circular orbit altitude (Figure 2-14). - Two-stage sun-synchronous orbit (Figure 2-15).
2.4 MISSION ACCURACY DATA
All Delta II configurations employ the RIFCA mounted in the second-stage guidance compartment. This system provides precise pointing and orbit accuracy for both two- and three-stage missions. The typical two-stage mission to low-altitude circular orbit uses a Hohmann transfer between second stage burns in which the second stage is restarted to circularize the orbit after a coast period. In these cases the three-sigma dispersion accuracy achieved by the guidance system is typically less than the following:
I I
7900 Series Vehicle.

I
Eastern Launch Site. Two-stage perigee velocity (Figure 2-16). Two-stage apogee altitude (Figure 2-17). Two-stage circular orbit altitude (Figure 2-18). Three-stage perigee velocity (Figure 2-19). Three-stage apogee altitude (Figure 2-20). Three-stage GTO inclination (Figure 2-21). Three-stage planetary mission (Figure 2-22).
Circular orbit altitude: 9.3 km ( 5 nmi). Orbit inclination: 0.05 degrees.
In a three-stage mission, the parking-orbit parameters achieved are quite accurate. The final orbit (e.g., GTO) is primarily affected by the third stage pointing and the impulse errors from the third stage solid motor burn. The pointing error for a given mission depends on the third-stage/spacecraft mass properties and the spin rate. The typical pointing error at third stage ignition is approximately 1.5 degrees based on past Delta experience. Apogee altitude variations for the GTO mission that result from this error are shown in Figure 2-29. The transfer orbit inclination error is typically from 0.2 to 0.6 degrees over the range shown, while the perigee altitude variation is typically about 5.6 km (3 nmi). All errors are three-sigma values. These data are presented as general indicators only. Individual mission requirements and specifications will be used to perform detailed analyses for specific missions. The user is invited to contact the Delta Program Office for further information.
Western Launch Site. Two-stage perigee velocity (Figure 2-23). Two-stage apogee altitude (Figure 2-24). Two-stage circular orbit altitude (Figure 2-25). Two-stage sun-synchronous orbit (Figure 2-26). Three-stage perigee velocity (Figure 2-27). Three-stage apogee altitude (Figure 2-28). The performance capability for any given mission depends upon quantitative analysis of all known mission requirements and range safety restrictions. The allowable spacecraft weight should be coordinated with the Delta Program Office as early as possible in the basic mission planning. Preliminary error analysis, performance optimization, and trade-off studies will be performed, as required, to arrive at an early commitment of allowable spacecraft weight for each specific mission.
I
2-7
02784REU7.1
37,000 36,000 35,000 34,000 33,000 32,000 31,000 30,000 29,000 28,000 27,000 26,000 25,000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000 Spacecraft Weight (lb) 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 155-lb Payload Attach Fitting Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing
Perigee Velocity (ft/sec)
11.5 Legend 2.9-m Fairing 3.0-m Fairing
11.0
10.5
Perigee Velocity (km/sec)
10.0
9.5
9.0
8.5 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 70.3-kg Payload Attach Fitting 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200
8.0
7.5 0
Spacecraft Mass (kg)
Figure 2-7. Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-8
02786REU7.1
24,000 22,000 20,000 18,000 16,000

Apogee Altitude (nmi)
Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing
14,000 12,000 10,000 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 155-lb Payload Attach Fitting 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 6000 6500 7000
Spacecraft Weight (lb)
45,000 Legend 2.9-m Fairing 3.0-m Fairing
40,000
35,000
30,000
Apogee Altitude (km)
25,000
20,000
15,000
10,000 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 70.3-kg Payload Attach Fitting 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 2600 2800 3000 3200
5000
0 Spacecraft Mass (kg)
Figure 2-8. Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-9
02787REU7.1
6000 5500 5000 4500

Circular Orbit Altitude (nmi)
4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 0 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 155-lb Payload Attach Fitting
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
6000
6500
7000
11,000 10,000 9000 8000

Circular Orbit Altitude (km)
Legend 2.9-m Fairing 3.0-m Fairing
7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 70.3-kg Payload Attach Fitting
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
2600
2800
3000
3200
Figure 2-9. Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-10
02788REU7.1
47,000 46,000 45,000 44,000 43,000

Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing Star-48B Offload Max Star-48B Offload
42,000 41,000 40,000 39,000 38,000 37,000 36,000 35,000 34,000 33,000 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting
Note: Spacecraft weights less than 1500 lb may require nutation control system modifications which may result in a decrease in spacecraft weight
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
14.5 Legend Legend 2.9-m Fairing 3.0-m Fairing Star-48B Offload Max Star-48B Offload
14.0
13.5
13.0 Note: Spacecraft mass less than 680 kg may require nutation control system modifications which may result in a decrease in spacecraft mass
12.5
12.0
11.5
11.0 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 45.4-kg Payload Attach Fitting 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
10.5
10.0 Spacecraft Mass (kg)
Figure 2-10. Delta II 7325 Vehicle, Three-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-11
02789REU7.1
1800
1600
1400
Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing Star-48B Offload
1200
1000
800
600
400 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
2
200
35
2
40
45
50
55
60
Launch Energy (km /sec )
800
700
600
Legend 2.9-m Fairing 3.0-m Fairing Star-48B Offload
500
400
Note: Spacecraft mass less than 680 kg may require nutation control system modifications which may result in a decrease in spacecraft mass
300
200 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 45.4-kg Payload Attach Fitting
100
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Launch Energy (km2/sec2)
Figure 2-11. Delta II 7325 Vehicle, Three-Stage Planetary Mission Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-12
02790REU7.1
36,000 35,000 34,000 33,000

32,000 31,000 30,000 29,000 28,000 27,000 26,000 25,000 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 155-lb Payload Attach Fitting
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
10.5
10.0
9.5
9.0
8.5 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 70.3-kg Payload Attach Fitting
8.0
7.5
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
Figure 2-12. Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-13
02791REU7.1
24,000 22,000 20,000 18,000 16,000

14,000 12,000 10,000 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 155-lb Payload Attach Fitting 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500
40,000
35,000
30,000
25,000
20,000
15,000
10,000 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 70.3-kg Payload Attach Fitting 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400
5000
Figure 2-13. Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-14
02792REU7.1
6000 5500 5000 4500

4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 155-lb Payload Attach Fitting
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
5000
5500
11,000 10,000 9000 8000

7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 Spacecraft Mass (kg) 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 70.3-kg Payload Attach Fitting
Figure 2-14. Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-15
02793REU7.1
2400 2200 2000 1800

1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 Spacecraft Weight (lb) 196-deg Minimum Flight Azimuth Variable Inclination 155-lb Payload Attach Fitting
4400 4000 3600 3200

2800 2400 2000 1600 1200 800 400 0 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 Spacecraft Mass (kg) 196-deg Minimum Flight Azimuth Variable Inclination 70.3-kg Payload Attach Fitting
Figure 2-15. Delta II 7320 Vehicle, Two-Stage Sun-Synchronous Orbit Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-16
02794REU7.1
38,000 37,000 36,000 35,000 34,000

33,000 32,000 31,000 30,000 29,000 28,000 27,000 26,000 25,000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10,000 11,000 12,000 Spacecraft Weight (lb) 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 225-lb Payload Attach Fitting
11.5
11.0
10.5
10.0
9.5
9.0
8.5 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 102.1-kg Payload Attach Fitting 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500
8.0
7.5 Spacecraft Mass (kg)
Figure 2-16. Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-17
02795REU7.1
24,000 22,000 20,000 18,000 16,000

14,000 12,000 10,000 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 225-lb Payload Attach Fitting 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10,000 11,000 12,000
40,000
35,000
30,000
25,000
20,000
15,000
10,000 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 102.1-kg Payload Attach Fitting 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500
5000
Figure 2-17. Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitiude Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-18
02796REU7.1
6000 5500 5000 4500

4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 10,000 11,000 12,000 Spacecraft Weight (lb) 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 225-lb Payload Attach Fitting
11,000 10,000 9000 8000

7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 Spacecraft Mass (kg) 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 102.1-kg Payload Attach Fitting
Figure 2-18. Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-19
02797REU7.1
48,000 Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing
46,000
44,000
42,000 Note: Spacecraft weights less than 1500 lb may require nutation control system modifications which may result in a decrease in spacecraft weight
40,000
38,000
36,000
34,000 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500
32,000
30,000 Spacecraft Weight (lb)
14.5 14.0 13.5 13.0

12.5 12.0 11.5 11.0 10.5 10.0 9.5 9.0 8.5 0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 2400 Spacecraft Mass (kg) 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 45.4-kg Payload Attach Fitting Note: Spacecraft mass less than 680 kg may require nutation control system modifications which may result in a decrease in spacecraft mass
Figure 2-19. Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-20
02798REU7.1
120,000 Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing
100,000
80,000 Apogee Altitude (nmi)
60,000
40,000
20,000
95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting
0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 5000 5500 Spacecraft Weight (lb)
200,000 180,000 160,000 140,000 Apogee Altitude (km) 120,000 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000 20,000 0
95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 45.4-kg Payload Attach Fitting
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
2400
Figure 2-20. Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-21
02799REU7
4300 4200 4100 4000

3900 3800 3700 3600 3500 3400 3300 3200 20 95-deg Flight Azimuth 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting
21
22
23
24 25 26 GTO Inclination (deg)
27
28
29
30
1950 1900 1850 1800 1750 1700 1650 1600 1550 1500 1450 1400 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 GTO Inclination (deg) 95-deg Flight Azimuth 185-km Perigee Altitude 45.4-kg Payload Attach Fitting Legend 2.9-m Fairing 3.0-m Fairing
Figure 2-21. Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage GTO Inclination Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-22
02800REU7.1
3000 Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing
2500
2000
1500
1000
500
95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting
0 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Launch Energy (km2/sec2)
1400 Legend 2.9-m Fairing 3.0-m Fairing
1200
1000
800
600
400 95-deg Flight Azimuth 28.7-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 45.4-kg Payload Attach Fitting 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60
200
Launch Energy (km2/sec2)
Figure 2-22. Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Planetary Mission Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-23
02801REU7.1
37,000 36,000 35,000 34,000 Perigee Velocity (ft/sec) 33,000 32,000 31,000 30,000 29,000 28,000 27,000 26,000 25,000 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 225-lb Payload Attach Fitting 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000 Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing
11.0
10.5 Perigee Velocity (km/sec)
10.0
9.5
9.0
8.0
7.5
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
4500
Figure 2-23. Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-24
02785REU7.1
24,000 22,000 20,000 18,000 16,000

14,000 12,000 10,000 8000 6000 4000 2000 0 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 225-lb Payload Attach Fitting 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000 6000 7000 8000 9000
40,000
35,000
30,000
25,000
20,000
15,000
10,000 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 102.1-kg Payload Attach Fitting 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500
5000
Figure 2-24. Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-25
02830REU7.1
6000 5500 5000 4500

4000 3500 3000 2500 2000 1500 1000 500 0 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 225-lb Payload Attach Fitting
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
11,000 10,000 9000 8000

7000 6000 5000 4000 3000 2000 1000 0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 Spacecraft Mass (kg)
196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 102.1-kg Payload Attach Fitting
Figure 2-25. Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Circular Orbit Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-26
02831REU7.1
2400 2200 2000 1800

1600 1400 1200 1000 800 600 400 200 0 196-deg Minimum Flight Azimuth Variable Inclination 225-lb Payload Attach Fitting
1000
2000
3000
4000
5000
6000
7000
8000
9000
4400 4000 3600 3200

2800 2400 2000 1600 1200 800 400 0 196-deg Minimum Flight Azimuth Variable Inclination 102.1-kg Payload Attach Fitting
500
1000
1500
2500
3000
3500
4000
Figure 2-26. Delta II 7920 Vehicle, Two-Stage Sun-Synchronous Orbit Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-27
02832REU7.1
46,000 Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing Star-48B Offload
44,000
42,000 Note: Spacecraft weights less than 1500 lb may require nutation control system modifications which may result in a decrease in spacecraft weight
40,000
38,000
36,000
34,000 196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting
32,000
30,000 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 Spacecraft Weight (lb)
14.0
13.5
13.0
12.5
12.0
11.5
11.0
10.0
9.5
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
2200
Figure 2-27. Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Perigee Velocity Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-28
02833REU7.1
120,000 Legend 9.5-ft Fairing 10-ft Fairing Star-48B Offload
100,000
Apogee Alititude (nmi)
80,000
60,000
40,000
20,000
196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 100-nmi Perigee Altitude 100-lb Payload Attach Fitting
0 0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 3500 4000 4500 Spacecraft Weight (lb)
200,000 180,000 160,000 140,000

120,000 100,000 80,000 60,000 40,000
20,000 0 0
196-deg Flight Azimuth 90-deg Inclination 185-km Perigee Altitude 45.4-kg Payload Attach Fitting
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
2000
Figure 2-28. Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage Apogee Altitude Capability, Western Range (Download Figure)
2-29
02834REU7
1200
1100
Deviation from Nominal Apogee Altitude, +3 Sigma (nmi)
1000 900 800 700 600
500 400 300 200 20 21 22 23 24 25 Inclination (deg) 26 27 28 29 30
Pointing Error = 1.50 deg Specific Impulse Error = 0.36%
2200
2000
Deviation from Nominal Apogee Altitude, +3 Sigma (km)
1800
1600
1400
1200
1000
800 Pointing Error = 1.50 deg Specific Impulse Error = 0.36% 600
400 20 21 22 23 24 25 Inclination (deg) 26 27 28 29 30
Figure 2-29. Delta II 7925 Vehicle, Three-Stage GTO Deviations Capability, Eastern Range (Download Figure)
2-30
Section 3 SPACECRAFT FAIRINGS
The spacecraft is protected by a fairing which shields it from aerodynamic buffeting and heating while in the lower atmosphere. The fairing is jettisoned during second-stage powered flight at an altitude of at least 125 km (67 nmi). A general discussion of the Delta fairings is presented in Section 3.1. Detailed descriptions and envelopes for the 2.9-m (9.5-ft) and 3-m (10-ft) fairings are presented in Sections 3.2, 3.3, and 3.4 .
3.1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION
The envelopes presented in the following sections define the maximum allowable static dimensions of the spacecraft (including manufacturing tolerances) for the spacecraft/attach fitting interface. If dimensions are maintained within these envelopes, there will be no contact of the spacecraft with the fairing during flight, provided that the frequency and structural stiffness characteristics of the spacecraft are in accordance with the limits specified in Section 4.2.3. These envelopes include allowances for relative static/dynamic deflections between the launch vehicle and spacecraft. Also
Fairing 2.9 m (9.5 ft) dia
included are the manufacturing tolerances of the launch vehicle as well as the thickness of the acoustic blanket installed on the fairing interior (including billowing). The blanket configurations available are described in Table 3-1. Clearance layouts and analyses are performed and, if necessary, critical clearances are measured after the fairing is installed to ensure positive clearance during flight. To accomplish this, it is important that the spacecraft description (refer to Section 8) include an accurate definition of the physical location of all points on the spacecraft that are within 51 mm (2 in.) of the allowable envelope. The dimensions must include the maximum manufacturing tolerances. Electrical umbilical cabling to the spacecraft (if required) is attached to the inside surface of the fairing shell. Electrical disconnect is accomplished at fairing separation by quick-disconnect connectors. An air-conditioning inlet umbilical door on the fairing provides a controlled environment to the spacecraft and launch vehicle second stage while on the launch stand. A GN2 purge system can be incorporated to provide continuous dry nitrogen to the spacecraft until liftoff.
Table 3-1. Typical Acoustic Blanket Configurations Location Blankets extend from the nose cap to approximately Station 491. The blanket thicknesses are as follows: 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) in the nose section, 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) in the 2896-mm (114-in.) diameter section, and 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) in the upper portion of the 2438-mm (96-in.) diameter section. The baseline configuration for acoustic blankets extends from the aft end of the boattail to station 208.37 in the nose section. These blankets are 76.2 mm (3 in.) thick throughout this region.
3 m (10 ft) dia 8.8m (29 ft) length 3 m (10 ft) dia The baseline configuration for acoustic blankets extends from the aft end of the boattail to station 194.72 9.3m (30.4 ft) in the nose section. These blankets are 76.2 mm (3 in.) thick throughout this region. length I These configurations may be modified to meet mission-specific requirements. I Blankets for the 9.5-ft Delta fairing are constructed of silicone-bonded heat-treated glass-fiber batt enclosed between two 0.076-mm (0.003-in.) conductive Teflon-impregnated fiberglass facesheets. The blankets are vented through a 5-micron stainless steel mesh filter, which controls particulate contamination to levels better than a Class 10,000 cleanroom environment. I Blankets for the 10-ft Delta composite fairings are constructed of acoustic material. The blankets are vented through the interstage. I Outgassing of the acoustic blankets meets the criteria of 1.0% maximum total weight loss and 0.10% maximum volatile condensable material for the 2.9m (9.5 ft) fairing. I The acoustic blankets for the 3m (10 ft) composite fairings are being designed to meet the intent of the criteria of 1.0% maximum total weight loss and 0.10% maximum volatile condensible material.
M029, T010, 5 /16/96, 02:08 PM
3-1
Contamination of the spacecraft is minimized by factory cleaning prior to shipment to the field site. Special cleaning of the fairing in the field in a cleanroom environment using black light is available upon request.
3.2 THE 2.9-m (9.5-ft) DIAMETER SPACECRAFT FAIRING
The 2.9-m (9.5-ft) Delta fairing (Figures 3-1 and 3-2) is an aluminum structure fabricated in two half-shells. These shells consist of a hemispherical nose cap, a biconic section, a cylindrical center section of 2896-mm (114-in.) diameter (the maximum diameter of the fairing), a 30-degree conical transition, and a cylindrical base section having the 2438-mm (96-in.) core vehicle diameter. The biconic section is a ring-stiffened monocoque structure, one-half of which is fiberglass covered with a removable aluminum foil lining to create an RF window. The cylindrical base section is an integrally stiffened isogrid structure, and the cylindrical center section has a skin-and-stringer-construction. The fairing has an overall length of 8488 mm (334.2 in.). The half-shells are joined by a contamination-free linear piston/cylinder thrusting separation system that runs longitudinally the full length of the fairing. Two functionally redundant explosive bolt assemblies provide the structural continuity at the base ring of the fairing. Four functionally redundant explosive bolt assemblies (two each) provide circumferential structural continuity at the 30-degree transition section between the 2896-mm (114-in.) diameter section and the 2438-mm (96-in.) diameter section. The fairing half-shells are jettisoned by actuation of the base and transition separation nuts and by the detonating fuse in the thrusting joint cylinder rail cavity. A bellows assembly within each cylinder
3-2
rail retains the detonating-fuse gases to prevent contamination of the spacecraft during the fairing separation event. Two 18-in by 18-in access doors for secondstage access are part of the baseline fairing configuration (Figure 3-2). To satisfy spacecraft requirements, additional removable doors of various sizes and locations can be provided to permit access to the spacecraft following fairing installation. It should be noted that the access doors will have acoustic blankets. The quantity and location of access doors must also be coordinated with the Delta Program Office. The fiberglass biconic section can be made RF-transparent by removal of its aluminum foil lining. Location and size of the RF panels must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office. Acoustic absorption blankets are provided within the fairing interior. The typical blanket configuration is described in Table 3-1. Blanket thermal characteristics are discussed in Section 4.2.2. The allowable static spacecraft envelopes for existing attach fittings within the fairing are shown in Figures 3-3 and 3-4 and assume that the spacecraft stiffness recommended in Section 4.2.3.2 is maintained. Usable envelopes below the separation plane and local protuberances outside the envelopes presented require coordination and approval of the Delta Program Office.
3.3 THE 3-m (10-ft) DIAMETER SPACECRAFT FAIRING
The 3-m (10-ft) diameter fairing is available for spacecraft requiring a larger envelope. The fairing (Figure 3-5) is a composite sandwich structure which separates into bisectors. Each bisector is constructed in a single co-cured lay-up, eliminating the need for module-to-module manufacturing joints and intermediate ring stiffeners. The resulting
H30379.3
DAC 116907
Figure 3-1. Delta 2.9-m (9.5-ft) Payload Fairing
3-3
02620REU7.1
mm All dimensions are in in. All station numbers are in inches
676 R 26.60
Sta No. 219.22
RF Transparent 1/2 Nose Section Two-Strand Detonating Fuse Rivets 20 deg 1563 61.5
15 deg 853 33.59 Bellows Detail B A/C Inlet Door
299.98
333.5
(See Figure 4-1)

2032 80.00 Explosive Bolt (6 Places)
356.9
413.5 30 deg 429.1
Fairing Split Line
396 15.59 3157 124.29 8488 334.17
Sta 491 RIFCA Line-of-Sight Door 457 X 457 18 X 18 Access Door Base Cylinder (2 Places) A IV Fairing Split Line
519.9
553.39 A
2438 96.00 dia Base Cylinder
lll C L Access Door Base Cylinder 2896 dia 114 Center Cylinder 43 52' 43 23'
B
ll
C L A/C Door C L Access Door Base Cylinder
View A-A
Figure 3-2. Profile, 2.9-m (9.5-ft) Diameter Fairing (Download Figure)
3-4
02737REU7.1
Fairing Envelope Usable Payload Envelope (2) Usable Envelope Below Separation Plane Attach Fitting Motor Notes: 1. All dimensions are in mm in. 2. All station numbers are in inches 3. Acoustic blanket thickness is 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) in the nose and 76.2 mm (3 in.) in the cylindrical section 4. MDA requires definition of spacecraft features within 50.8mm (2.0 in.) of payload envelope 5. Projections of spacecraft appendages below the spacecraft separation plane may be permitted but must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office 20 deg 4678 184.25 Sta 219.22 R 523 20.60
15 deg
733 28.84
2896 dia 114.00
2540 100.00 dia 2482 97.7 dia 2540 dia 100.00 1243 dia 48.93 940 dia 37.00 724 dia 28.50 102 4.00 51 1.99
2004 78.90
Sta 413.95 Spacecraft Separation Plane for 3712 PAF 8488 334.17
647 R 25.49
73 2.88
345 13.60 30 deg
15 deg
15 deg
Sta 413.95 Spacecraft Separation Plane
Sta 553.39 2438 dia 96.00
Figure 3-3. Spacecraft Envelope, 2-9-m (9.5-ft) Diameter Fairing, Three-Stage Configuration (3712 PAF) (Download Figure)
3-5
02880REU7
Fairing Envelope Usable Payload Envelope Attach Fitting Notes: 1. All dimensions are in mm in. 2. All station numbers are in inches 3. Acoustic blanket thickness is 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) in nose, 76.2 mm (3.0 in.) on large cylinder, and 38.1 mm (1.5 in.) on small cylinder 4. MDA requires definition of spacecraft features within 50.8 mm (2.0 in) of payload envelope 5. Projections of spacecraft appendages below the spacecraft separation plane may be permitted but must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office Sta 219.22 R 523 20.60
20 deg
15 deg
733 28.84 6487 255.51 2896 Dia 114.00 1953 76.91 2540 Dia 100.00 8488 334.17
308 12.12
2184 Dia 86.00
1553 61.13
Sta 485.21 Separation Plane for 6915 PAF Sta 500.21
Sta 553.39 2438 dia 96.00
Figure 3-4. Spacecraft Envelope, 2.9-m (9.5-ft) Diameter, Two-Stage Configuration (6915 PAF) (Download Figure)
3-6
02745REU7
C L of Air Conditioning Door 43 23'
mm in
II
IV
ContaminationFree Separation Joint III View A-A 293 R 11.54
A Sta 203.39
Sta 324.90 A/C Inlet Door Sta 356.90 8890 350 3693 145.38
24-in-dia Spacecraft Access Door (as required)
Sta 470.28 18-in-dia Access Door 2 Places
Sta 506.30
9.75 Sta 553.39 Inside Skin Dimensions
Figure 3-5. Profile, 3-m (10-ft) Composite Fairing (Download Figure)
3-7
smooth inside skin allows the flexibility to install mission-unique access doors almost anywhere in the cylindrical portion of the fairing. An RF window can be accommodated, similar to missionunique access doors. All these requirements are to be coordinated with the Delta Program office. The bisectors are joined by a contamination-free linear piston/cylinder thrusting separation system that runs longitudinally the full length of the fairing. Two functionally redundant explosive bolt assemblies provide the structural continuity at the base ring of the fairing. The fairing bisectors are jettisoned by actuation of the base separation nuts, and by the detonating fuse in the thrusting joint cylinder rail cavity. A bellows assembly within each cylinder rail retains the detonating-fuse gases to prevent contamination of the spacecraft during the fairing separation event. Two standard 18-in.-diameter access doors are part of the baseline fairing configuration for second-stage access (Figure 3-5). To satisfy spacecraft requirements, additional standard 24-in.-diameter removable doors can be provided in the fairing cylindrical section to permit access to the spacecraft following fairing installation. The quantity and location of additional access doors must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office. Acoustic absorption blankets are provided on the fairing interior. Typical blanket configurations are described in Table 3-1. The allowable static spacecraft envelopes within the fairing are shown in Figures 3-6 and 3-7 for the
three- and two-stage configurations. These figures reflect envelopes for existing attach fittings and assume that the spacecraft stiffness recommended in Section 4.2.3.2 is maintained. Use of the portion of the envelope shown in Figure 3-6 that is below the separation plane, and local protuberances outside the envelopes presented, require coordination and approval of the Delta Program Office.
3.4 THE 3-m (10L-ft) DIAMETER SPACECRAFT FAIRING
The 3-m (10-ft) diameter 10L fairing is available for spacecraft requiring a longer envelope than the standard 3-m (10-ft) fairing described in Section 3.3. This fairing (Figure 3-8) is also a composite sandwich structure which separates into bisectors. The cylindrical section is 0.9 m (3 ft) longer than its counterpart discussed in Section 3.3. The overall length is 0.4 m (1.3 ft) longer than the standard 3-m (10-ft) fairing. Other than the difference in length, the discussion in Section 3.3 also applies to the extendedlength 10L fairing. The allowable static spacecraft envelopes within the fairing are shown in Figures 3-9 and 3-10 for the three- and two-stage configurations. These figures reflect the envelopes for existing attach fittings, and it is assumed that the spacecraft stiffness recommended in Section 4.2.3.2 is maintained. Use of the portion of the envelope that is below the separation plane and local protruberances outside the envelopes require coordination and approval of the Delta Program Office.
3-8
03058REU7
Fairing Envelope Usable Payload Envelope Usable Envelope Below Separation Plane Attach Fitting Motor Acoustic Blankets All dimensions are in mm in.
Sta 203.39 Sta 208.37 305 R 12.0 Sta 215.99
6176 R 243.14
5028 197.96
All station numbers are in inches Acoustic blanket thickness per Table 3-1 MDA requires definition of spacecraft features within 50.8 mm (2.00 in.) of payload envelope Projections of spacecraft appendages below the spacecraft separation plane may be permitted, but must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office 2743 dia 108.0 Sta 305.97
2743 107.98
Sta 373.45
3056 dia 120.3
Sta 413.95 Spacecraft Separation Plane for 3712 PAF
2743 108.0 dia
Sta 500.21 4563 179.64 2743 dia 108.0 1243 dia 48.93 940 dia 37.00 724 dia 28.50 102 4.00 Sta 553.39 2438 dia 96.0 Inside Skin Dimensions
Sta 413.95 533 21.0 15 deg R 15 deg 647 25.49 73 2.88
Figure 3-6. Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10 ft) Diameter Fairing, Three-Stage Configuration (3712 PAF) (Download Figure)
3-9
02742REU7
Sta 203.39
Sta 208.37
305 12.0 Sta 215.99
6838 269.22 R 6176 243.14
Sta 305.97
2743 dia 108.0
4553 179.24
Sta 373.45
3056 dia 120.3
Sta 485.21 Spacecraft Separation Plane for 6915 PAF Sta 500.21 Second Stage Interface Plane
4563 179.64
Sta 553.39 2438 dia 96.0 Inside Skin Dimensions Notes: mm in. 2. All station numbers are in inches 1. All dimensions are in 3. Acoustic blanket thickness per Table 3-1 Acoustic Blankets 4. MDA requires definition of spacecraft features within 50.8 mm (2.00 in.) of payload envelope Projections of spacecraft appendages below the spacecraft separation plane may be permitted but must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office
Fairing Envelope Usable Payload Envelope Attach Fitting
Figure 3-7. Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10-ft ) Diameter Fairing, Two-Stage Configuration (6915 PAF) (Download Figure)
3-10
02751REU7
C L of Air Conditioning Door 43 23'
mm in
II
IV Contamination-Free Separation Joint
III R 285 11.21 View A-A 3-m-dia (10-ft) Fairing 10L (Under Development) A
A Sta 189.12
Nose Cone
Sta 286.34
A/C Inlet Door Sta 356.90
9252 364.27
3-m-dia (10-ft) Cylinder
4672 183.94
24-in-dia Spacecraft Access Door (as required)
Sta 470.28
Sta 506.30
18-in-dia Access Door (2 Places) 9.75
Sta 553.39 Inside Skin Dimensions
2.4-m-dia (8-ft) Base
Figure 3-8. Profile, 3 m (10-ft) 10L Composite Fairing (Download Figure)
3-11
02802REU7
Fairing Envelope Usable Payload Envelope Usable Envelope Below Separation Plane Attach Fitting Motor Acoustic Blankets All dimensions are in mm in.
Sta 189.12 R
305 12.0
Sta 201.12
32.1 deg 32.1 Sta 275.34 9252 364.27 2743 dia 108.0 5406 212.83 3056 dia 120.3 3660 144.08 5711 224.83
All station numbers are in inches Acoustic blanket thickness per Table 3-1 MDA requires definition of spacecraft features within 50.8 mm (2.00 in.) of payload envelope Projections of spacecraft appendages below the spacecraft separation plane may be permitted, but must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office
Sta 413.95 Spacecraft Separation Plane for 3712 PAF
2743 108.0 dia
2743 dia 108.0 1243 dia 48.93 940 dia 37.00 724 dia 28.50 102 4.00
Fairing Separation Plane Sta 553.39 2438 dia 96.0 Inside Skin Dimensions
Sta 413.95 533 21.0 15 deg R 15 deg 647 25.49 73 2.88
Figure 3-9. Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10-ft) Diameter 10L Fairing, Three-Stage Configuration (3712) PAF (Download Figure)
3-12
R Sta 189.12 Sta 201.12 Sta 194.72
305 12.0
03057REU7
32.1 deg
Sta 275.34
9252 364.27 7216 284.09 2743 dia 108.0
5331 209.87
3056 dia 120.3
Sta 485.21 Spacecraft Separation Plane for 6915 PAF Sta 500.21 381 15.00
Sta 553.39 2438 dia 96.0 Inside Skin Dimensions Fairing Envelope Usable Payload Envelope Attach Fitting Acoustic Blankets Notes: mm 1. All dimensions are in in. 2. All station numbers are in inches 3. Acoustic blanket thickness per Table 3-1 4. MDA requires definition of spacecraft features within 50.8 mm (2.00 in.) of payload envelope Projections of spacecraft appendages below the spacecraft separation plane may be permitted but must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office
Figure 3-10. Spacecraft Envelope, 3-m (10-ft) Diameter 10L Fairing, Two-Stage Configuration (6915) PAF (Download Figure)
3-13
Section 4 SPACECRAFT ENVIRONMENTS
H54869
This section describes the launch vehicle environments to which the spacecraft is exposed during prelaunch activities and launch. Section 4.1 discusses prelaunch environments for processing facilities at both eastern and western ranges. Section 4.2 presents the Delta II launch and flight environments for the spacecraft.
4.1 PRELAUNCH ENVIRONMENTS 4.1.1 Spacecraft Air Conditioning
Fairing Wall (Inside)
Lanyard Disconnects
Air Flow
Air Conditioning Duct
Air Conditioning Inlet Diffuser Air Flow
The environment that the spacecraft experiences during its processing is carefully controlled for temperature, relative humidity, and cleanliness. This includes the processing conducted before the spacecraft is mounted on the Delta II, while it is in the mobile service tower (MST) white room, and after it is encapsulated within the payload fairing. Air conditioning is supplied to the spacecraft via an umbilical after the spacecraft and fairing are mated to the Delta II. If an environmental shroud is required around the spacecraft prior to fairing installation, it receives the same fairing air. The spacecraft air-distribution system (Figure 4-1) provides air at the required temperature, relative humidity, and flow rate. The spacecraft air-distribution system utilizes a diffuser on the inlet air-conditioning duct at the fairing interface. If required, a deflector can be installed on this inlet to direct the airflow away from sensitive spacecraft components. The air-conditioning umbilical is pulled away at liftoff by lanyard disconnects, and the access door on the fairing automatically closes. The air is supplied to the payload at a maximum flow rate of 1500 scfm. It flows downward around the spacecraft and is discharged below the second stage through vents in the interstage. At SLC-17, both pads have backup
4-1
Air conditioning duct and diffuser system is ejected at liftoff
Figure 4-1. Payload Air Distribution System
systems for fairing air conditioning. At SLC-2, the fairing air conditioning system is redundant. At VAFB, emergency standby power can be arranged if requested by the spacecraft agency. A GN2 purge line to the spacecraft can be accommodated through the air-conditioning duct after fairing installation. The air-conditioning duct is in the Quad I half of the fairing. Unique mission requirements or equipment should be coordinated with the Delta Program Office. Various payload processing facilities are available at the launch site for use by the payload agency. Environmental control specifications for these facilities are listed in Tables 4-1 and 4-2 for eastern and western ranges, respectively. The facilities used would depend on spacecraft program requirements.
4.1.2 MST White Room
The white room is an environmentally controlled room located at the upper levels within the MST which has provisions for maintaining spacecraft
Md
Table 4-1. Eastern Range Facility Environments Building AE Handling cans MST(5) Location Cleanroom complex Mobile SLC-17A and SLC-17B white room (all doors closed) Fairing and environmental shroud (7) Buildings 1 and 2: airlock, high bays Storage bays Temperature 22.2 1.76C (72 3F) Note(2) 23.9 2.8C (75 5F) Any specified between 15.5 and 26.6 2.8C (60 and 80 5F) 23.9 2.8C (75 5F) Relative humidity Filtration 55 5% Class 10,000 (1) Not controlled (3) Not controlled (3) 45 5% 99.97% of all particles over 0.3 m Class 100,000 (5) (6) 50% max 99.97% of all particles over 0.3 m Class 100,000 (5) 50 5% Class 100,000 (5)
Astrotech
21C to 25.5C 55% max Commercial standard (70F to 78F) SAEF 2 Airlock 21.7 3.3C (71 6F) 50% max Class 100,000 (5) High bay 21.7 3.3C (71 6F) 50% max Class 100,000 (5) Low bays 21.7 3.3C (71 6F) 50% max Class 100,000 (5) Test cells 21.7 3.3C (71 6F) 50% max Class 100,000 (5) Cargo hazardous Airlock 21 2.8C (70 5F) 30 to 50% Class 100,000 (5) processing facility Hazardous operations bay 21 2.8C (70 5F) 30 to 50% Class 100,000 (5) Note: The facilities listed can only lower the outside humidity level. The facilities do not have the capability to raise outside humidity levels. These numbers are provided for planning purposes only. Specific values should be obtained from controlling agency.
(1) Class 1,000 obtainable with restrictions. (2) Passive temperature control provided by operational constraints. (3) Dry gaseous nitrogen purge per MIL-P-2740IC, Type 1, Grade A. (4) A backup system exists for the MST white room air conditioning. (5) FED-STD-209D. (6) 50% relative humidity can be maintained at a temperature of 62F
(16.7C). At higher temperatures, the relative humidity can be reduced by drying the conditioned air to a minimum specific humidity of 40 grains of moisture per 0.45 kg (1 lb) of dry air. (7) Fairing air customer temperature requirements over 22.8C (73F) should be coordinated with the Delta Program Office.
M029, T007, 4/12/96, 11:41 AM
Table 4-2. Western Range Facility Environments Building 836 (1) Location Spacecraft Lab 1 Spacecraft Lab 2 Hi-bay Hazardous Processing Facility Mobile Payload Checkout Cells Payload Processing Rooms SLC-2 white room (all doors closed) Temperature 15.5 to 26.6 1.2C (60 to 80 2F) 15.5 to 26.6 1.2C (60 to 80 2F) Note(1) 17.7 to 32.2 2.8CC (65 to 80 5F) Note(3) 23.9 2.8C(75 5) 15.5 to 26.6 1.2C(5) (60 to 80 2F) 21.1 2.8C (70 5F) Relative humidity Filtration TBD Class 100,000 (2) TBD TBD 40% to 50% 5% Not controlled (4) 3050% 35-60% 10(5) Class 100,000 (6) N/A Class 100,000
Building 1610 Handling can California Space Port Astrotech
Not controlled (4) Class 100,000 (6) Class 100,000 (6) functional 10,000 30% to 50% 99.97% of all particles MST over 0.3 m Class 100,000 30% to 50% Fairing and Any specified between 15.5 99.97% of all particles environmental shroud (7) and 23.9 2.8C (60 and over 0.3 m 75 5F) Class 100,0000 (6) (1) These numbers are provided for preliminary planning purposes only. Payload users should contact NASA for specific capabilities of listed NASA facilities (2) Class 10,000 with strict controls (3) Passive temperature control provided by operational constraints (4) Dry and gaseous nitrogen purge per MIL-P-27401C, Type 1, Grade A (5) Controlled to customer requirement within range (6) Fed-Std-209D (7) Fairing air customer temperature requirements over 22.8C (73F) should be coordinated with the Delta Program Office
4-2
Md
cleanliness. White room environments are listed in Table 4-1 for pads A and B at SLC-17 and in Table 4-2 for SLC-2 at VAFB. SLC-17 also has a personnel changeout room for each pad adjacent to the white room.
4.1.3 Radiation and Electromagnetic Environments
craft status may also be obtained from the vehicle telemetry system. At the eastern and western ranges, the electromagnetic environment to which the satellite is exposed results from the operation of range radars and the launch vehicle transmitters and antennas. The maximum RF environment at the launch site is controlled through coordination with the range and with protective masking of radars. The launch pads are protected to an environment of 10 V/m at frequencies from 14 kHz to 40 GHz and 20 V/M in the C-band frequency of the range tracking radars. An RF hazard analysis is performed to ensure that the satellite transmitters are compatible with the vehicle avionics and ordnance systems. An RF compatibility analysis is also performed to verify that the vehicle and satellite transmitter frequencies do not have interfering intermodulation products or image rejection problems. Payload agencies should contact the Delta Program Office for induced RF environments.
The Delta II transmits on several frequencies to provide launch vehicle telemetry and beacon signals to the appropriate range tracking stations. It also has uplink capability to onboard command receiver decoders (CRDs) for command destruct capability. Two S-band telemetry systems (one each on the second and third stage), two CRD systems on the second stage, and a C-band transponder (beacon) on the second stage are provided. The radiation characteristics of these systems are shown in Table 4-3. The RF systems are switched on prior to launch and remain on until stage separation and battery depletion. Spacecraft launch environment data such as low- and high-frequency vibration, acceleration transients, shock velocity increments, and space-
Table 4-3. Delta II Transmitter Characteristics Second-stage T/M radiation characteristics

I
Third-stage T/M radiation characteristics 2252.5 MHz 5.0 W min 70 kHz at 20 dB 250 kHz at 60 dB +67 kHz max Circumferential belt
Second-stage C-band beacon characteristics 5765 MHz (transmit) 5690 MHz (receive) 400 W min 6 MHz at 6 dB 3 MHz max
Transmitter G Nominal frequency

G
2241.5 MHz 2.0 W min 160 kHz at 20 dB 650 kHz at 60 dB +67 kHz max Cavity-backed slot Essentially linear parallel to booster roll axis 316 deg (looking aft) Sta 559 143 deg (looking aft) Sta 559 Nearly omnidirectional +2.35 dB max
Power output Modulation bandwidth
Stability Antenna G Type

G G
Polarization
Location
Essentially linear parallel to booster roll axis Belt at Sta 438
G G
Pattern Gain
Nearly omnidirectional +3 dB max
4-3
Md
Transverse slot, dipole loaded Left hand circular 153 deg (looking aft) Sta 559 Nearly omnidirectional +6 dB max
M029, T009, 7/31/95, 2:14 PM
4.1.4 Electrostatic Potential
During ground processing, the spacecraft must be equipped with an accessible ground attachment point to which a conventional alligator-clip ground strap can be attached. Preferably, the ground attachment point is located on or near the base of the spacecraft, at least 31.8 mm (1.25 in.) above the separation plane. The vehicle/spacecraft interface provides the conductive path for grounding the spacecraft to the launch vehicle. Therefore, dielectric coating should not be applied to the spacecraft interface. The electrical resistance of the spacecraft to PAF interface surfaces must be 0.0025 ohm or less and is verified during spacecraft to PAF mate. (Reference MIL-B-5087B, Class R.)
4.1.5 Contamination and Cleanliness
C. The fairing is cleaned using alcohol and then inspected for cleanliness prior to spacecraft encapsulation. Table 4-4 provides MDA STP0407 visible cleanliness (VC) levels with their NASA SNC-0005 equivalency. It defines the cleanliness levels available to payload customers. The standard level for a mission is VC 2. Other cleanliness levels must be negotiated with the Delta Program Off
Ta ble 4 - 4 . Cle a nline s s le v e l De f init ions MDA S TP 0 4 0 7 - 0 X NAS A S N- C- 0 0 0 5 VC 1 None VC 2 VC Standard VC 3 VC Highly Sensitive VC 4 VC Sensitive + UV (Closest equivalent. MDA is more critical) VC 5 VC Highly Sensitive VC 6 VC Highly Sensitive + UV
M046 t1
Cleanliness Level Definitions
Cleanliness conditions provided for the Delta II payloads represent minimum cleanliness conditions available. The following guidelines and practices from prelaunch through spacecraft separation provide the minimum Class 100,000 cleanliness conditions (per Federal Standard 209B): A. Precautions are taken during manufacture, assembly, test, and shipment to prevent contaminant accumulations in the Delta II upper-stage area, fairing, and PAF. B. Encapsulation of the payload into the handling can is performed in a facility that is environmentally controlled to Class 100,000 conditions. All handling equipment is cleanroom compatible and is cleaned and inspected before it enters the facility. These environmentally controlled conditions are available for all remote encapsulation facilities and include SLC-17 and SLC-2. A handling can is used to transport the payload to the white room and provides environmental protection for the payload.
4-4
VC 1 - All surfaces shall be visibly free of all particulate and nonparticulate visible to the normal unaided (except for corrected vision) eye. Particulate is defined as matter of miniature size with observable length, width and thickness. Nonparticuate is film matter without definite dimension. Inspection operations shall be performed under normal shop lighting conditions at a maximum distance of 3 feet. VC 2 - All surfaces shall be visibly free of all particulate and nonparticulate visible to the normal unaided (except for corrected vision) eye. Particulate is identified as matter of miniature size with observable length, width and thickness. Nonparticulate is a film matter without definite dimension. Inspection operations shall be performed at incident light levels of 50 foot candles and observation distances of 5 to 10 feet. VC 3 - All surfaces shall be visibly free of all particulate and nonparticulate visible to the normal unaided (except for corrected vision) eye. Particu-
Md
late is identified as matter of miniature size with observable length, width and thickness. Nonparticulate is a film matter without definite dimension. Incident light levels of 100 to 200 foot candles at observation distance of 18 inches or less. VC 4 - All surfaces shall be visibly free of all particulate and nonparticulate visible to the normal unaided (except for corrected vision) eye. Particulate is identified as matter of miniature size with observable length, width and thickness. Nonparticulate is a film matter without definite dimension. This level requires no particle count. The source of incident light shall be a 300 watt drop light (explosion-proof) held at distance of 5 feet, maximum, from the local area of inspection. There shall be no hydrocarbon contamination on surfaces specifying VC 4 cleanliness. VC 5 - All surfaces shall be visibly free of all particulate and nonparticulate visible to the normal unaided (except for corrected vision) eye. Particulate is identified as matter of miniature size with observable length, width and thickness. Nonparticulate is a film matter without definite dimension. Incident light levels of 100 to 200 foot candles at observation distance of 6 to 18 inches. Cleaning must be done in a Class 100,000 clean room or better. VC 6 - All surfaces shall be visibly free of all particulate and nonparticulate visible to the normal unaided (except for corrected vision) eye. Particulate is identified as matter of miniature size with observable length, width and thickness. Nonparticulate is a film matter without definite dimension. Incident light levels of 100 to 200 foot candles at observation distance of 6 to 18 inches. Additional incident light requirements are 8 watts minimum of long wave ultraviolet light at 6 to 18 inches observation distance in a darkened work area. Protective eyeware may be used as required
4-5
with UV lamps. Cleaning must be done in a Class 100,000 clean room or better. D. Personnel and operational controls are employed during spacecraft encapsulation to maintain spacecraft cleanliness. E. The payload agency may provide a protective barrier (bag) around the spacecraft prior to encapsulation in the handling can. F. A contamination barrier (bag) is installed around the handling can immediately following encapsulation operations. An outer bag is installed for transportation. A nitrogen purge is provided to the handling can during transport. G. A payload environmental shroud can be provided in the white room for the spacecraft prior to fairing installation. This shroud enables the spacecraft to be showered with class 10,000 fairing air.
4.2 LAUNCH AND FLIGHT ENVIRONMENTS 4.2.1 Fairing Internal Pressure Environment
As the Delta vehicle ascends through the atmosphere, the fairing is vented through a 64.5 cm2 (10 in.2) opening in the interstage and other leak paths in the vehicle. The expected extremes of internal pressure during ascent are presented in Figure 4-2 for the 2.9-m (9.5-ft) and 3-m (10-ft) fairings.
4.2.2 Thermal Environment
Prior to and during launch, the Delta II payload fairing and upper stages contribute to the thermal environment of the spacecraft.
4.2.2.1 Payload Fairing Thermal Environment.
Upon PLF installation, air conditioning is provided at temperatures ranging from 12.8C to 26.7C (55F to 80F) depending on mission requirements. Variations in this range can be accommodated and should be coordinated with the Delta Program Office. Details of the air conditioning capability of the launch sites are provided in Section 4.1.
Md
16
H54607.2
14
12
Compartment Pressure (psi)
Minimum Pressure 10
Maximum Pressure
10
20
30 Time (sec)
40
50
60
70
Figure 4-2. Delta II Payload Fairing Compartment Absolute Pressure Envelope
The ascent thermal environments of the Delta II fairing surfaces facing the spacecraft are shown in Figures 4-3 and 4-4. Typical maximum temperature histories of the fairing skin and the inboard facing surface of the acoustic blanket are shown for the 2.9-m (9.5-ft) , and 3-m (10-ft) fairing configurations on the 792X vehicle. Temperatures are provided for both the PLF conical section and the cylindrical section facing the spacecraft. PLF inboard facing surface emissivity values are also provided. All temperature histories presented are based on depressed versions of the trajectory (worst case). The acoustic blankets provide a relatively cool radiation environment by effectively shielding the spacecraft from the ascent heating in blanketed areas. Figures 4-3 and 4-4 depict the areas of the various Delta II fairings which are typically blan4-6
keted. There may be slight variations in blanket coverage areas based on mission unique requirements. Inclusion of an RF window in the 9.5-ft PLF conical section results in a local increase in acoustic blanket temperature inboard of the RF window as shown in Figure 4-3. The fairing skin temperature is representative of the radiation environment to the spacecraft in unblanketed areas such as the air conditioning inlet door, unblanketed access doors and blanket cutout regions. Maximum skin temperatures are shown in Figures 4-3 and 4-4. The 9.5-ft fairing frame temperatures are somewhat less severe than skin temperatures. Information regarding frame locations, exposure, and temperature history is available on request. Unless otherwise requested, jettison of the fairing will occur shortly after the theoretical free
Md
H54473.1
Sparesyl Insulation on Nose Cap and Cone 38.1 mm/1.5 in. Thick Acoustic Blanket Cone 1 Aluminum Sector/ 1 Fiberglass Sector RF Window* (Aluminum Foil Removed From Fiberglass Cone) 76.2 mm/3.0 in. Thick Acoustic Blanket 9.5-ft. Cyclinder
38.1 mm/1.5 in. Thick Acoustic Blanket
Internal Surface Emittance Nose cap, aluminum cone, fiberglass cone with aluminumfoil 0.10
Sparesyl Insulation on Separation Rail 8-ft. Cyclinder
RF window (fiberglass cone without foil) 0.90 9.5-ft cylinder 8-ft cylinder Acoustic blanket 0.10 0.25 0.86
*Size and location vary with spacecraft
600 300
9.5-ft Cylinder Skin 500 250
400 8-ft Aft Cylinder Skin
200
Temperature (F)
300 Cone Skin
150
Blanket at RF Window 200 Cone Blanket
100
100
Cylinder Blanket
Spacecraft at 70F with emittance of 0.1 0 0 50 100 150 Time From Liftoff (sec) 200 250
Figure 4-3. Predicted Maximum Internal Wall Temperatures and Internal Surface Emittance (9.5-ft Fairing)
4-7
Md
0 300
50
Temperature (C)
H55170.5
Acoustic Blanket Thickness Sta 208.37
Sparesyl Insulation on Nose Cap and Cone (Skin and Separation Rail)
76.2 mm/3.0 in. Sparesyl Insulation on Separation Rail
Internal Surface Emittance Nose cap, cone, unblanketed skin 0.90 Acoustic blanket Unblanketed rail 0.10 0.10
Sta 553.39
160 Skin Inside Surface and Separation Rail
140
120
Temperature (F)
100 Spacecraft at 70F with emmitance of 0.1 80
60 Blanket
40
50
100
150 Time (sec)
200
250
Figure 4-4 Predicted Maximum Internal Wall Temperatures and Internal Surface Emittances (10-ft Fairing)
4-8
Md
300
molecular heating for a flat plate normal to the free stream drops below 0.1 Btu/ft2-sec (1135 W/m2) based on the 1962 US Standard Atmosphere.
4.2.2.2 On-Orbit Thermal Environment.
During
coast periods, the Delta II can be oriented to meet specific sun angle requirements. A slow roll during a long coast period can also be used to moderate orbital heating and cooling. The Delta II roll rate for thermal control is typically between 1 and 3 deg/sec.
4.2.2.3 Spacecraft/Launch Vehicle Interface.
The spacecraft is required to provide interface temperatures for the injection period assuming an adiabatic interface. MDA will provide launch vehicle interface temperatures also assuming an adiabatic interface.
4.2.2.4 Upper Stage Induced Thermal Environments.
The spacecraft receives radiant heat
energy from the Delta third stage spin rockets during burn and from the third stage motor during and after burn. Because of the high temperature of the exhaust gases, the radiation from the plumes may be significant if there are sensitive components located at the spacecraft base. The third-stage spin rocket plumes subject the spacecraft to a maximum heat flux of 2840 W/m2 (0.25 Btu/ft2-sec) at the spacecraft/third stage separation plane. This heat flux is a pulse of 1-sec duration. The third-stage motor plume subjects the spacecraft to maximum heat flux of 2044 W/m2 (0.18 Btu/ft2-sec). The motor burns for approximately 86 sec. Plume maximum heat flux is plotted versus radial distance in Figure 4-5. The variation of the heat flux with time during the third-stage burn is shown in Figure 4-6. After third-stage motor burnout, the titanium motor case temperature rises rapidly, as shown in
H54472.1
0.20
0.18
2000
0.16
0.14
Btu ) ft2 sec
1500 0.12
Qmax (
0.10
0.08
0.06
0.04 25 30 35 40 45 50
Distance From Centerline, L (in.)
Figure 4-5. Predicted Star 48B Plume Radiation at the Spacecraft Separation Plane Versus Radial Distance
4-9
Md
500 55 60
1000
Qmax (
W ) m2
H54470.1
1.0
0.9
0.8
Q/Qmax
0.7
0.6
0.5 0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90
Burn Time (sec)
Figure 4-6. Predicted Star 48B Plume Radiation at the Spacecraft Separation Plane Versus Burn Time
Figure 4-7. By 200 sec after motor ignition (typical spacecraft separation time), the case temperature reaches 299C (570F). Case temperature eventually reaches a peak of 343C (650F) at approximately 265 sec after motor ignition. The temperature history shown is the maximum expected along the forward portion of the motor case and corresponds to a 7925 Delta II class spacecraft weight greater than 820 kg (1800 lbs), which yields approximately 10 pounds of slag. For lighter spacecraft weights [less than 820 kg (1800 lbs)], the case temperature peaks at approximately 427C (800F) and produces approximately 16 pounds of slag due to the higher acceleration. Mission users should contact the Delta Program Office for greater detail. The external surface emissivity of the titanium motor case is 0.34. The hydrazine thruster plume of the third-stage nutation control system (NCS) does not introduce any significant heating to the spacecraft interface
4-10
plane. Any spacecraft instruments which protrude below the interface plane should be evaluated for proximity to the NCS thruster. Information regarding this plume can be provided as necessary.
4.2.3 Flight Dynamic Environment
The acoustic, sinusoidal, and shock environments provided in Sections 4.2.3.3 through 4.2.3.5 are based on maximum flight levels for a 95th percentile statistical estimate. For the Delta 7320 and 7920 vehicles, the maximum axial acceleration occurs at the end of the first-stage burn (MECO). For a three-stage Delta vehicle, the maximum steady-state acceleration occurs at the end of third-stage flight for payloads up to 885 kg (1950 lb). Above this weight the maximum acceleration occurs at MECO. A plot of steady-state
4.2.3.1 Steady-State Acceleration.
Md
H54471.3
1000 500 450 800 Light Spacecraft 400 350

Temperature (F)
300 250
400
Forward Dome Temperature From A to B 66 deg B
200 150 100
200
= 0.34 50
100 0 100 200 300 Time From Third-Stage Ignition (sec)
Figure 4-7. Predicted Star 48B Motor Case Soakback Temperature
axial acceleration at MECO versus payload weight is shown in Figure 4-8 and is respresentative for the acceleration at MECO for the 2.9- and 3-m (9.5 and 10 ft) fairings. Steady-state axial acceleration versus spacecraft weight at third-stage motor burnout is shown in Figure 4-9.
4.2.3.2 Combined Loads. Dynamic excita-
stage spacecraft) in the lateral axis for a spacecraft hard-mounted at the spacecraft separation plane (without PAF and separation clamp). In addition, secondary structure mode frequencies should be above 35 Hz to avoid undesirable coupling with launch vehicle modes and/or large fairing-to-spacecraft relative dynamic deflections. The spacecraft design limit load factors presented in Table 4-5 are applicable for spacecraft meeting the above fundamental frequency criteria. For very flexible spacecraft, the combined accelerations and subsequent design limit-load factors could be higher than shown, and the user should consult the Delta Program Office so that appropriate analyses can be performed to better define loading conditions. 4.2.3.3 Acoustic Environment. The maximum acoustic environment for the spacecraft occurs during liftoff and transonic flight, and the duration of the maximum environment is less than 10 seconds.
4-11
tions, which occur predominantly during liftoff and transonic periods of Delta flight, are superimposed on steady-state accelerations to produce combined accelerations that must be used in the spacecraft structural design. The combined spacecraft accelerations are a function of launch vehicle characteristics as well as spacecraft dynamic characteristics and mass properties. To avoid dynamic coupling between low-frequency vehicle and spacecraft modes, the stiffness of the spacecraft structure should produce fundamental frequencies above 35 Hz in the thrust axis and 15 Hz (12 Hz for a two-
Md
Temperature (C)
600
Heavy Spacecraft
8.0 Note: Second stage payload weight is defined as the sum of the Note: weights of the spacecraft, PAF, third stage, and spin table. Note: The PAF, fully loaded third-stage motor, and spin table Note: weight is 2308.8 kg (5,090 lb.)
H54870.1
7.5
Steady-State Acceleration (gs)
7.0 3-Sigma High 6.5 Nominal
6.0
5.5
5.0
2000
4000 6000 8000 Weight of Second-Stage Payload (lb) 2000 3000 Mass of Second-Stage Payload (kg) 4000
10000
12000
1000
5000
Figure 4-8. Axial Steady-State Acceleration at MECO Versus Second-Stage Payload Weight
H54871.1
18 16
14
Steady-State Acceleration (gs)
12
10 8 Nominal 6
3-Sigma High
4 2 0 500
1000
1500
2000 2500 3000 Spacecraft Weight (lb) 800 1000 1200 1400
3500
200
400
600
1600
Figure 4-9. Axial Steady-State Acceleration at Third-Stage Burnout
4-12
Md
4000 4500 1800 2000
Table 4-5. Spacecraft CG Limit-Load Factors (g) Liftoff/Transonic Axis Two-Stage Three-Stage MECO Lateral 2.0 2.5 0.1 2.5(1) 3.0(1) Thrust +6.20.6(3) +2.8/-0.2(2) +2.8/-0.2(2) (1)Lateral load factor to provide correct bending moment at spacecraft separation plane. (2) Plus indicates compression load and minus indicates tension load. (3) Axial load factor at MECO consists of a static component which is a function of spacecraft weight (Fig 4-8) and a dynamic component at a frequency of ~17-18 Hz. The 6.2-g static value shown is based on a spacecraft weight of 1885 kg (4155 lb) for a three-stage mission.
M029, T006.2, 8/14/95, 2:14 PM
The spacecraft acoustic environment is a function of the configuration of the launch vehicle, the fairing, and the fairing acoustic blankets. Section 3 defines the fairing blanket configurations. Table 4-6 identifies the figures that define the spacecraft acoustic environment for several versions of the Delta II. The maximum flight level spacecraft acoustic environments for blanketed region for the Delta 7900 series launch vehicle configurations are defined in Figures 4-10 and 4-11 based on typical
Table 4-6. Spacecraft Acoustic Environment Figure Reference Delta II launch vehicle configuration 7925 7920 7325 7320 7925-10 7920-10 7325-10 7320-10 Mission type 2-stage and 3-stage Fairing configuration 9.5-ft diameter Fairing acoustic blanket configuration 3-in. configuration Spacecraft acoustic environment See Figure 4-10
2-stage and 3-stage
10-ft diameter
3-in. configuration
See Figure 4-11
M046, t4-5
H55384.4
150
Maximum Flight Levels (dB) One-Third Octave 3-Stage 2-Stage Center Frequency Mission Mission (Hz) 31.5 40 50 63 80 100 125 160 200 250 315 400 500 630 800 1000 1250 1600 2000 2500 3150 4000 5000 6300 8000 10,000 OASPL Duration 121.5 124 127 127.5 128.5 129 129.5 129.5 130 130 130 129 126.5 124 121 117 114.5 112 109.5 108 106.5 104.5 104 103 102.5 102.5 139.8 5 seconds 121.5 124 127 127.5 128.5 129.5 130.5 131 132 133 135 139 140.5 138 133 131 130.5 130.5 128.5 127 127 125 124 120.5 119.5 118.5 146.6 10 seconds
140 2 Stage
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
3 Stage 130
120
110
100 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 One-Third Octave Band Center Frequency (Hz)
Figure 4-10. Predicted Delta II 7920 and 7925 9.5-ft Fairing Spacecraft Acoustic Environment
4-13
Md
H55385.1
140
Maxunum Flight Levels (dB) One-Third Octave 3.0-in. Blanket Center Frequency Configuration (Hz) (dB) 31.5 119.5 40 122.5 50 126.5 63 128 80 128.5 100 129.5 125 130 160 130 200 130.5 250 131.5 315 132.5 400 131.5 500 128 630 125 800 122 1000 120 1250 118 1600 117 2000 116.5 2500 116 3150 115 4000 113.5 5000 111 6300 107 8000 103 10,000 100 OASPL 140.8 Duration 5 seconds
130 2 Stage and 3 Stage
Sound Pressure Level (dB)
120
110
100
90 31.5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000 One-Third Octave Band Center frequency (Hz)
Figure 4-11. Predicted Delta II 7920 and 7925 10-ft Fairing Spacecraft Acoustic Environment
spacecraft with payload bay fills up to 60%. Launch vehicles with payload bay fills above 80% will experience approximately 1 1/2 dB higher levels. The overall sound pressure level (OASPL) for each acoustic environment is also shown in the figures. The maximum spacecraft acoustic environments for the Delta 7300 series launch vehicle configurations are 2.0 dB lower than those for the 7900 series vehicle because fewer GEM solid motors are ignited at liftoff. The acoustic environment produces the dominant high-frequency random vibration responses in the spacecraft, and a properly performed acoustic test is the best simulation of the acoustically-induced random vibration environment (See Section 4.2.4.2). There are no significant highfrequency random vibration inputs at the PAF/ spacecraft interface that are generated by the Delta II launch vehicle; consequently, a Delta II PAF/
4-14
spacecraft interface random vibration environment is not specified.

4.2.3.4 Sinusoidal Vibration Environment. The
spacecraft will experience sinusoidal vibration inputs during flight as a result of Delta II launch and ascent transients and oscillatory flight events. The maximum flight level sinusoidal vibration inputs are the same for all Delta II launch vehicle configurations and are defined in Table 4-7 at the base of the payload attach fitting. These sinusoidal vibration levels provide general envelope low-frequency flight dynamic events such as liftoff transients, transonic/maximum Q oscillations, pre-main enTable 4-7. Sinusoidal Vibration Levels Axis Thrust Frequency (Hz) 5 to 6.2 6.2 to 100 5 to 100 Maximum flight levels 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) double amplitude 1.0 g (zero to peak) 0.7 g (zero to peak)
Lateral
Md
M046,T4-6
gine cutoff (MECO) sinusoidal oscillations, MECO transients, and second/third-stage events. The sinusoidal vibration levels in Table 4-7 are not intended for use in the design of spacecraft primary structure. Limit load factors for spacecraft primary structure design are specified in Table 4-5. The sinusoidal vibration levels should be used in conjunction with the results of the coupled dynamic loads analysis (Table 8-3, Item 6) to aid in the design of spacecraft secondary structure (e.g., solar arrays, antennae, appendages, etc.) that may experience dynamic loading due to coupling with Delta II launch vehicle low-frequency dynamic oscillations. Notching of the sinusoidal vibration input levels at spacecraft fundamental frequencies maybe required during testing and should be based on the results of the vehicle coupled dynamic loads analysis (see Section 4.2.4.3).
4.2.3.5 Shock Environment. The maximum shock
The maximum flight level shock environments at the PAF/spacecraft interface defined in Figures 4-12 through 4-15 are intended to aid in the design of spacecraft components and secondary structure that may be sensitive to high-frequency pyrotechnic-shock. Typical of this type of shock, the level dissipates rapidly with distance and the number of joints between the shock source and the component of interest. A properly performed system-level shock test is the best simulation of the high-frequency pyrotechnic shock environment (see Section 4.2.4.4).
4.2.4 Spacecraft Qualification and Accep-
environment at the PAF/spacecraft interface occurs during spacecraft separation from the Delta II launch vehicle and is a function of the PAF/spacecraft separation system configuration. Table 4-8 identifies the Figures that define the shock environment at the spacecraft interface for various missions, PAF configurations, and types of separation systems. Shock levels at the PAF/spacecraft interface due to other flight shock events such as stage separation, fairing separation, and engine ignition/ shutdown are not significant compared to the spacecraft separation shock environment.
This section outlines a series of environmental system-level qualification, acceptance, and protoflight tests for spacecraft launched on Delta II vehicles. The tests presented here are, by necessity, generalized in order to encompass numerous spacecraft configurations. For this reason, each spacecraft project should critically evaluate its own specific requirements and develop detailed test specifications tailored to its particular spacecraft. Coordination with the Delta Program Office during the development of spacecraft test specifications is encouraged to ensure the adequacy of the spacecraft test approach (see Table 8-3, Item 5). The qualification test levels presented in this section are intended to ensure that the spacecraft possesses adequate design margin to withstand the maximum expected Delta II dynamic environmental loads, even with minor weight and design variatance Testing.
Ta ble 4 - 8 . S pa c e c ra f t I nt e rf a c e S hoc k E nv ironme nt Figure Re f e re nc e Mis s ion t y pe 3-Stage P AF c onf igura t ion 3712A 3712B 3712C 6306 6019 6915 5624 S pa c e c ra f t s e pa ra t ion s y s t e m t y pe 37-in.-dia V-block clamp
S pa c e c ra f t int e rf a c e s hoc k e nv ironme nt See Figure 4-12
2-Stage 2-Stage 2-Stage 2-Stage
63-in. dia V-block clamp 3 explosive separation nuts 4 explosive separation nuts 56-in.-dia V-block clamp
See Figure 4-13 See Figure 4-14 See Figure 4-14 See Figure 4-15
4-15
Md
M046,T4-7
Shock Response Spectrum 10,000 1500 Hz 4100 g 3000 Hz
Q = 10
H55406.1
Peak Acceleration Response (g)
1000
100
40 g
10 10 100 Frequency (Hz) 1000 10,000
Figure 4-12. Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment-3712A, 3712B, 3712C Payload Attach Fitting
Shock Response Spectrum Q = 10
H55407.1
10,000
800 Hz 3000 g 3000 Hz
1000
100
10 10 100 Frequency (Hz) 1000
Figure 4-13. Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment-6306 Payload Attach Fitting
4-16
Md
10,000
H55408.2
10,000
Shock Response Spectrum
Q = 10
5500 g 4000 Hz 5000 Hz 1700 Hz 2000 g
1000
100 350 Hz
10 10 100 Frequency (Hz) 1000 10,000
Figure 4-14. Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment-6019 and 6915 Payload Attach Fitting
H55409.1
10,000
Shock Response Spectrum
Q = 10
900 Hz
3000 g 3000 Hz
1000
100
50 g
10 10 100 Frequency (Hz) 1000
Figure 4-15. Maximum Flight Spacecraft Interface Shock Environment-5624 Payload Attach Fitting
4-17
Md
10,000
tions. The acceptance test levels are intended to verify adequate spacecraft manufacture and workmanship by subjecting the flight spacecraft to maximum expected flight environments. The protoflight test approach is intended to combine verification of adequate design margin and adequacy of spacecraft manufacture and workmanship by subjecting the flight spacecraft to protoflight test levels, which are equal to qualification test levels with reduced durations.
4.2.4.1 Structural Load Testing. Structural load
testing is performed by the user to demonstrate the design integrity of the primary structural elements of the spacecraft. These loads are based on worstcase conditions as defined in Sections 4.2.3.1 and 4.2.3.2. Maximum flight loads will be increased by a factor of 1.25 to determine qualification test loads. A test PAF is required to provide proper load distribution at the spacecraft interface. The spacecraft user shall consult the Delta Program Office before developing the structural load test plan and shall obtain concurrence for the test load magnitude in order to ensure that the PAF will not be stressed beyond its load carrying capability. When the maximum axial load is controlled by the third stage, radial accelerations due to spin must be included. Spacecraft combined-loading qualification testing is accomplished by a static load test or on a centrifuge. Generally, static load tests can be readily performed on structures with easily defined load paths, whereas for complex spacecraft assemblies, centrifuge testing may be the most economical. Test duration shall be 30 sec. Test tolerances and mounting of the spacecraft for centrifuge testing is accomplished per Paragraph 4, Method 513, Military Standard 81OE, Environmental Test Methods, dated 14 July 1989, which states:
4-18
After the test item is properly oriented and mounted on the centrifuge, measurements and calculations must be made to assure the end of the test item nearest to the center of the centrifuge will be subjected to no less than 90 percent of the g-level established for the test. If the g-level is found to be less than 90 percent of the established g-level, the test item must be mounted further out on the centrifuge arm and the rotational speed adjusted accordingly or a larger centrifuge used so that the end of the test item nearest to the center of the centrifuge is subjected to at least 90 percent of the established g-level. However, the opposite end of the test item (the end farthest from the center of the centrifuge) should not be subjected to over 110 percent of the established g-level. For large test items, exceptions should be made for load gradients based on the existing availability of large centrifuges in commercial or government test facilities. 4.2.4.2 Acoustic Testing. The maximum flight level acoustic environments defined in Section 4.2.3.3 are increased by 3.0 dB for spacecraft acoustic qualification and protoflight testing. The acoustic test duration is 120 seconds for qualification testing and 60 seconds for protoflight testing. For spacecraft acoustic acceptance testing, the acoustic test levels are equal to the maximum flight level acoustic environments defined in Section 4.2.3.3. The acoustic acceptance test duration is 60 seconds. The acoustic qualification, acceptance, and protoflight test levels for the Delta I1 7900 series launch vehicle configurations are defined in Tables 4-9 through 4-11. As indicated, the test levels for the Delta II 7300 series launch vehicle configurations are 2.0 dB lower than those for the 7900 series launch vehicle. The acoustic test tolerances are +4 dB and -2 dB from 50 Hz to 2000 Hz. Above and below these frequencies the acoustic test levels should be main-
Md
Table 4-9. Acoustic Test Levels, Delta II 7925 9.5-ft Fairing, Three-Stage Mission, 3.0-in. Blanket Configuration One-third octave center Acceptance Qualification Protoflight frequency test levels test levels test levels (Hz) (dB) (dB) (dB) 31.5 121.5 124.5 124.5 40 124 127 127 50 126 129 129 63 127 130 130 80 128.5 131.5 131.5 100 129 132 132 125 129.5 132.5 132.5 160 129.5 132.5 132.5 200 130 133 133 250 130 133 133 315 130 133 133 400 129.5 132.5 132.5 500 127.5 130.5 130.5 630 125.5 128.5 128.5 800 124.5 127.5 127.5 1000 122 125 125 1250 119 122 122 1600 117.5 120.5 120.5 2000 116.5 119.5 119.5 2500 115.5 118.5 118.5 3150 114 117 117 4000 112.5 115.5 115.5 5000 110.5 113.5 113.5 6300 108.5 111.5 111.5 8000 107 110 110 10000 105.5 108.5 108.5 OASPL 140.0 143.0 143.0 Duration 60 sec 120 sec 60 sec Note: Delta II 7325 acoustic environment is 2.0 dB lower
M046,T4-8
Table 4-10. Acoustic Test Levels, Delta II 7920 9.5-ft Fairing, Two-Stage Mission, 3.0-in. Blanket Configuration One-third octave center Acceptance Qualification Protoflight frequency test levels test levels test levels (Hz) (dB) (dB) (dB) 31.5 121.5 124.5 124.5 40 124 127 127 50 127 130 130 63 129 132 132 80 130 133 133 100 130 133 133 125 130.5 133.5 133.5 160 131 134 134 200 132 135 135 250 133 136 136 315 135 138 138 400 139 142 142 500 140.5 143.5 143.5 630 138 141 141 800 133 136 136 1000 131 134 134 1250 130.5 133.5 133.5 1600 130.5 133.5 133.5 2000 128.5 131.5 131.5 2500 127 130 130 3150 127 130 130 4000 125 125 125 5000 124 127 127 6300 120.5 123.5 123.5 8000 119.5 122.5 122.5 10000 118.5 121.5 121.5 OASPL 146.7 149.7 149.7 Duration 60 sec 120 sec 60 sec Note: Delta II 7320 acoustic environment is 2.0 dB lower
M046,T4-9
tained as close to the nominal test levels as possible within the limitations of the test facility. The overall sound pressure level (OASPL) should be maintained within +3 dB and -1 dB of the nominal overall test level. 4.2.4.3 Sinusoidal Vibration Testing. The maximum flight level sinusoidal vibration environments defined in Section 4.2.3.4 are increased by 3.0 dB (a factor of 1.4) for spacecraft qualification and protoflight testing. For spacecraft acceptance testing, the sinusoidal vibration test levels are equal to the maximum flight level sinusoidal vibration environments defined in Section 4.2.3.4. The sinusoidal vibration qualification, acceptance, and protoflight test levels for all Delta II launch vehicle configura4-19
tions are defined in Tables 4-12 through 4-14 at the base of the payload attach fitting. The spacecraft sinusoidal vibration qualification test consists of one sweep through the specified frequency range using a logarithmic sweep rate of 2 octaves per minute. For spacecraft acceptance and protoflight testing, the test consists of one sweep through the specified frequency range using a logarithmic sweep rate of 4 octaves per minute. The sinusoidal vibration test input levels should be maintained within + or - 10% of the nominal test levels throughout the test frequency range. When testing a spacecraft with a shaker in the laboratory, it is not within the current state of the
Md
Table 4-11. Acoustic Test Levels, Delta II 7920 and 7925 10-ft Fairing, Two- and Three-Stage Mission, 3.0-in. Blanket Configuration One-third octave center Acceptance Qualification Protoflight frequency test levels test levels test levels (Hz) (dB) (dB) (dB) 31.5 119.5 122.5 122.5 40 122.5 125.5 125.5 50 126.5 129.5 129.5 63 128 131 131 80 128.5 131.5 131.5 100 129.5 132.5 132.5 125 130 133 133 160 130 133 133 200 130.5 133.5 133.5 250 131.5 134.5 134.5 315 132.5 135.5 135.5 400 131.5 134.5 134.5 500 128 131.5 131.5 630 125 128 128 800 122 125 125 1000 120 123 123 1250 118 121.5 121.5 1600 117 120 120 2000 116.5 119.5 119.5 2500 116 119 119 3150 115 118 118 4000 113.5 116.5 116.5 5000 111 114.5 114.5 6300 107 110 110 8000 103 106 106 10000 100 103 103 OASPL 140.8 143.8 143.8 Duration 60 sec 120 sec 60 sec Note: Delta II 7320 and 7325 acoustic environment is 2.0 dB lower
M046,T4-10
art to duplicate the boundary conditions at the shaker input that actually occur in flight. This is notably evident in the spacecraft lateral axis during test, when the shaker applies large vibratory forces to maintain a constant acceleration input level at the spacecraft fundamental lateral test frequencies. The response levels experienced by the spacecraft at these fundamental frequencies during test are usually much more severe than those experienced in flight. The significant lateral loading to the spacecraft during flight is usually governed by the effects of spacecraft/launch vehicle dynamic coupling. Where it can be shown by a spacecraft launch vehicle coupled dynamic loads analysis that the spacecraft or PAF/spacecraft assembly would experience unrealistic response levels during test, the sinusoidal vibration input level can be reduced (notched) at the fundamental resonances of the hardmounted spacecraft or PAF/spacecraft assembly to more realistically simulate flight loading conditions. This has been accomplished on many previous spacecraft in the lateral axis by correlating one or several accelerometers mounted on the
Sweep rate 4 octaves/minute 4 octaves/minute
M046,T4-13
Table 4-12. Sinusoidal Vibration Acceptance Test Levels Axis Thrust Lateral Frequency (Hz) 5 to 6.2 6.2 to 100 5 to 100 Acceptance test levels 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) double amplitude 1.0 g (zero to peak) 0.7 g (zero to peak)
Table 4-13. Sinusoidal Vibration Qualification Test Levels Axis Thrust Lateral Frequency (Hz) 5 to 7.4 7.4 to 100 5 to 6.2 6.2 to 100 Acceptance test levels 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) double amplitude 1.4 g (zero to peak) 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) double amplitude 1.0 g (zero to peak) Sweep rate 2 octaves/minute 2 octaves/minute
Table 4-14. Sinusoidal Vibration Protoflight Test Levels Axis Thrust Lateral Frequency (Hz) 5 to 7.4 7.4 to 100 5 to 6.2 6.2 to 100 Acceptance test levels 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) double amplitude 1.4 g (zero to peak) 1.27 cm (0.5 inch) double amplitude 1.0 g (zero to peak)
Sweep rate 4 octaves/minute 4 octaves/minute
4-20
Md
M046,T4-14
M046,T4-15
spacecraft to the bending moment at the PAF/ spacecraft separation plane. The bending moment is then limited by: (1)introducing a narrow-band notch into the sinusoidal vibration input program, or (2)controlling the input by a servo-system using a selected accelerometer on the spacecraft as the limiting monitor. A redundant accelerometer is usually used as a backup monitor to prevent shaker runaway. The Delta II program normally conducts a spacecraft/launch vehicle coupled dynamic loads analysis for various spacecraft configurations to define the maximum expected bending moment in flight at the spacecraft separation plane. In the absence of a specific dynamic analysis, the bending moment is limited to protect the payload attach fitting, which is designed for a wide range of spacecraft configurations and weights. The spacecraft user should consult the Delta Program Office before developing the sinusoidal vibration test plan for information on the spacecraft/launch vehicle coupled dynamic loads analysis for that special mission or similar missions. In many cases, the notched sinusoidal vibration test levels are established from previous similar analyses. High-frequency pyrotechnic shock levels are very difficult to simulate mechanically on a shaker at the spacecraft system level. The most direct method for this testing is to use a Delta II flight configuration PAF/spacecraft separation system and PAF structure with functional ordnance devices. Spacecraft qualification and protoflight shock testing is performed by installing the in-flight configuration of the PAF/ spacecraft separation system and activating the system twice. Spacecraft shock acceptance testing is performed in a similar manner by activating the PAF/spacecraft separation system once.
4.2.4.4 Shock Testing. 4-21
4.2.5 Dynamic Analysis Criteria and Balance Requirements 4.2.5.1 Two-Stage Missions.
Two-stage mis-
sions utilize the capability of the second stage to provide the terminal velocity, roll, final spacecraft orientation, and separation.
Spin Balance Requirements.
For nonspinning
spacecraft, there is no dynamic balance constraint, but the static imbalance directly influences the spacecraft angular rates at separation. When there is a separation tipoff constraint, the spacecraft CG offset must be coordinated with the Delta Program Office for evaluation.
Two-Step Separation System.
For missions in
which there is a critical constraint on separation tipoff angular rate, a two-step separation system can be employed. The second stage and spacecraft are held together by loose fitting latches following primary separation of the nuts and bolts or clamp bands. After a sufficient time (30 sec) for the angular rates to dissipate, the latches are released and the second-stage retro thrust provides the required relative separation velocity from the spacecraft. For some two-stage missions, the spacecraft may require a low roll rate at separation. The Delta second stage can command roll rates up to 4 rpm (0.42 rad/s) using control jets. Higher roll rates are also possible; however, the accuracy is degraded as the rate increases. Roll rates higher than 4 rpm (0.42 rad/s) must be assessed relative to specific spacecraft requirements. Significantly higher roll rates may require the use of a spin-table assembly.
Second-Stage Roll Rate Capability. 4.2.5.2 Three-Stage Missions.
Three-stage missions employ a spin-stabilized upper stage. The spin table, third-stage motor, PAF, and spacecraft combination are accelerated to the initial spin rate
Md
prior to third-stage ignition by the activation of four to eight spin rockets mounted on the spin table. Two rocket sizes are available to achieve the desired spin rate.
Spin Balance Requirements.
mated as required for the mission-specific spacecraft characteristics. Spin-up of the third stage/ spacecraft combination is accomplished by activating small rocket motors mounted on the spin table that supports the payload. Spin direction is clockwise, looking forward. Spin rates from 30 to 110 rpm are attainable for a large range of spacecraft roll moments of inertia (MOI) as shown in Figure 4-16. Nominal spin rates can be provided within 5 rpm for any value specified in the region of spin rate capability (Figure 4-16). Once a nominal spin rate has been determined, 3 variations in relevant parameters will cause a spin rate prediction uncertainty of 15% about that nominal value at spacecraft separation. Because orbit errors are dependent upon spin rate, the magnitude of the orbit errors must be assessed relative to the mission requirements and spacecraft mass properties before final resolution of the spin rate for a specific spacecraft mission is accomplished.
Spin Rate Capability.
To minimize the
cone angle and momentum vector pointing error of the spacecraft/third-stage combination after second-stage separation, it is necessary that the imbalance of the spacecraft alone be within specified values. The spacecraft should be balanced to produce a CG within 1.3 mm (0.05 in.) of the centerline, and a principal axis misalignment of less than 0.25 deg with respect to the centerline. The spacecraft centerline is defined as a line perpendicular to the separation plane of the spacecraft that passes through the center of the theoretical spacecraft/PAF diameter (refer to Section 5). A composite balance of the entire third-stage/ spacecraft assembly is not required. It has been shown analytically that the improvements derived from a composite balance were generally small and do not justify the handling risk associated with spacecraft spin balance on a live motor. For most spinning spacecraft, it has been demonstrated that the static and dynamic balance limits defined herein can be satisfied. For the larger, heavier spacecraft where such a constraint may be difficult to satisfy, the effects of broadened tolerances are analyzed on a per-case basis. The angular momentum/velocity pointing errors and cone angle are highly dependent upon the spacecraft spin rate, CG location, moments and products of inertia, NCS operation during upper-stage motor burn and coast periods, and the spacecraft energy dissipation sources during the coast periods. The Delta Program Office, therefore, should be consulted if the above constraints cannot be met. Pointing errors and cone angles are esti4-22
Spin-up of the third-stage assembly imposes angular acceleration loads upon the spacecraft. The maximum angular acceleration that will occur while attaining a desired spin rate is fixed by spin motor thrust characteristics.
Spin-Up Angular Acceleration.
The Delta II spin system utilizes two different spin motors in various combinations to attain specified spin rates. Figure 4-17 shows the maximum angular acceleration that could be incurred by the system. Two curves are shown, one for a nominal propellant temperature condition of 70F (21.1C) and another for a maximum allowable temperature of 130F (54.4C) and +3 burn rate. Figure 4-17 is based on the maximum motor thrust which occurs for a duration of approximately
Md
H54875.1
120
100
80
Spin Rate (rpm)
60
Region of Spin Rate Capability
40
20
0 100
200
300
400 500 Spacecraft Roll MOI (slug-ft2)
600
700
723
1446
2170 2893 3616 Spacecraft Roll MOI (kg-m-sec2)
4340
5663
Figure 4-16. Delta II Spin Rate Capability

H54874
16
14
Angular Acceleration (rad/sec2)
12
10
30
40
50
60
70 Spin Rate (rpm)
80
Figure 4-17. Maximum Expected Angular Acceleration Versus Spin Rate
4-23
Md
Normal +3-Sigma 90 100 110
30 msec during ignition. If the maximum acceleration is excessive, a detailed angular acceleration history can be provided for customer evaluation. If not tolerable, special provisions such as sequential firing of spin motors can be considered.
Spacecraft Energy Dissipation During Coast Periods.
Table 4-15. Third Stage Mass Properties Before motor ignition 2213/4878 780/30.7 385/284 454/335 After motor burnout 191/422 808/31.8 45/33 92/68
M029, T036.2, 9/22/95, 9:21 AM
Weight (kg/lb) CG aft of spacecraft separation plane (mm/in.) Spin MOI (kg m2/slug-ft2) Transverse MOI (kg m2/slug-ft2)
Dissipation of spacecraft energy caused by nutation dampers, fuel slosh in the propellant tanks, flexible antennas, etc., can cause divergence in the cone angle between the spin axis of the spacecraft/third-stage combination and its angular momentum vector when the spin moment of inertia is less than the transverse moment of inertia. During the periods between (1) third-stage separation and ignition and (2) burnout and spacecraft separation, cone angle buildup can affect orbit accuracy, clearance between the spacecraft and the PAF during separation, and spacecraft coning/momentum pointing after separation. The effect of energy dissipation is highly dependent upon the mass properties and spin rate of the spacecraft/third stage combination. In order for the Delta Program Office to evaluate the effect on a particular mission, the spacecraft agency must provide a worst -case energy dissipation time constant for the combined third stage and spacecraft for conditions before and after third stage burn. Mass properties for the third stage are shown in Table 4-15.
upper stage and spacecraft and operates during the motor burn and postburn coast phase. The NCS design concept uses a single-axis rate gyro assembly (RGA) to sense coning and a monopropellant (hydrazine) propulsion module to provide control thrust. The RGA angular rate signal is processed by circuitry that generates thruster on/off commands. Minor changes to the control circuitry are required to accommodate different spacecraft mass properties and spin rates. The NCS nominal characteristics are listed in Table 4-16. Spacecraft weights less than 1500 lbs may require additional NCS modifications for the high third stage burnout acceleration.
Table 4-16. NCS Nominal Characteristics Propellant weight Helium prepressure Thrust Minimum Isp (pulsing mode) Pressure at end of blowdown Transverse rate threshold 2.72 kg/6.00 lb 2.26 106 N/m2/400 psia 164.6 N/37 lb 202.5 sec 9.7 x 105 N/m2/141 psia 2 deg/sec
M029-T017.1
Nutation Control System.
The NCS is designed
to maintain small cone angles of the combined
4-24
Md
Section 5 SPACECRAFT INTERFACES

Spacecraft
H54794
This section presents the detailed descriptions and requirements of the mechanical and electrical interfaces of the launch vehicle with the spacecraft for two- and three-stage missions.
5.1 DELTA THIRD-STAGE DESCRIPTION
PAF
The third stage of the Delta II 7325 and 7925 vehicles (Figure 5-1) consists of a Thiokol Star 48B solid-propellant rocket-motor, a cylindrical payload attach fitting (PAF) with a clamp assembly and four separation spring actuators, a nutation control system (NCS), a spin table with bearing assembly, spin rockets, a clamp assembly and four separation spring actuators, an ordnance sequencing system, a telemetry system, and a yo-weight system for tumbling the stage after separation. If required, a yo-yo
Third Stage Star 48B Motor
Spin Table
DAC94092
despin system can be incorporated into the stack as a nonstandarad option in place of the yo-weight system to despin the spacecraft. rized in Table 4-15. The Star 48B motor has a diameter of 1244.6 mm (49.0 in.) and an overall length of 2032.0 mm (80.0 in.) including an extended nozzle. The motor has two integral flanges, the lower for attachment to the third-stage spin table and the upper for attachment to the 3712 PAF. The motor consists of a carbon-phenolic exit cone, 6AL-4V titanium high-strength motor case, silica-filled rubber insulation system, and a propellant system using high-energy TP-H-3340 ammonium perchlorate and aluminum with an HTPB binder. The Star 48B motor is available in propellant off-loaded configurations. The motor is currently qualified for propellant weights ranging from 2010 kg (4430 lb) to 1739 kg (3833 lb) in the maximum
5-1
Figure 5-1. Delta II Upper Stage
The pre- and
off-loaded condition. The amount of off-load is a function of spacecraft weight and the velocity requirements of the mission. Because of the development time and cost associated with a custom PAF, it is to the advantage of the spacecraft agency to use the existing PAF designs. As early as possible in the design phase, selection of an appropriate PAF should be coordinated with the Delta Program Office.
5.2 PAYLOAD ATTACH FITTINGS FOR THREE-STAGE MISSIONS
post-burn mass properties of the stage are summa-
In general, the component, sequencing, and separation system designs are the same for all three-stage applications. The spacecraft is fastened to the PAF by a two-piece V-block-type clamp assembly, which is secured by two instrumented studs, used for clampband testing. Spacecraft separation is initiated by actuation of ordnance cutters that sever the
Md
two studs. Clamp assembly design is such that cutting either stud will permit spacecraft separation. Springs assist in retracting the clamp assembly into retainers after release. A relative separation velocity ranging from 0.6 to 2.4 m/s (2 to 8 ft/sec) is imparted to the spacecraft by four spring actuators. Specific mission-oriented pads may be provided on the PAF at the separation plane to interface with spacecraft separation switches. A yo-weight tumble system despins and imparts a coning motion to the expended third-stage motor 2 sec after spacecraft separation to change the direction of its momentum vector and prevent recontact with the spacecraft. PAF components are mounted on its surface. All hardware necessary for mating and separation (e.g., PAF, clamp assembly, studs, explosives, and timers) remains with the PAF upon spacecraft separation. Table 5-1 applies to the various configuration drawings that accompany this section. The 3712 PAF shown in Figure 5-2 is the interface between the upper-stage motor and the spacecraft. The PAF is approximately 305 mm (12 in.) high and 940 mm (37 in.) in diameter. It supports the clamp assembly that attaches the spacecraft to the upper stage and allows the spacecraft to be released at separation. It provides mounts for the four separation spring actuators, two electrical disconnects (if applicable), event sequencing system, upper-stage telemetry, and an NCS. The 3712 PAF is available with three forward flange configurations, designated 3712A, B, and C. The maximum clamp assembly preload for these configurations is given in Table 5-2. Figure 5-3 provides estimated capabilities of these configurations on the 7925 launch vehicle for each of two Delta fairings. The capabilities are plotted in terms of spacecraft weight and CG location above the separation plane. The flange
5-2
Table 5-1. Notes Used in Configuration Drawings 1. Interpret dimensional tolerance symbols in accordance with American National Standard Institute (ANSI) Y14.5M-1982. The symbols used in this section are as follows:
Flatness Circularity Parallelism Perpendicularity (squareness) Angularity Circular runout Total runout True position Concentricity Profile of a surface Diameter 2.
G E
//
3. 4. 5.
Unless otherwise specified, tolerances are as follows: Decimal mm 0.X = 0.76 0.XX = .0.03 in. 0.XX = 0.03 0.XXX = 0.015 Angles = 0 deg. 30 min Dimensions apply at 69F (20C) with interface in unrestrained condition. All machine surface roughness is per ANSI B46.1, 1985. The V-block/PAF mating surface is chemically conversion-coated per MIL-C-5541, Class 3
M029-T012-4/4/96-2:06 PM
125
configurations and their associated spacecraft interface requirements are shown in Figures 5-4 through 5-16. The estimated capabilities shown in Figure 5-3 are based on extrapolation of analytical results for numerous generic spacecraft designed to the spacecraft stiffness requirements specified in Section 4.2.3.2. The capability for a specific spacecraft (with its own unique mass, size, flexibility, etc.) may vary from that presented in Figure 5-3. ThereTable 5-2. Maximum Clamp Assembly Preload Max flight preload (N/lb) 30,248/6800 25,355/5700 25,355/5700
PAF 3712A 3712B 3712C
Md
Spacecraft PAF flange angle (deg) 15 20 20
T037
DAC123579
H54797
Figure 5-2. 3712 PAF Assembly

02738REU7
100 Note: The capability is provided as a Note: guide for spacecraft design and is Note: subject to verification by coupled Note: loads analysis. The levels shown Note: are for a 10-ft-diameter metal fairing Note: and are conservative for the 10-ft-diameter Note: composite fairing. These levels will be Note: updated in a future revision.
2.5
CG Distance From Separation Plane (in.)
90 With 9.5-ft-dia Fairing
80
2.0
70
60
1.5
50 With 10-ft-dia Fairing 1.0
40
30 20 2.0
Allowable Region
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
1.0
1.5 Spacecraft Weight
2.0
Figure 5-3. Capability of the 3712 PAF Configuration on 7925 Vehicle (Download Figure)
5-3
Md
0.5 4.5 5.0 103 lb 103 kg
CG Distance From Separation Plane (m)
02881REU7
III
Bolt Cutter (2 Places) Battery Ordnance Sequencing System Panel 12 30' 22 30'
Coning Control Assembly
Clamp Band Retainer (10 Places) NCS Thruster Arm 32.50
Keyway
IV
4 x 45 0' Propellant/ Pressurant Tank 48.00
II
2.5 deg Clamp Assembly
Telemetry Control Box Spring Actuator (4 Places) S/C Electrical Disconnect Bracket (2 Places)
Rate Gyro
I View Looking Aft
Detail A (See Figures 5-5, 5-8, and 5-11)
304.80 12.00
939.80 37.00
Side View of 3712 PAF Without Mounted Components
Figure 5-4. 3712 PAF Detailed Assembly (Download Figure)
5-4
Md
+0.00 939.8 0.13 37.000 +0.000 0.005 -A15 0' 0 15' 0.025/0.001
Do Not Break 0.25 Sharp Edges 0.13 2xR 0.010 1.52 0.005 1.40 0.060 0.055
945.26 0.076 37.215 0.003 16.0 0.63 3.3 R 0.13 0.051/0.002 A
02746REU7
6.35 0.250
0.64 0.12 0.025 0.005
2.36 2.21 0.093 0.087
5.84 0.076 0.230 0.003 45 deg
16.0 0.63 R 6.35 0.250 7.6 3 x R 0.050 9.53 0.375 20.57 0.81 mm in.
Chemical Conversion Coat Per MIL-C-5541, 63 Class 3
3.56 0.140 7.6 0.30
Detail A From Figure 5-4

Figure 5-5. 3712A PAF Detailed Dimensions (Download Figure)
D See Figure 5-7
Spacecraft Separation Plane PAF 945.26 0.076 37.215 0.003 -B876.30 0.254 34.500 0.010 0.050/0.002 A
02747REU7
Section A-A
4 x 50.8/2.00 Area for 340-lbf Separation Spring 0.245/0.010 M B C S IV
0.050/0.002
A MS 3464E37-50S Electrical connector on Spacecraft Side (Typ 2 Places)
See Figure 5-7
(Area extends from the separation plane and forward 7.11/0.280)
See Figure 5-7
B
825.50 32.500
1219 48.000
III
Keyway on Outboard side (Typ 2 Places) I
A
2 x 182.88/7.20 Area for Spacecraft/PAF Electrical Connectors (Area extends from the separation plane and forward 50.8/2.00) 0.762/0.030 S B
22 30' 4 x 45 deg
C S II
View Looking Forward
Figure 5-6. 3712A PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Download Figure)
5-5
Md
mm in.
02750REU7
mm in.
30 deg 030' 60 0' + 0 15' - 0 0' +0.13 5.54 -0.00 +0.005 0.218 -0.000 For Section Marked Area = 492 mm2/0.763 in.2 15% I = 45,784 mm4/0.110 in.4 15% Applicable Length, L = 25.4 mm/1.0 in.
Chord Line
2xR
0.25 0.13 0.010 0.005
View C From Figure 5-6
+0.25 17.48 -0.00 +0.010 0.688 -0.000 9.7 0.38
939.80 37.000
7.6 0.30 5.84 0.076 0.23 0.003 30 deg 3.56 0.140 15 deg 0 15'
1.27 0.050 L
R 1.27/0.050 16 0.63 945.26 0.076 37.215 0.003
0.03/0.001 Over 16.0/0.63 Wide Surface
A +0.13 940.94 -0.00 +0.005 37.045 - 0.000 +0.13 3.56 -0.00 +0.005 0.140 -0.000 2x
63
Chemical Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3
View D From Figure 5-6
0.33/0.013 C +0.13 1.78 -0.00 +0.005 0.070 -0.000
+0.13 0.254 -0.00 +0.005 0.010 -0.000
0.76 0.03 R 0.38/0.015 Full Relief 0.64/0.025 Deep
+0.13 0.13 -0.00 2xR +0.005 0.005 - 0.000
7.11 0.280 B
23.26 0.916 25.81 1.016
View E
48.67 min 1.916
Section B-B From Figure 5-6
Figure 5-7. 3712A PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Views C, D, E, and Section B-B) (Download Figure)
5-6
Md
3.81 0.150
mm in.
Do Not Break Sharp Edges
958.85 0.076 37.750 0.003 11.43 0.45*
02744REU7
0.050/0.002 A
3.23 0.076 0.127 0.003 20 0' 0 15'
2.36 2.21 0.093 0.087 0.13 0.25 0.005 0.010
954.02 + 0.000 0.127 37.560 + 0.000 0.005 876 34.50
A 0.381/0.015 A
2XR
5.33 0.210
45 5 0.12 0.025/0.001
63 Chemical Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3
1.52 1.40 0.060 0.055
16 0.63 7.87 0.31 R 9.7 0.38
Applicable over 0.45 dim as noted *
7.62 0.300
2.29 R 0.090
4.60 0.181 3.1 R 0.12 Detail A From Figure 5-4 940.05 37.010 0.254/0.010 s A s
Figure 5-8. 3712B PAF Detailed Dimensions (Download Figure)

D
mm in. Spacecraft Separation Plane PAF -B 876.30 0.254 34.500 0.010 958.85 0.076 37.750 0.003 0.050/0.002 A 0.050/0.002 A
See Figure 5-10
02749REU7
Section A-A C
IV 0.254/0.010 M B C S 4 x 50.8/2.00 Area for 340-lbf Separation Spring (Area Extends from the Separation Plane and Forward 7.11/0.280)
See Figure 5-10
MS 3464E37-50S Electrical Connector on Spacecraft Side (Typ 2 Places)
See Figure 5-10
1219 48.000
Keyway on Outboard Side (Typ 2 Places) I
III
22 30'
825.50 32.500
4 x 45 deg 2 x 182.88/7.20 Area for Spacecraft/PAF Electrical Connectors (Area Extends from the Separation Plane and Forward 50.8/2.00) 0.762/0.030 S B C S II
View Looking Forward Figure 5-9. 3712B PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Download Figure)
5-7
Md
02753REU7
mm in.
30 0 30' 60 0' +0 15' -0 0' +0.13 -0.00 +0.005 0.218 -0.000 5.54 For Section Marked Area = 269 mm 2/0.417 in.2 15% I = 11,654 mm 4/0.028 in. 4 15% Applicable Length, L = 25.4 mm/1.0 in.
Chord Line
2xR
0.25 0.13 0.010 0.005
+0.25 -0.00 +0.010 0.688 -0.000 17.48

3.05 R 0.12
939.80 37.00
6.35 0.25
3.22 0.070 0.127 0.03
20 0 15'
7.6 0.30 0.70 R 0.03 E R 2.28 0.25 0.090 .010 63 Chemical Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3 937.87
0.03/0.001
-B-
5.08 +0.51 -0.00 +0.020 0.200 - 0.000
+0.13 -0.00 +0.005 36.924 - 0.000
0.33/0.013
-A-

+0.13 955.17 -0.00 +0.005 37.605 - 0.000 +0.13 -0.00 0.140 +0.005 -0.000 3.56 +0.13 0.254 -0.00 0.010 +0.005 -0.000 7.11 0.280 -B23.26 0.916 25.81 1.016 48.67 min 1.916 0.76 R 0.03
-C+0.13 1.78 -0.00 0.070 +0.005 -0.000
R 0.38/0.015 Full Relief 0.64/0.025 Deep
2x
0.13 +0.13 -0.00 2xR +0.005 0.005 - 0.000
View E
Figure 5-10. 3712B PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Views C, D, and E and Section B-B) (Download Figure)
5-8
Md
3.81 0.150
mm in. 958.85 0.076 37.750 0.003 0.050/0.002 A 20 0' 0 15' Do Not Break Sharp Edges 0.025/0/0.001 B 3.23 0.076 0.127 0.003 R 2.29 0.090
2.36 2.21 0.093 0.087 1.52 1.27 0.060 0.050
954.02 +0.000/0.127 A 37.560 +0.00/0.005 937.108 +0.000/0.254 0.127/0.005 36.894 +0.000/0.010 0.25 0.13 2 X R 0.010 63 Chemical Conversion 0.005 Coat Per MIL-C-5541 Class 3 Gold +0 0' 44 0 30' 6.35 0.250
02755REU7
R 9.7 0.38 7.87 0.31 R 3.1 0.12 940.05 37.010 901.45 35.490
4.06 0.160
Detail A From Figure 5-4
0.381/0.015
0.254/0.010 S A S
02756REU7
Figure 5-11. 3712C PAF Detailed Dimensions (Download Figure)

mm in.
D
Spacecraft -B-
See Figure 5-13
Separation Plane PAF
901.70 0.254 35.500 0.010
0.050/0.002
Section A-A C
IV
0.254/0.010
958.85 0.076 37.750 0.003 0.050/0.002 A
See Figure 5-13

MS 3464E37-50S Electrical Connector on Spacecraft Side (Typ 2 Places)
C S
4 x 76.2/3.00 Area for 200-lbf Separation Spring (Area Extends from the Separation Plane and Forward 7.11/0.280)
See Figure 5-13
1219 48.000
Keyway on Outboard Side (Typ 2 Places) I
III
30' 22
825.50 32.500
4 x 45 deg 2 x 182.88/7.20 Area for Spacecraft/PAF Electrical Connectors (Area Extends from the Separation Plane and Forward 50.8/2.00) 0.762/0.030 S B C S II
View Looking Forward Figure 5-12. 3712C PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Download Figure)
5-9
Md
02757REU7
mm in.
30 0 30' 5.54 60 0' + 0 15' - 0 0' +0.13 -0.00 +0.005 0.218 -0.000 For Section Marked Area = 269 mm 2/0.417 in. 2 15% I = 11,654 mm4 /0.028 in. 4 15% Applicable Length, L = 25.4 mm/1.0 in.
Chord Line
2xR
0.25 0.13 0.010 0.005
17.48
+0.25 -0.00 +0.010 0.688 -0.000 R 2.28 0.25 0.090 .010 20 0 15' 3.05 0.12
939.80 37.00
7.6 0.30
6.35 0.25 L
-B3.22 0.070 0.127 0.003
0.03
0.001
E
R 47 0 30'
0.70 0.03
+0.51 5.08 -0.00 +0.020 0.200 - 0.000 937.87 0.254 36.924 0.010
63
Chemical Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3
A 955.17 +0.13 -0.00 37.605 +0.005 - 0.000 3.56 +0.13 -0.00 +0.005 0.140 -0.000 2x 0.254 +0.13 -0.00 0.010 +0.005 -0.000
0.76 0.03
R 0.38/0.015 Full Relief 0.64/0.025 Deep 3.81 0.150
0.33/0.013 -C1.78 +0.13 -0.00 +0.005 0.070 -0.000
7.11 0.280 -B-
40.89 1.610 45.97 1.810
2xR
0.13 +0.13 -0.00 0.005 +0.005 - 0.000
View E
Figure 5-13. 3712C PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Views B-B, C, D and E) (Download Figure)
5-10
Md
74.7 2.94
02758REU7
III
Bolt Cutter (2 Places) See Figure 5-15 Battery 12 30' 22 30' See Figure 5-15
B
Ordnance Sequencing System Panel
C
Coning Control Assembly
Clamp Band Retainer (10 Places)
NCS Thruster Arm 32.50 Keyway
IV
4 x 45 0'
II
2.5 deg Clamp Assembly
NCS Tank 48.00
Telemetry Control Box Spring Actuator (4 Places) S/C Electrical Disconnect Bracket (2 Places)
D
See Figure 5-16
Rate Gyro
I View AA
Spacecraft
A
3rd Stage Rocket Motor
A
PAF
Figure 5-14. 3712 PAF Interface (Download Figure)
5-11
Md
02759REU7
Clamp Assembly
Spacecraft Clamp Retainer
mm in.
PAF (3712A Shown)
View C-C From Figure 5-14 (Rotated 25-deg CW)
2.79 (Max) 0.110 1219 48.00 +1.4/0.055 ( 18.29/0.720 -0.38/0.015 )
Spacecraft Connector Mounting Panel Clamp Retainer Clamp Assembly Payload Ring Spring Pad Separation Plane
46.88/1.846
-B-
+0.0/0.0 -0.05/0.002 Separation Plane 65.18 .38 2.566 0.015
Separation Springs Spacecraft Electrical Disconnect Bracket Balance Weights
3712 PAF
Rocket Motor
View B-B From Figure 5-14 (Rotated 45-deg CW) Figure 5-15. 3712 Clamp Assembly and Spring Actuator (Download Figure)
5-12
Md
02760REU7
Clamp Assembly Bolt Cutter Bracket Bolt Cutter Shield V-Block
End Fitting Calibrated Stud Bolt Cutter Bracket Calibrated Stud E Explosive Bolt Cutter Bolt Cutter Shield
View E-E
E
View D From Figure 5-14 (View Rotated 90-deg CW)
Figure 5-16. 3712 PAF Bolt Cutter Detailed Assembly (Download Figure)
fore, when the spacecraft configuration is determined, Delta Program Office will initiate a coupled loads analysis to verify that the structural capability of the launch vehicle is not exceeded. For a spacecraft that requires a longer PAF in order to eliminate its interference with the upper stage, an optional cylindrical extension adapter with customized length can be inserted between the PAF and the upper stage. The extension adapter reduces the spacecraft allowable CG capability presented in Figure 5-3 approximately by the length of the adapter. Although the above discussion provides a guide, the actual selection of the PAF configuration is made after discussions between the Delta Program Office and the spacecraft contractor. During these discussions, separation requirements are also consid5-13
ered. Separation spring forces ranging from 890 to 1512 N (200 to 340 lb) per spring are available. The Delta program has experience utilizing nonstandard spring forces up to 1700 N (400 lb); spring forces outside the standard offering may be negotiated with the Delta Program Office.
5.3 PAYLOAD ATTACH FITTINGS FOR TWO-STAGE MISSIONS
Delta offers several PAF configurations for use on two-stage missions. Selection of an appropriate PAF should be coordinated with the Delta Program Office as early as possible in the spacecraft design phase. The PAF for two-stage missions has a separation system that is activated by a power signal from the second stage, rather than by a self-contained component, as on the three-stage PAFs.
Md
On two-stage Delta II configurations, the spacecraft is separated by the activation of explosive nuts (for the 6019 and 6915 PAFs) or by the release of a V-band clamp assembly (for the 5624 and 6306 PAFs) followed by the action of the second-stage, helium-gas retro system. An optional secondary latch system is available that will retain the spacecraft until the energy introduced by the separation process is damped out prior to the action of the retro system. Some PAFs come standard with latch systems, while the 5624 is not available with latches. (See Sections for each PAF.) The relative separation velocity is approximately 0.3 m/s (1 ft/sec).
5.3.1 The 6019 PAF Assembly
The 6019 PAF assembly, shown in Figure 5-17, is approximately 483 mm (19 in.) high and 1524 mm (60 in.) in diameter. The one-piece structure is
machined from an aluminum forging. Since this fitting was designed specifically to interface with the NASA Multimission Modular Spacecraft (MMS), users should coordinate with the Delta Program Office to ensure that the required interface stiffness is provided. Figure 5-18 provides the estimated capability of the PAF on a 7920 launch vehicle in terms of spacecraft weight and CG location above the separation plane for two payload fairing configurations. The estimated capability is based on extrapolation of analytical results for generic spacecraft designed to the spacecraft stiffness requirements specified in Section 4.2.3.2. The capability for a specific spacecraft (with its own unique mass, size, flexibility, etc.) may vary from that presented in Figure 5-18. Therefore, after the spacecraft configuration is determined, the Delta Program Office
H54796
5-14
Md
02739REU7
120 Note: The capability is provided as a guide for spacecraft design and is subject to verification by coupled loads analysis. The levels shown are for a 10-ft-diameter metal fairing and are conservative for the 10-ft-diameter composite fairing. These levels will be updated in a future revision.
110 CG Distance From Separation Plane (in.)
100
90
80 With 9.5-ft-dia Fairing 70 With 10-ft-dia Fairing Allowable Region
60
50 40 5 6 7
1 8 9 10 11 10 lb 103 kg
3
3 Spacecraft Weight
Figure 5-18. Capability of the 6019 PAF on 7920 Vehicle (Download Figure)
will initiate a coupled loads analysis to verify that the structural capability of the launch vehicle is not exceeded. The base of the fitting is attached to the forward ring of the second stage. The spacecraft is fastened to the 1524-mm (60 in.) PAF mating diameter at three equally spaced hard points with 15.9-mm (0.625 in.) bolts that are preloaded to 53,380 N (12,000 lb) tension. Separation of the spacecraft from the launch vehicle occurs when three explosive nuts are activated and the second stage is backed away by the helium retro system. The spacecraft interface is shown in Figures 5-19 and 5-20. It should be noted that the launch vehicle requires access on the spacecraft side of the separation plane for installation of the three attach bolts and bolt catcher assemblies. Upon separation, the bolts and catcher assemblies are retained by the
5-15
spacecraft. For the 6019 PAF a two-step release system consisting of the three explosive nuts and a secondary latch system is employed. This requires that a small lip (MDC-provided) be installed on the spacecraft at each of the attach bolt locations (Figures 5-19, 5-21, and 5-22). Following activation of the explosive nuts, three retaining latches are released and the second stage is retro-fired so that there is a minimal tip-off of the spacecraft.
The 6915 PAF assembly (Figure 5-23) is approximately 381 mm (15 in.) high and 1743 mm (68.6 in.) in diameter. This one-piece structure is machined from an aluminum forging. Figure 5-24 provides the estimated capability of the PAF on the 7920 launch vehicle in terms of spacecraft weight and CG location above the separation plane for two payload fairing configurations.
Md
02761REU7
mm in. 88.9 3.50 Dia Spacecraft
Section A-A (Typ 3 Places)
A
203.2 8.00 Side View of 6019 PAF Bolt Catcher Envelope (Required for Installation) Bolt Catcher 1524.00 (Ref) 60.00
Secondary Latch System BracketMDA-Supplied
Spacecraft
B
Separation Plane 0.127/0.005 17.42/0.686 17.47/0.688 -B- 0.025/0.001 -B32 60 0' (Ref)
Section B-B Shown Below
15.189/0.598 34.943/1.3757 15.240/0.600 34.950/1.3760 0.127/0.005 0.025/0.001
Chemical Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3 2.54 0.10 14.22 0.56 28.57/1.125
M45932/1-9CL Insert, 2 Required (for 4.76/0.1875 Dia Bolt) 10.52/0.414 Tap Drill Depth 125 0.711/0.028 (For Secondary Latch System) 24.13 0.950 M45932/1-21CL Insert, 2 Required (for 9.53/0.375 Dia Bolt) 18.29/0.720 Tap Drill Depth 1.575/0.062
63.50 2.50 (Min)
50.80 (Typ) 2.00 27 54' 25.40 (Typ) 1.00 15.24 0.600 11.10 R 0.437 (Max) 0 15'
63
.50
/2.
50
31.78/1.250
46.99 1.850
Section BB
Note: Constraints are the responsibility of the spacecraft agency
Figure 5-19. 6019 PAF Spacecraft Interface Dimensional Constraints (Download Figure)
5-16
Md
0.127/0.005 of tooling
Note: Matched tooling for drilling interface holes, tolerance within
02762REU7
mm in.
I II
1 7 59'
Matched Tooling Provided for S/C Interface Hole Pattern
120 0'
120 0'
1524.00 60.000
IV III
0.254/0.010 A 0.127/0.005
Separation Plane
487.68 19.20
5-17
Md
02763REU7
02764REU7
mm in. 34.793 34.666 (Prior to Dry Lube) 1.3648 1.3698
Bolt Catcher MDA Provided Attach Hardware (Typ 2 Places) Grounding Provisions Spacecraft (Ref)
Attach Bolt Lockwire Catcher Assy as Shown
17.437/0.6865 17.488/0.6885 MDA-Provided Spacecraft Latch Interface Latch Dry Lube Per MIL-L-8937
Separation Plane
Optional Secondary Latch System
Separation Nut
10.16/0.400 Separation Plane
Latch Mechanism
60 +0 15' - 0 00'
Separation Nut
Section A-A
(Typ 3 Places for 6019)
Section A-A
A
A Side View
Figure 5-21. 6019 PAF Spacecraft Assembly (Download Figure)
Figure 5-22. 6019 PAF Detailed Dimensions (Download Figure)
5-18
Md
Top View
DAC115974
H54795
Figure 5-23. 6915 PAF

02741REU7
120 Note: The capability is provided as a guide for spacecraft design and is subject to verification by coupled loads analysis. The levels shown are for a 10-ft-diameter metal fairing and are conservative for the 10-ft-diameter composite fairing. These levels will be updated in a future revision
110
CG Distance from Separation Plane (in.)
With 9.5-ft-dia Fairing 100
90
80
70
With 10-ft-dia Fairing
60 Allowable Region 50 40 5 6 7 8 9
3 Spacecraft Weight
5-19
Md
1 10 11 10 lb
3
103 kg
CG Distance from Separation Plane (m)
The estimated capability is based on extrapolation of analytical results for generic spacecraft designed to the spacecraft stiffness requirements specified in Section 4.2.3.2. The capability for a specific spacecraft (with its own unique mass, size, flexibility, etc.) may vary from that presented in Figure 5-24. Therefore, when the spacecraft configuration is determined, the Delta Program Office will initiate a coupled loads analysis to verify that the structural capability of the launch vehicle is not exceeded. The base of the PAF is attached to the forward ring of the second stage. Matched tooling is provided for the hardpoint interface and the mechanical/elecctrical interfaces, if required. The spacecraft is fastened to the 1742.6-mm (68.6-in.) PAF mating diameter at four equally spaced hard points with 15.9-mm (0.625-in.) bolts that are preloaded to 53,380-N (12,000-lb) tension. The separation of the spacecraft from the launch vehicle occurs when four explosive nuts are activated and the second stage is backed away by spring actuators. The spacecraft interface is defined in Figures 5-25 through 5-29. Matched tooling is provided for the hardpoint interface and the meachanical/electrical interfaces, if required. It should be noted that the launch vehicle requires access on the spacecraft side of the separation plane for installation of the four attach bolts and bolt catcher assemblies. Upon separation, the bolts and catcher assemblies are retained by the spacecraft. For spacecraft systems requiring a minimal tip-off rate at separation, the spring actuators are removed and a two-step release system consisting of four explosive nuts and a secondary latch is employed. Use of this system requires that a small lip (MDA-provided) be added to the spacecraft at each of the attach bolt locations (Figures 5-27 and 5-28). Following activation of the four explosive nuts, the four retaining latches are released and the second stage is retro-fired. This system limits the tip-off imparted to the spacecraft.
5-20
The 6306 PAF assembly (Figures 5-30 through 5-34) is approximately 152.4 mm (6 in.) high and 1600 mm (63 in.) in diameter. This one-piece structure is machined from an aluminum forging. Figure 5-35 provides the estimated capability of the PAF on the 7920 launch vehicle in terms of spacecraft weight and CG location above the separation plane for different payload fairing configurations. The estimated capability is based on extrapolation of analytical results for generic spacecraft designed to the spacecraft stiffness requirements specified in Section 4.2.3.2. The capability for a specific spacecraft (with its own unique mass, size, flexibility, etc.) may vary from that presented in Figure 5-35. Therefore, when the spacecraft configuration is determined, the Delta Program Office will initiate a coupled loads analysis to verify that the structural capability of the launch vehicle is not exceeded. The base of the PAF is attached to the forward ring of the second stage. The spacecraft is fastened to the 1600 mm (63 in.) PAF mating diameter with a V-band clamp assembly that is preloaded to 34,250 N (7,700 lb). Separation of the spacecraft from the launch vehicle occurs when the V-band clamp assembly is released and the second stage is backed away by the helium retro system. A two-step release system is employed, which requires the addition of four holes in the spacecraft interface ring (Figure 5-36) to mate with PAF-mounted lateral restraints. Following release of the V-band clamp, the interaction between the spacecraft and the retaining latches, structure, and damping springs settle the spacecraft rates (damping is provided by spacecraft-provided separation springs or launch vehicle-provided damping devices). Thirty seconds later, the three retaining latches are retracted and the second-stage retro system is activated backing the
Md
02765REU7
mm in
IV I
1930.4 76.000 1742.19 68.590
B See Figure 5-29

Matched Tooling Provided for Spacecraft Interface Hole Pattern
22.238 22.212 4X 0.8755 0.8745

0.130/0.005 M
III II 39 45'
See Figure 5-29
Actuator Support (4 Places)
-C0.130/0.005 A (4 Surfaces)
Electrical Bracket (2 Places)
381.0 15.000
-A-
1630.8 64.205 -B-
5-21
Md
02766REU7
mm in. 89.9 3.50 Dia Section A-A (Typ 4 Places)
Spacecraft A
203.2 8.00
Side View of 6915 PAF Bolt Catcher Envelope (Required for Installation) Bolt Catcher
1742.19
Secondary Latch System BracketMDA-Supplied
Spacecraft
68.607
(Ref)
Section B-B Shown Below B Separation Plane 0.127/0.005

17.47/0.688
B 15.189/0.598 15.240/0.600
17.42/0.686
34.943/1.3757 34.950/1.3760
0.127/0.005
-B- 0.025/0.001 B 60 0' (Ref) 32
0.025/0.001
Chemical Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3 2.54 0.10 14.22 0.56 28.57/1.125
125 24.130 0.950
M45932/1-9CL Insert, 2 Required (for 4.76/0.1875 Dia Bolt) 10.52/0.414 Tap Drill Depth
0.711/0.028
(For Secondary Latch System) M45932/1-21CL Insert, 2 Required (for 9.53/0.375 Dia Bolt) 18.29/0.720 Tap Drill Depth
1.575/0.062
63.50 2.50 (Min)
50.80 (Typ) 2.00 27 54' 0 15' 25.40 (Typ) 1.00 15.24 0.600 11.10 R 0.437 (Max) Note: Matched tooling for drilling interface holes, tolerance within
63
.50
/2.
50
31.78/1.250
46.99 1.850 Section BB
Note: Constraints are the responsibility of the spacecraft agency
5-22
Md
0.127/0.005 of tooling
02768REU7
02767REU7
Attach Bolt
34.793 34.666 (Prior to 1.3648 Dry Lube) 1.3698
mm in
Bolt Catcher
MDA-Provided Spacecraft Latch Interface Latch
17.437/0.6865 17.488/0.6885 Dry Lube Per MIL-L-8937
Lockwire Catcher Assembly as Shown
Mounting Hardware (Typ 2 Places) Provided by MDA Spacecraft (Ref) Separation Plane Grounding Provisions
10.16/0.400 Separation Plane +0 15' 60 0' -0 0'
Latch Mechanism Separation Nut
Section A-A (Typical 4 Places)

Optional Secondary Latch System
Section A-A
Figure 5-27. 6915 PAF Spacecraft Assembly (Download Figure)
5-23
Md
02769REU7.1
Male Separation Cone
PAF
Actuator Support
View A-A (From Figure 5-25)
Spacecraft
R 0.38/0.015 Full Relief 0.64/0.025 Deep 3.81 0.150 8.89 0.350
Spring Seal 23.27 0.916 Actuator Assembly 25.81 1.016 48.67 Minimum 1.916 Separation Plane
Umbilical Bracket
Actuator Support PAF
View B-B (4 Places) (From Figure 5-25)
Figure 5-29. Actuator Assembly Installation 6915 PAF (Download Figure)
5-24
Md
H54659
second stage away from the spacecraft. The second stage then performs a contamination and collision avoidance maneuver (CCAM) to remove the stage from the vicinity of the spacecraft, followed by a propellant depletion burn to safe the stage.
Figure 5-42. Therefore, when the spacecraft configuration is determined, the Delta Program Office will initiate a coupled loads analysis to verify that the structural capability of the launch vehicle is not exceeded. The base of the PAF is attached to the forward ring of the second stage. The spacecraft is fastened to the 1422.4 mm (56 in.) PAF mating diameter with a V-band clamp assembly that is preloaded to 17,350 N (3900 lb). The design of this PAF does not allow for a spacecraft side latch. Separation of the spacecraft from the launch vehicle occurs when the V-band clamp assembly is released and four spring actuators impart a relative separation vehicle.
5.4 NEW PAFs
The 5624 PAF assembly (Figures 5-37 through 5-41) is approximately 609.6 mm (24 in.) high and 1422.4 mm (56 in.) in diameter. This one-piece structure is machined from an aluminum forging. Figure 5-42 provides the estimated capability of the PAF on the 7920 launch vehicle in terms of spacecraft weight and CG location above the separation plane for different payload fairing configurations. The estimated capability is based on extrapolation of analytical results for generic spacecraft designed to the spacecraft stiffness requirements specified in Section 4.2.3.2. The capability for a specific spacecraft (with its own unique mass, size, flexibility, etc.) may vary from that presented in
5-25
velocity between the spacecraft and the launch
New PAFs are currently being studied. The design of these PAFs takes into account the use of
Md
IV
C L Keyway 48 0' 112 30' 45 30'
02770REU7.1
A I
See Below A III
122 0' C L Secondary Latch System (3 Places If Required) (See Figure 5-36)
II
1604.721 63.178
1599.057 62.955
75.9 2.99
B See Figure 5-32
12.192 0.48
152.4 6.00
9.779 0.385
1524.457 60.018
27.9 1.10
5-26
Md
Section A-A
02771REU7.1
mm in.
1604.72 0.013 63.178 0.005 0.002 A -C+0.00 1599.06 -0.13 +0.000 62.955 -0.005 -A-
2.36/0.093 2.21/0.087 0.25 0.13 0.010 4xR 0.005 4xR 3.30 R 0.13 0.063 0.025
63
Chemical Conversion Coat Per MIL-C-5541 Class 3
1.52/0.060 1.40/0.055
0.076/0.003 0.130/0.005 B 8.51 0.335
(15 0' 0 15') 5.84 0.076 0.230 0.003
9.98 0.393
1.27 2 x R 0.050
View B From Figure 5-31
5-27
Md
mm in 45 30'
02772REU7
C L Keyway
IV
4 x 0.750 *
0.254/0.010 S
14 30'*
D 3 x 90 deg*
A S
(Thru holes for separation switch and/or lateral restraint device)
60.63 *
III
*Used for Secondary * Latch System Only
II
View C-C (Looking Fwd)

S/C
See Figure 5-34 A C
Separation Plane
C
PAF 1604.72 0.13 63.178 0.005 0.050/0.002 A
Chord Line +0 15' 60 0' -0 10'
30 0' (1604.72) (63.178)
+0.25 17.48 -0.00 +0.010 0.688 -0.000 0.010 S C S 5.54
-C-
0.38 0.13 2XR 0.015 0.005 C L Keyway +0.13 -0.00 +0.005 0.218 -0.000
View D
5-28
Md
02773REU7
mm in.
For Section Marked Area = 942 mm2 /1.46 in2 15% I = 420.400 mm4 /1.01 in4 15% Applicable Length L = 50.8/2.0
1601.0 63.03
*Dimension To Be Met *If Secondary Latch *System Is Used
3.56 0.140 1470 57.872
60 0'
R L 18.11 0.713 17.48 0.688
1.27 0.050
5.84 0.08 0.230 0.003
0.08/0.003 B 0.64 0.025 22.35 0.88 9.52 0.375 63 -CChemical Conversion Coat Per MIL-C-5541 Class 3 15 0' 15'
1604.72 0.13 63.178 0.005
0.050/0.002 -C-
-A-
View A From Figure 5-33
1600.84 63.025
+0.13 -0.00 +0.005 -0.000
+0.13 4.19 -0.000 +0.005 0.165 -0.000
-A-
1.91 1.78 0.075 0.070
0.838 0.686 2x 0.033 0.027
2xR View B
0.26 0.13 0.010 0.005
5-29
Md
02740REU7.1
120 Note: The capability is provided as a guide for spacecraft design and is subject to verification by coupled loads analysis. The levels shown are for a 10-ft-diameter metal fairing and are conservative for the 10-ft-diameter composite fairing. These levels will be updated in a future revision With 9.5-ft-dia Fairing
110
CG Distance From Separation Plane (in.)
100
90
80
2 With 10-ft-dia Fairing
70
60
Allowable Region
50 40 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 103 lb 103 kg
3 Spacecraft Weight
5-30
Md
03277REU7
19.05 0.750
Spacecraft Separation Clamp
Lateral Restraint Device and/or Switch Pad
Latch Pivot and Guard
Secondary Latch Clamp Retainer Assembly
Secondary Latch Retention Cable Secondary Latch Linkage Compression Spring
PAF
Section A-A
Figure 5-36. 6306 PAF Secondary Latch (Download Figure)
5-31
Md
02775REU7
mm in.
G
16.51 0.65 Actuator 90 deg Apart (4 Places)
1327.404 52.260
1423.162 0.127 56.030 0.005 0.051/0.002 D
II
IV
Keyway Location 4 X 450'
III
609.6 24.00
5-32
Md
02776REU7.1
mm in
1473.962 (56.030)
+0.000 1396.619 0.254 +0.000 54.965 0.010 0.127/0.005 D 45 0 +0 30' 0 0' 2.032 0.08
21.590 0.850 13.513 (0.532) 3.048 0.120 3.226 0.76 0.127 0.003 0.025/0.001
0.56 3.048 0.12 20 0' 0 15'
50.000 0.381/0.015 D
View A From Figure 5-37

+0.000 1417.701 0.127 55.815 D +0.000 0.005 2.362 0.093 2.210 0.087 1404.087 55.279
Do Not Break Sharp Edges 63 Chemical Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3 1.524 0.060 1.270 0.050
0.254 0.010 2xR 0.127 0.005 0.762 2 x R 0.030 Separation Plane
View B
6.096 0.24
5-33
Md
02777REU7
mm in
1327.404 52.260
Spacecraft
Retainer
Separation Plane
Clampband
Spring Actuator
PAF
View G-G Rotated 45-deg CCW
Figure 5-39. 5624 PAF Clamp Assembly and Spring Actuator (Download Figure)
5-34
Md
mm in
See Figure 5-41

Spacecraft -A1423.162 0.076 56.030 0.003 0.05/0.002 D II
02778REU7
Separation Plane
PAF
0.05/0.002 D
4x
38.10 1.50
Area for 170-lbf Separation Spring 0.254/0.010 M A C S
(Area extends from the separation plane and forward 14.986/0.590)
See Figure 5-41

4 x 45 0'
E
52.260
III
IV +0.254 17.475 0.000 0.694 +0.010 0.000 +0.127 5.537 0.000 0.218 +0.005 0.000
View C-C (Looking Fwd)
Chord Line 0.254 0.127 2xR 0.010 0.005 60 0' +0 15' 0 0' 30 0' 0 30'
View D
5-35
Md
02779REU7
mm in. 4.826 R 0.190
3.048 R 0.12 7.62 0.30 For Section Marked Area = 214.2 mm 2 /0.332 in.2 15% I = 8741 mm 4 /0.021 in.4 15% Applicable Length = 25.4 mm/1.0 in. 200' 015' 25.4 1.00 -A0.025/0.001 3.226 0.076 0.127 0.003 +030' 450' -00'
1397.000 0.254 55.000 0.010
Conversion Coat per MIL-C-5541, Class 3
63
+0.13 1.778 -0.00 +0.005 0.070 -0.000 -C-
View F From Figure 5-40

2xR 0.381 0.015
2.286 0.090
-A2x +0.130 0.254 -0.000 +0.005 0.010 -0.000
+0.127 1418.844 -0.000 +0.005 55.860 -0.000 -D-
+0.130 3.556 -0.000 +0.005 0.140 -0.000
View G
0.762 R 0.03
3.810 0.150
19.050 0.750 22.098 0.870 38.10 Min 1.50
14.986 0.590 -ASeparation Plane
Section E-E From Figure 5-40
5-36
Md
02748REU7
80
CG Distance From Separation Plane (inches)
70
60
Note: For Clampband with 3900 lb Preload. The 5624 PAF is new, and the capabilities of the different fairings will be provided in a future update.
50
40
30
20
10
0 1000
2000
3000 Spacecraft Weight (lb)
4000
5000
Figure 5-42. Capability of 5624 PAF on 7900 Vehicle (Download Figure)
the separation clamp assembly interfaces that have been qualified for the Space Transportation System (STS). These clamp assemblies are listed in Table 5-3. In addition, MDA is developing a 168-cm (66in.) diameter clamp assembly for the Delta III vehicle that is Delta II-compatible; and MDA is studying a 119-cm (47-in.) clamp assembly.
5.5 TEST FITTINGS AND FIT-CHECK POLICY
A PAF test fitting can be provided to the payload contractor to assist in the conduct of the environmental testing that is needed to ensure the flight readiness of the spacecraft. This fitting would be returned after the testing is completed. In addition,
Table 5-3. Separation Clamp Assemblies Approximate diameter (cm/in.) 115/45 123/48 136/53 Max flight preload (N/lb) 30,248/6800 25,355/5700 34,696/7800 Spacecraft PAF flange angle (deg) 15 20 20
M029-T013-4/4/96-3:52 PM
a fit-check will be conducted with the spacecraft using the flight PAF. This is typically conducted prior to shipment of the spacecraft from the manufacturing location to the launch site. MDA personnel will be available to conduct this activity. The fitcheck verifies the flight interfaces (mechanical and electrical) and clearances of any attached hardware. The spacecraft must include all flight hardware so that adequate access and clearance can be demonstrated. The spacecraft contractor will provide a support stand for the PAF and the bolts needed to secure the PAF to it. Specific detail requirements for the fit-check will be provided by the Delta Program Office.
5.6 ELECTRICAL DESIGN CRITERIA
Presented in the following paragraphs is a description of the spacecraft/vehicle electrical interface design constraints. The discussion includes blockhouse-to-spacecraft wiring, spacecraft umbilical connectors, aerospace ground equipment
5-37
Md
(AGE), the grounding system, and separation switches.

5.6.1 Blockhouse-to-Spacecraft Wiring
Provisions are made for monitoring the spacecraft from the blockhouse after its mating to the launch vehicle and until liftoff. Wiring is routed from a payload console in the blockhouse through a second-stage umbilical connector, through fairing wire harnesses, and to the spacecraft or PAF via lanyard-operated quick-disconnect connectors. Provisions have also been made for controlling and monitoring the spacecraft from the 1SLS Operations Building when it becomes operational. For a typical vehicle, a second-stage umbilical connector (JU2) is provided for payload servicing wiring, of which 16 pins are reserved for vehicle functions. A typical baseline wiring configuration provides up to 31 wires through each of two fairing sectors. The fairing wire harnesses terminate in 32-pin lanyard disconnect connectors, which mate to the PAF or directly to the spacecraft. Additional wiring can be provided by special modification. Available wire types are twisted/shielded pairs, single- shielded, or unshielded single conductors. A typical vehicle wire harness configuration is shown in Figure 5-43. Other configurations can be accommodated. Twenty-four additional wires are available through the second-stage umbilical (JU1), which is shared with other second-stage system functions. The baseline wiring configuration between the Fixed Umbilical Tower (FUT) and the blockhouse is the following. At CCAS the configuration at SLC-17A and SLC-17B consists of 60 twisted and shielded pairs (120 wires, No. 14 AWG), 12 twisted and shielded pairs (24 wires, No. 16 AWG), and 14 twisted pairs (28 wires, No. 8 AWG). At VAFB the configuration at SLC-2 consists of 30 twisted and shielded pairs (60 wires, No. 12 AWG), 20 twisted
5-38
and shielded pairs (40 wires, No. 14 AWG), 2 twisted and shielded triplets (6 wires, No. 1/0 AWG), 8 50- coax cables and 6 fiber-optic cables. Space is available in the blockhouse for installation of the ground support equipment (GSE) required for spacecraft checkout. The space allocated for the spacecraft GSE is described in Section 6 for SLC-17 and Section 7 for SLC-2. There is also limited space in the umbilical J-box for a buffer amplifier or other data line conditioning modules required for data transfer to the blockhouse. The space allocated in the J-box for this equipment has dimensions of approximately 303 by 305 by 203 mm (12 by 12 by 8 in.) at SLC-17A and B and 381 by 330 by 229 mm (15 by 13 by 9 in.) at SLC-2. The standard interface method is as follows: A. The spacecraft agency normally provides a console and a 12.2-m (40 ft) cable to interface with the spacecraft junction box in the blockhouse. The Delta program will provide the interfacing cable if requested by the spacecraft agency. Once the 1SLS Operations Building comes on-line, the spacecraft control console will be located in the spacecraft control room. Cable interface lengths are still to be determined. B. The spacecraft apogee motor safe and arm circuit (if applicable) must interconnect with the pad safety officers console (CCAS only). C. A spacecraft-to-blockhouse wiring schematic is prepared for each mission from requirements provided by the spacecraft agency. D. To ensure proper design of the spacecraft-to-blockhouse wiring, the following information, which must comply with the above requirements, shall be furnished by the spacecraft agency: I Number of wires required. I Pin assignments in the spacecraft umbilical connector(s).
Md
H54663.1
P1118 AWG 20
P1103
J1103 A AWG 20
JU2 67
P1115 AWG 20
P1100
J1100 A AWG 20
JU2 132
B C D E F AWG 20 AWG 16 AWG 16 G H J AWG 20 AWG 16 AWG 16
76 77 57 43 44 33 12 17 AWG 20 AWG 16 AWG 16
B C D E F G H J AWG 20 AWG 16 AWG 16
120 121 150 151 152 161 176 181
AWG 20
K L M N
AWG 20
46 65 66 47
AWG 20
K L M N
AWG 20
153 130 131 154
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 20
AWG 16 AWG 20
P R S T U V
AWG 16 AWG 20
10 34 54 55 35 36
AWG 16 AWG 20
P R S T U V
AWG 16 AWG 20
186 140 141 163 164 165
AWG 20 AWG 16 AWG 16 AWG 20
W X Y Z *A *B *C
37 16 21 24 25 26 27
W X Y Z *A *B *C
180 185 170 170 171 172 173
*D *E *F *G AWG 20 *H *J AWG 20
15 19 6 7 8 9 AWG 20
*D *E *F *G *H *J AWG 20
178 179 182 183 188 189 187
Spacecraft/PAF (2 Stage) 3rd Stage/Fairing Interface (3 Stage) Delta II Payload Wiring Quad I
Spacecraft/PAF (2 Stage) 3rd Stage/Fairing Interface (3 Stage)
Delta II Payload Wiring Quad III
Figure 5-43. Typical Delta II Wiring Configuration
5-39
Md
Function of each wire, including voltage, current, frequency, load type, magnitude, polarity, and maximum resistance or voltage drop requirements. I Shield requirements for RF protection or signal noise rejection. I Voltage of the spacecraft battery and polarity of the battery ground. I Part number and item number of the spacecraft umbilical connector(s) (compliance required with the standardized spacecraft umbilical connectors listed in Section 5.6.2). I Physical location of the spacecraft umbilical connector including (1) angular location in relation to the quadrant system, (2) station location, and (3) radial distance of the outboard face of the connector from the vehicle centerline for a fairing disconnect or connector centerline for PAF disconnect. I Periods (checkout or countdown) during which hard-line controlled/monitored systems will be operated. During on-pad checkout, the spacecraft can be operated with the fairing installed or stored. Typical harness arrangement for both configurations are shown in Figure 5-44 for the ER and Figure 5-45 for the WR. Each wire in the baseline spacecraftto-blockhouse wiring configuration has a current-carrying capacity of 6 A, wire-to-wire isolation of 50 meg, and voltage rating of 600 VDC.
I
Typical one-way line resistance for any wire is shown in Table 5-4.
5.6.2 Spacecraft Umbilical Connectors
For spacecraft configurations in which the umbilical connectors interface directly to the payload attach fitting, the following connectors (conforming to MIL-C-26482) are recommended: I MS3424E61-50S (flange-mount receptacle) I MS3464E61-50S (jam nut-mount receptacle) These connectors mate to an MS3446E61-50P rack and panel mount interface connector on the payload attach fitting. For spacecraft configurations in which the umbilical connectors interface directly with the fairing wire harnesses, the following connectors (conforming to MIL-C-26482) are recommended: I MS3470L18-32S (flange-mount receptacle) I MS3474L18-32S (jam nut-mount receptacle) These connectors mate to a 32-pin lanyard disconnect plug (MDC part number ST290G18N32PN) in the fairing. The following alternative connectors, made by Deutsch and conforming to MIL-C-81703, may be used when spacecraft umbilical connectors interface with fairing-mounted wire harnesses or the payload attach fitting:
I I
D817*E61-OSN D817*E37-OSN
Table 5-4. One-Way Line Resistance Fairing on* Length Resistance (m/ft) (ohm) 348/1142 2.5 354/1160 354/1160 480/1576 480/1576 1.3 6.2 3.7 5.5 Fairing off** Length Resistance (m/ft) (ohm) 379/1244 3.7 385/1262 385/1262 511/1678 511/1678 1.8 7.3 4.9 6.6
Location CCAS CCAS CCAS VAFB VAFB
Function Data/control Power Data/control Data/control Data/control
No. of wires 60 28 24 60 40
VAFB Power 6 480/1576 0.9 511/1678 *Resistance values are for two parallel wires between the fixed umbilical tower and the blockhouse. **Resistance values include fairing extension cable resistance.
5-40
Md
1.4
M029, T014, 4/4/96, 3:52 PM
H54660.4
Cable Network Spacecraft Fairing Sector P1115 Motor Spin Table Extension Cables* J1103 P708 PAF P707 Fairing Sector P1118
P1100
Extension Cables* J1100 Second Stage
P1103
JU2 PU2 P3 J3A J2A P2 J1A P1
* Extension Cables * Removed Prior to * Fairing Installation
Umbilical Adapter J-Box
Umbilical Tower Spacecraft Interface J-Box
Terminal Room Interconnect Distribution J-Box
Blockhouse Spacecraft Interface J-Box
Cables Provided by Spacecraft Contractor (40-ft Long) Spacecraft Console
Figure 5-44. Typical Payload-to-Blockhouse Wiring Diagram for Three-Stage Missions at SLC-17
I I I I
D817*E27-OSN D817*E19-OSN D817*E12-OSN D817*E7-OSN
tor shall be within five degrees of the fairing sector centerline. The face of the connector shall be within two degrees of being perpendicular to the centerline. A typical spacecraft umbilical connector is shown in Figure 5-46. There should be no surrounding spacecraft intrusion within a 30-degree half-cone angle separation clearance envelope at the mated fairing umbilical connector (Figure 5-47). Pull forces for the lanyard disconnect plugs are shown in Table 5-5. For spacecraft umbilical connectors interfacing with the PAF the connector shall be installed so that the polarizing key is oriented radially outward. Spring compression and pin retention forces for the rack and panel connectors are shown in Table 5-6. Separation forces for the bayonet-mate lanyard disconnect connectors are shown in Table 5-7.
5-41
If * is 0, the receptacle is flange mounted; if 4, the receptacle is jam-nut mounted. These connectors mate to a D817*E-series lanyard disconnect plug in the fairing or rack and panel plug on the PAF. The connector shell size numbers (i.e., 37, 27, etc.) also correspond to the number of contacts. For spacecraft umbilical connectors that interface directly to the fairing wire harnesses, the spacecraft connector shall be installed so the polarizing key is in line with the longitudinal axis of the vehicle and facing forward (upward). The connec-
Md
H54661.4
Cable Network Spacecraft Fairing Sector P1115 Motor Extension Cables* J1100 Second Stage * Extension Cables * Removed Prior to * Fairing Installation J1 Spin Table Extension Cables* J1103 P708 PAF P707 Fairing Sector P1118
P1100
P1103
JU2 PU2 P1 J2 JBI Patch Panel P2 J3 Spacecraft J-Box P3
8 6 50 coax. 62.5/125m Optic Fiber Spacecraft Blockhouse Equipment Cables Provided by Spacecraft Contractor (40-ft Long) JBI Patch Panel Delta Spacecraft Console
Figure 5-45. Typical Payload-to-Blockhouse Wiring Diagram for Three-Stage Missions at SLC-2
Table 5-5. Disconnect Pull Forces (Lanyard Plugs) Minimum force for disengagement (lb) (kg) 8.0 3.63 7.0 6.0 4.0 3.0 2.0 1.5 3.17 2.72 1.81 1.36 0.91 0.68 Maximum engagement and disengagement force (lb) (kg) 35.0 15.88 49.0 44.0 40.0 38.0 34.0 20.0 22.21 19.96 18.14 17.24 15.42 9.07
Table 5-6. Disconnect Forces (Rack and Panel Connectors) Connector type D817X Shell size 61 37 27 19 12 7 Maximum spring compression (lb) (Kg) 77 34.93 48 46 45 36 18 26.77 92.80 20.41 16.33 8.16 Maximum pin retention (lb) (Kg) 68 30.84 50 46 46 38 20 22.68 20.86 20.86 17.24 9.07
Connector type MS347X D817X D817X D817X D817X D817X D817X
Shell size 18 61 37 27 19 12 7
M029, T016, 4/4/96, 3:52 PM
M029, T015, 4/5/96, 8:47 AM
Program Office. This switch should be located to interface with the vehicle at the separation plane or within 25.4 mm (1 in.) below it. A special pad will design of the switch should provide for at least 6.4 mm (0.25 in.) over-travel in the mated condition.
5-42
5.6.3 Spacecraft Separation Switch
To monitor vehicle/spacecraft separation, a separation switch can be installed in the spacecraft. The configuration must be coordinated with the Delta
be provided on the vehicle side of the interface. The
Md
H54687.1
H54664.2
Typical Spacecraft Umbilical Opening
Umbilical Plug
Spacecraft Umbilical Connector 30 deg
Battery Flight Plug
Ordnance Arming Plug
Disconnect Lanyard
30 deg
Fairing Umbilical Connector Separation Envelope Spacecraft
Figure 5-46. Typical Spacecraft Umbilical Connector Table 5-7. Disconnect Forces (Bayonnet-Mate Lanyards) Min Connector type ST290X Shell size 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 (lb) 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 (kg) 3.63 3.63 3.63 3.63 3.63 3.63 3.63 (lb) 20 30 30 35 35 40 40 Max (kg) 9.07 13.61 13.61 15.88 15.88 18.14 18.14
Figure 5-47. Spacecraft/Fairing Umbilical Clearance Envelope
5.6.4 Spacecraft Safe and Arm Circuit
The spacecraft apogee motor safe and arm circuit (if applicable) must interconnect with the pad safety officers console in the blockhouse or Operations Building, when operational. An interface diagram for the spacecraft console and the pad safety console is given in Figure 5-49 for the existing blockhouse configuration and Figure 5-50 for the Operations Building configuration. Circuits for the safe and arm (S&A) mechanism arm permission and the S&A talk-back lights are provided. This link is applicable at SLC-17 only and is not required at SLC-2.
Typical spacecraft separation switch concepts are shown in Figure 5-48. The switch located over the separation spring is the preferred concept. An alternative for obtaining spacecraft separation indication is via the vehicle telemetry system.
5-43
Md
H54665.1
Preferred Configuration Separation Switch
Alternative Configuration
Separation Clamp
Note: Switch centerline to be within 6.35 mm/0.25 in. of separation spring centerline
Figure 5-48. Typical Spacecraft Separation Switch and PAF Switch Pad
H54666.1
SP06E-12-10S (Provided by MDA)
+28 V
C 28 V 7.2 k 28 V 7.2 k
Safe
Arm
Spacecraft Contractor Blockhouse Console
Ret Ret Arm Control
A B D E F G Cable Length Approx 20 ft
A B D E F G 28 V
Pad Safety Console
Figure 5-49. Spacecraft/Pad Safety Console Interface for SLC-17
5-44
Md
S/C Arm Permission Switch
H54662.3
SOB-LCC
SOB-Computer Room
Blockhouse
Terminal Room (Launch Service Bldg)

2 New MDA Cables (800 Feet) Modified Spacecraft Rack
Pad Safety Supervisors Console Spacecraft Permission Safe 28 VDC C C A A 28 VDC Arm
MDA Fiber-Optic Interface
MDA Fiber-Optic Interface
C C Monitor Power A A Ground When Safe
F/O B B D D E E F F G G New MDA Cable (125 feet) MS3116P12-1OP B B Ground When Armed
D D Arm Permission Status E E Arm Power to PSSC F F Key switch Arm to PSSC
S/C Arm Permission Switch 28 VDC
G G PSSC S/C Arm Permission Granted
5-45
Pin A Pin B Pin C Pin D Pin E Pin F Pin G
SP06E-12-10S
Range Comm Interface
Range Comm Interface Remote Site Spacecraft Console (new or modified)
Md
S&A Safe Position Status input to the PSSC The presence of a Ground Indicates Safe position S&A Arm Position Status input to the PSSC The presence of a Ground indicates Arm position Spacecraft manufacturer B/H Panel 28 VDC Monitor Power input to the PSSC Arm Permission Switch Position Status from PSSC The presence of 28 VDC indicates Permission Granted Arming Power Switch input to the PSSC The presence of 28 VDC indicates S/C B/H Console Arm Power Switch is On Safe/Arm Key Switch Position Status input to the PSSC The presence of 28 VDC indicates S/C B/H Console Key Switch is in the Arm Position PSSC Arm Permission Command to Spacecraft The presence of 28 VDC Arms the S/C S&A
Section 6 LAUNCH OPERATIONS AT EASTERN RANGE
This section presents a description of Delta Launch Vehicle Operations associated with Space Launch Complex 17 (SLC-17) at the Cape Canaveral Air Station, Florida. Delta II prelaunch processing and spacecraft operations conducted prior to launch are presented.
6.1 ORGANIZATIONS
MDA operates the Delta launch system and maintains a team that provides launch services to NASA, USAF, and commercial customers at CCAS. MDA provides the interface to the Department of Transportation (DOT) for the licensing and certification needed to launch commercial spacecraft using the Delta II. MDA also has an established working relationship with Astrotech Space Operations. Astrotech owns and operates a processing facility for commercial spacecraft in Titusville, Florida, in support of Delta missions. Utilization of these facilities and services is arranged by MDA for the customer. MDA interfaces with NASA at Kennedy Space Center (KSC) through the Payload Management and Operations Directorate. NASA designates a Launch Site Support Manager who arranges all of the support requested from NASA for a launch from CCAS. MDA has an established interface with the USAF Space and Missile Center (USAF SMC) Delta II Program Office and the 45th Space Wing Directorate of Plans. The USAF designates a Program Support Manager (PSM) to be a representative of the 45th Space Wing. The PSM serves as the official interface for all support and services requested. These services include range instrumentation, facilities/equipment operation and maintenance, as well as safety, security, and logis6-1
tics support. Requirements are described in documents prepared using the governments universal documentation system format. Formal submittal of these documents to the government agencies is made by MDA. MDA and the spacecraft agency generate the Program Requirements Documents (PRD). The organizations that support a launch are shown in Figure 6-1. A spacecraft coordinator from the MDA-CCAS launch team is assigned for each mission to assist the spacecraft team during the launch campaign by helping to obtain safety approval of the spacecraft test procedures and operations, integrating the spacecraft operations into the launch vehicle activities, and serving as the interface between the spacecraft and test conductor in the blockhouse during the countdown and launch.
6.2 FACILITIES
In addition to those facilities required for the Delta II launch vehicle, specialized facilities are provided for checkout and preparation of the spacecraft. Laboratories, clean rooms, receiving and shipping areas, hazardous operations areas, offices, etc., are provided for use by spacecraft project personnel. The commonly used spacecraft facilities at the eastern range are the following: A. Spacecraft nonhazardous payload processing facilities (PPF): 1. Astrotech Space Operations provides Buildings 1 and 1A. 2. NASA provides Buildings AE and AM. B. Hazardous processing facilities (HPF): 1. Astrotech Space Operations provides Building 2. Commercial spacecraft will normally be processed through the Astrotech facilities. The other facilities described in this section are controlled by
H54541
SPACECRAFT CUSTOMER
J Processes Spacecraft J Defines Support Requirements
AIR FORCE QUALITY

J Provides Quality Assurance
MDC CCAS
J Processes Launch Vehicle J Ensures Spacecraft Support J Requirements Are Satisfied J Interfaces With Government,
I
AIR FORCE SAFETY

J Approves Procedures/Operations
Support for Launch Vehicle AIR FORCE 45th Space Wing J Provides Base Support and I Range Services NASA KSC
J Provides Specific Base Support
I
AIR FORCE 1st SLS

J Owner of Launch Site J Controls Government Launches J Adviser for Commercial Use of
Safety, NASA, and Air Force 1st SLS
Government Facilities
Items
ASTROTECH
J Provides Off-Base Spacecraft
I
Facilities
Figure 6-1. Organizational Interfaces for Commercial Users
NASA and USAF and will be used only under special circumstances for commercial spacecraft. The spacecraft agency must provide its own test equipment for spacecraft preparations, including telemetry receivers and telemetry ground stations. Communications equipment, including some antennas, is available as base equipment for voice and data transmissions. Transportation and handling of the spacecraft and associated equipment are provided by MDA from any of the local airports to the spacecraft processing facilities, and from there to the launch site. Equipment and personnel are also available for loading and unloading operations. Shipping containers and handling fixtures attached to the spacecraft are provided by the spacecraft project. Shipping and handling of hazardous materials such as EEDs, radioactive sources, etc., must be in accordance with applicable regulations. It is the responsibility of the spacecraft agency to identify
6-2
these items and become familiar with such regulations. These regulations include those imposed by NASA and USAF and FAA (refer to Section 9).
6.2.1 Astrotech Space Operations Facilities
The Astrotech facility is located approximately 5.6 km (3 mi) west of the Gate 3 entrance to KSC near the intersection of State Road 405 and State Road 407 in the Spaceport Industrial Park in Titusville, Florida (Figures 6-2 and 6-3). This facility includes 7,400 m2 (80,000 ft2) of industrial space that is constructed on 15.2 hectares (37.5 acres) of land. There are six major buildings on the site, as shown in Figure 6-4. A general description of each facility is given below. For details of door sizes, hook height, etc., a copy of the Astrotech Facility Accommodation Handbook is available.
H54542.2
City of Titusville Indian River Visitors Information Center

edy P S o u t kway h
Space Launch Complex 41 Space Launch Complex 40 Vehicle Assembly Building (VAB) Area John F. Kennedy Space Center Cape Canaveral Air Station
50
ASTROTECH
To Orlando
State Road 40 7
Ke n n
Figure 6-2. Astrotech Site Location
Or lan do
State Road 528
Figure 6-3. Astrotech Complex Location
To Orlando
405
407 Airport
KSC Industrial Area
Space Launch Complex 36A/B

Sk id S
1 Banana River
Interstate 95
trip
e L in y e - swa Be re s p Ex
State Road 405
Space Launch Complex 17A/B 528 A1A 1 SLS Operations Building City of Cape Canaveral City of Cocoa
Kennedy Space Center
H54543
Main Gate and Guard Shack Chaffee Drive
H54544
Equipment Entrance
North
Non-Hazardous Work Area Future Expansion Area Bldg 5 Bldg 1 Bldg 1A Building 2 Status Board
k om P Gr iss
ad e Ro W hit
wy
fee Chaf
Dr ive
Bldg 4 Badge Exchange Bldg 2
e Ex Spac v ecuti e Air
ASTROTECH
por t
Addison Canal
Bldg 3 Bldg 6
Hazardous Work Area
Figure 6-4. Astrotech Building Locations
6-3
Building 1/1A, the Nonhazardous Processing Facility, is used for final assembly and checkout of the spacecraft. It houses spacecraft cleanroom high bays, control rooms, and offices. Antennas mounted on the building provide line-of-sight communication with SLC-17 and Building AE at CCAS. Building 2, the Hazardous Processing Facility, houses three explosion-proof high bays for hazardous operations, including liquid propellant and solid rocket motor handling operations, spin balancing, third-stage preparations, and payload final assembly. Building 3, the Environmental Storage Facility, provides six secure, air-conditioned, masonry-constructed bays for storage of high-value hardware or hazardous materials. Building 4, the Warehouse Storage Facility, provides covered storage space for shipping containers, hoisting and handling equipment, and other articles not requiring environmental control. Building 5, the Owner/Operator Office Area, is an executive office building that provides the spacecraft project officials with office space for conducting business during their stay at Astrotech and the Eastern Range. Building 6, the Fairing Support Facility, provides covered storage space for launch vehicle hardware and equipment, and other articles not requiring environmental control.
6.2.1.1 Astrotech Building 1/1A. Building 1/
floor coverings made of an electrostatic-dissipating (high-impedance) epoxy-based material. The ground-level floor plan of Building 1/1A is shown in Figure 6-5, and the upper-level floor plan is shown in Figure 6-6.
Building 1.
The airlock in Building 1 has a floor
area measuring 9.1 m by 36.6 m (30 ft by 120 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 7.0 m (23 ft). It provides environmentally controlled external access to the three high bays and interconnects with Building 1A. There is no overhead crane in the airlock. Three RF antenna towers are located on the roof of the airlock. The three high bays in Building 1 each have a floor area measuring 12.2 m by 18.3 m (40 ft by 60 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 13.2 m (43.5 ft). Each high bay has a 9072-kg (10-ton) overhead traveling bridge crane with a maximum hook height of 11.3 m (37 ft). There are two adjacent control rooms for each high bay. Each control room has a floor area measuring 4.3 m by 9.1 m (14 ft by 30 ft) with a 2.7-m (8.9-ft) ceiling height. A large exterior door is provided in each control room to facilitate installation and removal of equipment. Each control room has a large window for viewing activities in the high bay. Garment rooms provide personnel access to and support the high bay areas. Limiting access to the high bays through these rooms helps control personnel traffic and maintains a cleanroom environment. Office accommodations for spacecraft project personnel are provided on the upper floor of Building 1 (Figure 6-6). This space is conveniently located near the spacecraft processing area and contains windows for viewing activities in the high bay. The remaining areas of Building 1 contain the Astrotech offices and shared support areas, includ6-4
1A has overall plan dimensions of approximately 113 m by 34 m (370 ft by 110 ft) and a maximum height of approximately 18 m (60 ft). Major features are two airlocks, four high bays with control rooms, and an office complex. The airlocks and high bays are Class 100,000 cleanrooms, with the ability to achieve Class 10,000 or better cleanliness levels using strict operational controls. They have
Stair 2 131 130 125 124 119 118 116 113 109
Stair 1 115 114 111 112
H54545.4
133 129 128 127 123 122 121 117 Stair 2A 1103 1108 1109 132 Stair 1A 1121 1122 1123 1124 134 1118 1106 1114 1112 1116 137 1125 126 120
101 110 108 Atrium 102 103
1104 1105 1111 1113 1115
1117 1119
135
136 107 106 104 105
142
1107
140 141
1102
1101
1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112
Building 1A 1113 Large High Bay D 1114 Large Airlock 1115 Mechanical Room Soundproof Conference 1116 1117 Room D1 1118 Closet 1119 Restroom 1120 Restroom 1121 Vestibule 1122 Janitor Storage 1123 Not Used 1124 Change Room D 1125 Air Shower
Control Room D2 Equipment Room Control Room D1 Equipment Room Office Area D1 Break Room Corridor Not Used Mens Washroom Mens Restroom Janitor Closet Womens Washroom Womens Restroom
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121
Building 1 ASO Reception Area ASO Repro/Fax ASO Staff Office ASO Office Restroom ASO Staff Office ASO Staff Office ASO Staff Office Conference Room Womens Restroom Womens Lounge Mens Restroom Break/Lunch Room Janitor Closet ASO Machine Shop Corridor Control Room A1 Change Room A Vestibule A Storage A Restroom A Control Room A2
122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142
Control Room B1 Change Room B Vestibule B Storage B Restroom B Control Room B2 Control Room C1 Change Room C Vestibule C Storage C Restroom C Control Room C2 High Bay C High Bay B High Bay A Common Airlock Not Used Not Used Mechanical Room Electrical Vault Telephone Room
Figure 6-5. First Level Floor Plan, Building 1/1A, Astrotech
ing break room, supply/photocopy room, restroom facilities, and a 24-person conference room. Building 1A. In addition to providing access via the Building 1 airlock, Building 1A contains a separate airlock that is an extension of the high bay and provides environmentally controlled external access. The airlock has a floor area measuring 12.2 m by 15.5 m (40 ft by 51 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 18.3 m (60 ft). The airlock is a class 100,000 clean room. External access for payloads
6-5
and equipment is provided through a large exterior door. The exterior wall of the airlock adjacent to the exterior overhead door contains a 4.3-m by 4.3-m (14-ft by 14-ft) radio frequency (RF)-transparent window, which looks out onto a far-field antenna range that has a 30.5-m (100-ft) high target tower located approximately 91.4 m (300 ft) downrange. The center of the window is 5.8 m (19 ft) above the floor.
Stair 2 205 204
Stair 1
H54546.2
206 Stair 2A 2201 Stair 1A (134) 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2203
207
208
203
202 201
2215
2214
2213
2212
(135)
(136)
2211
2209
2202 (1102) (1101) (137) 209
Building 1A 2201 Corridor 2202 Corridor 2203 Break Room 2204 Men's Washroom 2205 Men's Restroom 2206 Janitor Closet 2207 Women's Washroom 2208 Women's restroom 2209 Office Area D2 2210 Not Used 2211 Office Area D3 2212 Office Area D4 2213 Office Area D5 2214 Conference Room D2 2215 Office Area D6
Building 1 201 Telephone Room 202 Women's Restroom 203 Men's Restroom 204 Janitor Closet 205 Corridor 206 Office Area C 207 Office Area B 208 Office Area A 209 Communications Room
Figure 6-6. Second-Level Floor Plan, Building 1/1A, Astrotech
The high bay has a floor area measuring 15.5 m by 38.1 m (51ft by 125 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 18.3 m (60 ft). The high bay and airlock share a common 27,215-kg (30-ton) overhead traveling bridge crane with a maximum hook height of 15.2 m (50 ft). Personnel normally enter the high bay through the garment change room to maintain cleanroom standards. The high bay is a class 100,000 clean room. There are two control rooms adjacent to the high bay. Each control room has a floor area measuring 9.1 m by 10.7 m (30 ft by 35 ft) with a 2.8-m (9.3ft) ceiling height. Each control room has the following: a large interior door to permit the direct transfer of equipment between the high bay and the control room; a large exterior door to facilitate installation
6-6
and removal of equipment; and a large window for viewing activities in the high bay. A garment room provides access for personnel and supports the high bay. Limiting access to the high bay through this room helps control personnel traffic and maintains a cleanroom environment. Office accommodations for spacecraft project personnel are provided on the ground floor and upper floor of Building 1A. This space is conveniently located near the spacecraft processing area and contains windows for viewing activities in the high bay. The remaining areas of Building 1A contain shared support areas, including break rooms, restroom facilities, and two 24-person conference rooms (one of which is a secure conference room
designed for the discussion and handling of classified material). 6.2.1.2 Astrotech Building 2. Building 2 has overall plan dimensions of approximately 36.6 m by 36.6 m (120 ft by 120 ft) and a height of 14.0 m (46 ft). Major features are two airlocks, three high bays, and two control rooms. The airlocks and high bays have floor coverings made of electrostaticdissipating (high-impedance) epoxy-based material. They are Class 100,000 cleanrooms, with the ability to achieve Class 10,000 or better cleanliness levels using strict operational controls. The groundlevel floor plan of Building 2 is shown in Figure 6-7. The south airlock provides environmentally controlled access to Building 2 via the south high bay. The south airlock has a floor area measuring 8.8 m by 11.6 m (29 ft by 38 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 13.1 m (43 ft). There is no overhead crane in the south airlock. The north airlock provides environmentally controlled access to Building 2 via the north high bay and, by restricting external Building 2 access to the south airlock, can be used as a fourth high bay. The north airlock has a floor area measuring 12.2 m by 15.2 m (40 ft by 50 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 19.8 m (65 ft). The north airlock has a 27,215-kg (30-ton) overhead traveling bridge crane with a maximum hook height of 16.8 m (55 ft). Centered in the north airlock is a 7.6 m by 7.6 m (25 ft by 25 ft) floor area surrounded by a trench system that drains into the emergency spill retention system. The north and south high bays are designed to support spacecraft solid propellant motor assembly and liquid monopropellant and bipropellant transfer operations. All liquid propellant transfer operations take place within a 7.6 m by 7.6 m (25 ft by 25 ft) floor area surrounded by a trench system. The
6-7
trench system is sloped so that any major spill of hazardous propellants would drain into the emergency spill retention system. The center high bay contains an 8391-kg (18,500-lb) capacity dynamic balance machine that is designed to balance solid rocket motor upper stages and spacecraft. A control room is located next to each processing high bay to facilitate monitoring and control of hazardous operations. Visual contact with the high bay is through an explosion-proof glass window in the separating wall. Access to the high bay area from the control room is via the garment room while spacecraft processing operations are being conducted. Because the spin balance table equipment in the center high bay is below the floor level, other uses can be made of this bay. The spin balance machine control room is separate from the spin room for safety considerations. Television cameras are used for remote monitoring of spin room activities. Adjacent to the south high bay, fuel and oxidizer cart storage rooms are provided with access doors to the high bay and exterior doors for easy equipment access. Garment rooms provide personnel access to and support the high bay areas. Limiting access to the high bays through these rooms helps control personnel traffic and maintains a cleanroom environment.
6.2.1.3 Astrotech Building 3. The dimensions of
Building 3 (Figure 6-8) are approximately 15.8 by 21.6 m (52 by 71 ft). The building is divided into six storage bays, each with a clear vertical height of approximately 8.5 m (28 ft). The bays have individual environmental control but are not cleanrooms, which mandates that payloads be stored in suitable containers.
6.2.1.4 Astrotech Building 4. Building 4 (Figure
6-9) is approximately 18.9 by 38.1 m (62 by 125 ft),
H54547
W N
S E
123
101
102
103
104
121
118
119 106 105
116 117 122
115
114
113
111
109
108 107
112 110
101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112
South Airlock South High Bay Center High Bay North High Bay Office Mechanical Room 2 Motor Generator Room North Control Room North Change Room Corridor Women's Restroom Janitor
113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123
Men's Restroom South Change Room South Control Room Balance Machine Control Room Mechanical Room 1 Corridor Oxidizer Cart Storage Room Not Used Fuel Cart Storage Room Electrical Vault Building 2A North Airlock High Bay
Figure 6-7. Building 2 Detailed Floor Plan, Astrotech
6-8
H54548.1
101
102
103
108 104 105 106 107 109
vertical height which varies from 8.5 m (28 ft) along either sidewall to 9.7 m (32 ft) along the lengthwise centerline of the room. While the storage area is protected from the outside weather, there is no environmental control. The bonded storage area is environmentally controlled and has a floor area measuring 3.6 by 9.7 m (12 by 32 ft).
N
101 Storage Bay A 102 Storage Bay B 103 Storage Bay C 104 Storage Bay D 105 Storage Bay E 106 Storage Bay F 107 Panel Room 1 108 Fire Equipment Room 109 Panel Room 2
6-10) provides office and conference rooms for the spacecraft project.
6-11) consists of a warehouse storage area and a bonded storage area. The overall plan dimensions of Building 6 are 15.2 m by 18.3 m (50 ft by 60 ft), with maximum roof height of 12.2 m (40 ft).
6.2.2 CCAS Operations and Facilities
with a maximum roof height of approximately 9.1 m (30 ft). The major areas of Building 4 are the warehouse storage area, bonded storage area, and the Astrotech staff office area. The large warehouse storage area has a floor area measuring 15.2 by 38.1 m (50 by 125 ft) and a clear
H54549.1
Prelaunch operations and testing of Delta II spacecraft at CCAS take place in the following areas: A. Cape Canaveral industrial area. B. SLC-17, Pad A or B. A Delta II spacecraft facility located in the CCAS
6.2.2.1 Cape Canaveral Industrial Area.
industrial area (Figures 6-12 and 6-13) is NASAprovided Building AE. This checkout facility is complemented by the NASA-provided HPF, where operations with liquid propellant, solid motor, explosive device assembly, and dynamic balancing are conducted. A brief description of this facility follows. A copy of the Facility Handbook is available if additional details are required. In addition to this facility, several other USAFshared facilities or work areas at the CCAS are available for supporting spacecraft projects and the spacecraft contractors. These areas include the following:
106
105 104
103
102
101
N
101 Warehouse 102 ASO Office 103 Bonded Storage 104 Restroom 105 Office Area A 106 Office Area B
6-9
H54550
N
101 Lobby 102 Conference Room A 103 Office Area A 104 Office Area B 105 Office Area C 106 Office Area D 107 Office Area E 108 Office Area F 109 Office Area G 110 Office Area H 111 Office Area I 112 Office Area J 113 Mechanical Room 114 Office Area K 115 Office Area L 116 Office Area M 117 Office Area N 118 Office Area O 119 Office Area P 120 Office Area Q 121 Conference Room B 122 Kitchenette 123 Mens Restroom 124 Womens Restroom 125 Corridor 126 Corridor
107
106
105
104
103
102
126
108
109
110
111
112 101
117
116
115
114
113
125
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
H54581.2
I I I I I
N
Reference North
Solid-propellant storage area. Explosive storage magazines. Electromechanical Test Facility. Mission Director Center. Liquid propellant storage area.
6.2.2.2 Building AE. Building AE (Figure 6-14),

101 Warehouse
which is also called Hangar AE, is a Butler-type structure that is completely environmentally controlled. Located in the building are the Mission
102 Storage
Director Center (MDC), Launch Vehicle Data Center (LVDC), and offices for the spacecraft contractor and spacecraft management personnel. This building also houses the communications equipment that links the Astrotech facility with NASA and USAF voice and data networks at KSC and CCAS.
Mission Director Center. Launch operations and
Room Function Warehouse 101 102 Storage
Length 60 (18.3) 20 (6.1)
Width 50 (15.2) 10 (3.1)
Height 40 (12.2) 8 (2.4)
Doorway 20 x 40 (6.1 x 12.2) 3-0 x 6-8 (0.9 x 2.0)
Notes: 1. All dimensions are approximate, and shown as feet (meters) 1. or as feet-inches (meters). 2. The walls and ceilings in the warehouse are made of poly1. covered insulation. The floor is made of concrete.
overall mission activities are monitored by the

6-10
(D3) H54551.4
Astrotech
Mainland
Indian River Vertical Assembly Building (VAB)

Park way
Kennedy Parkway
Complex 39 (Shuttle)
KSC Industrial Area KSC Nuclear Fuel Storage

Be nn ett Ca
NASA
SAEF 2 Industrial Area
DMCO
us
ew
Banana River
ay
Solid Propellant Storage Area J EMT
Area 55 Area 57 Atlantic Ocean Cocoa Beach 1 SLS Operations Building CCAS Space Launch Complex 17 J Pad A J Blockhouse J Pad B
Figure 6-12. Delta Spacecraft Checkout Facilities

H54552.1
Building AE
E&O Building
SSC 112497
Figure 6-13. Cape Industrial Area
6-11
H54553
Main Entrance To Building AE
Launch Vehicle Data Center (LVDC)
NASA T/M Ground Station
Communications Room
Mission Director Center
Observation Area
Figure 6-14. Building AE Floor Plan
Mission Director (MD) and the supporting mission management team in the Mission Director Center (Figure 6-15) where the team is informed of launch vehicle, spacecraft, and tracking network flight readiness. Appropriate real-time prelaunch and launch data are displayed to provide a presentation of vehicle launch and flight progress. During launch operations, the Mission Director Center also functions as an operational communications center from which all communication emanates to tracking and control stations. Across the hall from the Mission Director Center is the Launch Vehicle Data Center, where MDA Delta management and technical support personnel are stationed to provide assistance to the launch team in SLC-17 blockhouse and the MD in the Mission Director Center. At the front of the Mission Director Center are large illuminated displays that list the tracking stations and range stations in use and the sequence
6-12
of events after liftoff. These displays are used to show present position and instantaneous impact point (IIP) plots. When compared with the theoretical plots, these displays give an overall representation of launch vehicle performance.
6.2.2.3 Spacecraft Assembly and Encapsulation Facility Number 2 (SAEF-2). The SAEF-2 is
located at F Avenue and 7th Street in the Hypergol Maintenance Facility Area, KSC Industrial Area. The facility is used for the assembly, test, encapsulation, ordnance work, propellant loading, and pressurization of spacecraft. The facility contains approximately 1556.08 m2 (16,750 ft2) of usable floor space. Construction is of reinforced concrete and concrete block. The high bay is a steel frame structure with insulated aluminum siding. Like all launch support facilities assigned to a particular project or resident contractor group, SAEF-2 is available to other programs on a non-
H54609.1
9 10 11
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
20 21 PAO
22 23 24 25 26
27 28 29 30 31
32 33 34 35 36 37
38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46
Observation Room
Figure 6-15. Building AE Mission Director Center
interference basis if no other suitable facility is available. Functional Divisions. Functionally, the building is divided into a clean work area (CWA) complex consisting of an airlock, a high bay, and two low bays; a test cell; support office areas; and mechanical equipment rooms (Figure 6-16). Floors in the airlock, high bay, and test cell are designed for 3175.20 kg (7000 lb) per wheel plus 20% impact loading. 6.2.2.3.1 Airlock. The airlock, located at the north end of the building, measures 12.5 m by 17.7 m (41 ft wide by 58 ft long), providing a usable floor area of 221 m2 (2378 ft2) and is rated as a Class 300,000 CWA. The airlock has a clear ceiling height of 15.9 m (52 ft). Access is gained by personnel doors, vestibule, and a 6.4-m by 12.2-m (21.5-ft wide by 40-ft high) vertical lift equipment door. A 6.5-m6-13
wide by 12.1-m-high (21-ft by 39.5-ft) horizontal sliding lift door separates the airlock from the adjacent high bay.
6.2.2.3.2 High Bay. The high bay measures 14.9
m by 30.2 m (49 ft wide by 99 ft long), providing a usable floor area of 450.7 m2 (4851 ft2); clear ceiling height is 22.6 m (74 ft) and is rated as a Class 100,000 CWA. Personnel and small equipment can enter the high bay through the equipment airlock, which is equipped with air showers. Clear access is 1.4 m by 2.1 m (4 ft 5 in wide by 6 ft 11 in high). 6.2.2.3.3 Low Bays. Two large bays are located along the west side of the high bay. One of the bays measures 5.8 m wide by 21.9 m long (19 ft by 72 ft) with a clear ceiling height of 7.62 m (25 ft); the other bay is 5.8 m wide by 8.2 m long (19 ft by 27 ft) and has a clear ceiling height of 13.3 m (43.5 ft). The
H54608.4
Office Trailer
NASA Office Trailer
Storage
Office Trailer 101A
121 123 122
(Room 201 Located Above Rooms 117 and 119)
Airlock 101
119
118
Test Cell 117 Mech Equip Room
115
Office Trailer 102A 114 113 112 High Bay Clean Work Area 107 102 102B
116
111 Change Room
Low Bay Area
Equip 109 110 Airlock 108
Garment Storage and Issue
106 Entry 105 Mech Equip Room 104 Trench & Drains Fuel/Oxidizer Loading Area
Office Trailer
103 Propellant Loading Area W S N E
Figure 6-16. SAEF-2 Floor Plan
6-14
combined bay areas provide a usable floor space of 174.8 m2 (1881 ft2). The low bays are also rated as Class 100,000 CWAs. 6.2.2.3.4 Test Cell. The test cell is located at the northeast corner of the facility. The cell measures 11.3 m by 11.3 m (37 ft by 37 ft), providing a usable floor area of 127.2 m2 (1369 ft2 ). The clear ceiling height is 15.9 m (52 ft). Access to the test cell is gained through personnel doors and three 6.7-mwide by 12.2-m-high (22-ft by 40-ft ) vertical lift doors. The test cell can be used for spacecraft and payload support activities not requiring Class 100,000 CWA conditions. 6.2.2.3.5 Other Rooms. The remainder of the building consists of such support rooms as a mechanical equipment room, communication equipment room, entry and observation room, change room, storage room, miscellaneous equipment rooms, and limited office space. There is a 13.7-m-long by 8.5-m-wide (45-ft by 28-ft ) conference area located on the second floor above rooms 117 and 199. Room 109 is used as the clean room garment storage and issue room. 6.2.2.3.6 Trailers. There are five 3.7-m by 18.3m (12-ft by 60-ft) office trailers (Figure 6-16), available for payload personnel use when their payload is in SAEF-2. Two are on the north side of the building; two on the west side; and one on the east side. One of the trailers located on the north side is used by the NASA and PGOC facility managers.
6.2.3 Solid Propellant Storage Area, CCAS
performed by spacecraft contractor personnel according to range safety approved procedures.

6.2.4 Storage Magazines, CCAS
Storage magazines are concrete bunker-type structures located at the north end of the storage area. Only two of the magazines are used for spacecraft ordnance. One magazine, designated MAG H, is environmentally controlled to 23.9 2.8C (75 5F) with a maximum relative humidity of 65%. This magazine contains small ordnance items such as S&A devices, igniter assemblies, initiators, bolt cutters, electrical squibs, etc. The second magazine, designated MAG I, is used for the storage of solid propellant motors. It is environmentally controlled to 29.4 2.8C (85 5F) with a maximum relative humidity of 65%.
6.2.5 Electrical-Mechanical Testing Facility, CCAS
The facilities and support equipment in this area are maintained and operated by the USAF range contractor personnel. Ordnance item transport is also provided by range contractor personnel. Preparation of ordnance items for flight (i.e., S&A device installation, thermal blanket installation, etc.) is
6-15
The Electrical-Mechanical Testing Facility (EMT) (Figure 6-17), which is operated by range contractor personnel, is used for such functions as ordnance item bridgewire resistance checks and S&A device functional tests, as well as for test-firing small self-contained ordnance items. Electrical cables that provide the interface between the ordnance items and the test equipment already exist for most devices commonly used at CCAS. These cables are tested before each use and the data is documented. In the event that a cable or harness does not exist for a particular ordnance item it is the responsibility of the spacecraft project to provide the proper mating connector for the ordnance item to be tested. A six-week lead time is required for cable fabrication. The test consoles contain the items listed in Table 6-1. The tests are conducted according to spacecraft contractor procedures which have been approved by range safety personnel.
H54556.3
Test Chamber
Prep Bench North Prep Room TV Camera
Prep Bench
TV Monitor TV Monitor TV Monitor Control
Ordnance Test Console Control Room Ordnance Test Console
Work Room Office
Lavatory
Prep Bench
TV Camera South Prep Room Prep Bench
Test Chamber
Figure 6-17. Electrical-Mechanical Testing Facility Floor Plan
Table 6-1. Test Console Items Resistance measurement controls Digital current meter Digital voltmeter Auto-ranging digital voltmeter Digital multimeter High-current test controls Power supply (5 V) High-current test power supply Alinco bridge and null meter Resistance test selector Digital ammeter Digital stop watch Relay power supply Test power supply Power control panel Blower
M029-T018-4/26/93-9:46 AM
6.3 SPACECRAFT TRANSPORT TO LAUNCH SITE
After completion of spacecraft preparations and mating to the PAF in one of the Payload Processing Facilities (PPF) or Hazardous Processing Facilities (HPF), the flight-configured spacecraft is moved to SLC-17 to join with the Delta II launch vehicle. MDA provides a mobile handling container to support spacecraft transfer to the launch pad. The spacecraft handling can (Figure 6-18) is supported on a rubber-tired transporter and slowly
6-16
towed to the pad with a MDA-provided tractor. The container (commonly called the handling can) can be configured for either 2- or 3-stage missions. The height of the handling can varies according to the number of cylindrical sections required for a safe envelope around the spacecraft. The spacecraft container is purged with GN2 to reduce the relative humidity of the air inside the container and to maintain a slight positive pressure. Temperature in the container is not controlled directly, but is maintained at acceptable levels when transporting the spacecraft by selecting the time of day when movement occurs. The transportation environment is monitored with recording instrumentation.
6.4 SLC-17, PADS A AND B (CCAS)
SLC-17 is located in the southeastern section of CCAS (Figure 6-12). It consists of two launch pads (17A and 17B), a blockhouse, ready room, shops,
DAC 123087
H54344.3
Load Capacity (20,000 lb)

3657.6 144
6096 ~ 240
Extension Ladder
Tool Box
Wheel Base Track Width 3048 120
4572 180
All dimensions are in
m in.
Shackle Access Platform
3048 dia 120 (Inside Skin) Cover
3048 dia 120 (Inside Skin) Cover
1171 (Typical) 46.12
1171 (Typical) 46.12 Payload (Reference)
Handling Can (Shown with 5 Cylindrical Sections)
Handling Can (Shown with 4 Cylindrical Sections) Handling Can Configuration for 2-Stage Missions Direct Mate Adapter for 2-Stage Missions
1294 50.93
Conical Section for 3-Stage Missions Adapter Ring Handling Can Configuration for 3-Stage Missions
6915 PAF (Ref) GSE Clamp
Direct Mate Adapter for 2-Stage Missions
Figure 6-18. Delta II Upper-Stage Assembly Ground-Handling Can and Transporter
6-17
and other facilities needed to prepare, service, and launch the Delta II vehicle. The arrangement of SLC-17 is shown in Figure 6-19 and an aerial view in Figure 6-20. Since all operations in the launch complex area involve or are conducted in the vicinity of liquid or solid propellants and explosive ordnance devices, the number of personnel permitted in the area, safety clothing to be worn, the type of activity permitted, and equipment allowed are strictly regulated. Adherence to all safety regulations specified in Section 9 is required. Safety briefings on these subjects are given for those required to work in the launch complex area. A changeout room is provided on the MST on level 9 for use by spacecraft programs requiring this service.
6.4.1 MST Spacecraft Work Levels
the blockhouse for the spacecraft consoles and console operations (Figure 6-25). After transition, floorspace will continue to be allocated for remote controlled spacecraft consoles and battery charging equipment. MDA will provide an interface for control and battery charging signals via fiber to the 1 SLS OB. Terminal board connections in the spacecraft-to-blockhouse junction box (Figure 626 provide electrical connection to the spacecraft umbilical wires.
6.4.3 First Space Launch Squadron Operations Building (1 SLS OB)
The number of personnel admitted to the MST is governed by safety requirements and by the limited amount of work space on the spacecraft levels. The relationship of the vehicle to the MST is shown in Figure 6-21. Typical MST deck-level floor plans of pads 17A and 17B are shown in Figures 6-22, 6-23, and 6-24. Outlets for electrical power and helium, nitrogen, and breathing air are provided on MST levels 9A and 9B. See Figures 6-22 and 6-23 for locations. Communications equipment provided on MST levels 9A, 9B, and 9C includes telephones and operational communications stations for test support. See Figures 6-22, 6-23, and 6-24 for locations.
6.4.2 SLC 17 Blockhouse
Launch operations will be controlled from the blockhouse until transition to the new 1st Space Launch Squadron Operations Building (1 SLS OB). Prior to transition to the 1 SLS OB, the blockhouse is equipped with all of the vehicle monitoring and control equipment. Floor space is also allocated in
6-18
In the mid-1997 to early-1998 timeframe, the 1 SLS OB will be commissioned and all launch operations will be controlled from the Launch Control Center (LCC) located on the second floor of the 1 SLS OB (Figure 6-27). The launch vehicle and GSE will be controlled and monitored from the OB via the advanced launch vehicle control system (ALCS). There are two spacecraft control rooms and office space, adjacent to the LCC on the second floor, available during processing and launch. Communication equipment, located in each Control Room, will provide signal interface between the 1 SLS OB and the blockhouse, as shown in Figure 6-28. Also, standard fiber optic communication bus interfaces (i.e. EIA-422, RS-485, RS-488, EIA-232 will be available for remote spacecraft equipment monitoring and control. MDA is currently polling the spaecraft customers to determine the best ways to meet their needs anticipating their interface requiremetns to include PCM data, discretes, analog data, and RS232, 422, 485 and 488 IEEE standards. The range spacecraft interface spacecraft S&A enable will be remoted from the PSSC console in the OB to the ACS-R-B/H rack. The spacecraft inteface will use the same pin connector definition as the present spacecraft/PSSC Interface.
H54557.1
MST 17A
MST 17B
Blockhouse
Delta Operations Support Building Delta Conference Room Trailer
Lig hth ou se
Ro ad
Horizontal Processing Building
Figure 6-19. SLC-17, CCAS
Figure 6-20. SLC-17 Aerial View, Facing South
6-19
02879REU7
All dimensions are in m in. All station numbers are in inches
External Hoist 20,000 lb Capacity Max Hook Ht = 171 ft, 10 in. Sta 47
Interior Bridge Crane 12,000 lb Capacity Environmental Enclosure Max Hook Ht = 163 ft Sta 59
Elev 151 ft, 0 in. Sta 203.99 Elev 149 ft, 8-3/4 in. Sta 219.22 3.63 143
10.0-ft dia Composite Fairing
3.25 127.78
9.5-ft dia Fairing
Level 9C Elev 139 ft, 1 in. Sta 347
3.05 120
Spacecraft 3rd Stage
Sta 414
Level 9B Elev 129 ft, 1 in. Sta 467 3rd Stage Sta 500 2nd Stage 3.05 120 Sta 553.39 Level 9A Elev 119 ft, 1 in. Sta 588
3.28 129
Level 8B Elev 108 ft, 4 in. Sta 717
Figure 6-21. Environmental Enclosure Work Levels (Download Figure)
6-20
Downrange
B 4.57 m 15 ft 0 in.
C 1.98 m 6 ft 6 in.
D 2.59 m 8 ft 6 in.
E 2.67 m 8 ft 9 in.
F 1.9 m 6 ft 3 in.
G 4.57 m 15 ft 0 in.
H54559
Up 4.27 m 14 ft 0 in.
Down
Hoist
II
HOIST
11 (2)
11 (2)
III 25
9 ft dia
Fairing Storage Area
Down
Hoist
Vestibule
28
IV To Cape Industrial Area (3) 11 Hoist AC In Pneumatic Panel (GN 2 , GHe, and Air) Down Up Telephone TV
3.66 m 12 ft 0 in. Airlock and Changeout Room
AC In
Symbol 11
Item Comm Box 120 Vac 1 120/208 Vac 3 Telephone
Quantity 6 Each 7 Outlets 1 Outlet 1
Elevations
0.6 & 2.4 m AC Inlets Above Deck 24 & 96 in. 1.9 1.6 Hoists Comm Boxes 76 63 1.7 Pneumatic Panel 69
TV Cameras 1.86 743
Figure 6-22. Level 9A Floor Plan, Pads 17A and 17B

H54560
Downrange B 4.57 m 15 ft 0 in.
C 1.98 m 6 ft 6 in.
D 2.59 m 8 ft 6 in.
E 2.67 m 8 ft 9 in. II
F 1.9 m 6 ft 3 in.
G 4.57 M 15 ft 0 in.
Hoist
4.27 m 14 ft 0 in.
Down
11 (2) III 12 ft dia 9 ft dia With Inserts I
Hoist
11 (2) Fairing Storage Area Auxiliary Hoist Controls
Up Crane Pendant Vestibule
25 28
Hoist
IV To Cape Industrial Area AC In Hoist 11 (3) AC In Door Seal Controls Safety Belt Down Pneumatic Panel (GN2 , GHe, and Air) Telephone
3.66 m 12 ft 0 in.
Airlock
Symbol 11
Item Comm Box 120 Vac 1 120/208 Vac 3 Telephone
Quantity 6 Each 7 Outlets 1 Outlet 1
m Above Deck in. 2.4 AC Inlets Hoists 96 1.3 Comm Boxes Pneumatic Panel 53 Elevations
1.8 & 3.9 72 & 152 1.6 63
Figure 6-23. Level 9B Floor Plan, Pads 17A and 17B
6-21
H54561.2
Downrange
C 1.98 m 6 ft 6 in.
D 2.59 m 8 ft 6 in.
E 2.67 m 8 ft 9 in. II
F 1.9 m 6 ft 3 in.
G 4.57 m 15 ft 0 in.
Hoist
III
Hoist
6.10 m 20 ft 0 in.
Dn N
25 28
12 ft dia 11 ft dia With Inserts
IV Hoist AC In Telephone
TV
To Cape Industrial Area AC In
Hoist
Symbol
Item Comm Box Telephone
Quantity 2 Each 1
Elevations Hoists AC Inlets Comm Boxes
m Above Deck in. 2.4 96 1.8 & 3.9 72 & 152 1.6 63
Figure 6-24. Level 9C Floor Plan, Pads 17A and 17B

H53562
Launch Conductor Launch Vehicle Control Consoles Spacecraft Coordinator
Pad Safety Console Spacecraft Area Adviser Consoles Spacecraft Blockhouse Consoles (Typical) Spacecraft Blockhouse Junction Boxes
Telemetry Ground Station
Figure 6-25. Blockhouse Console Locations
6-22
H54563.3
mm in. 914 36
(Cover Door Not Shown on Junction Box) TB1 TB2 TB3 TB4 TB5 Crablock terminal blocks (PN A2S1415S) are provided by Delta for 12, 16, or 20 American Wire Gauge (AWG) wires. MDA will install the crablocks and terminate the user's cable for the above size wires 302 8 Note: The distance from this terminal board to the spacecraft console area is approximately 12.2 m (40 ft)
1067 42
Delta Cables to Launch Area
Access for Spacecraft Agency Cable
Figure 6-26. Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse Junction Box

H54610.1
Spacecraft Office No. 1
Spacecraft Control Room No. 1
Library
Facility UPS Mechanical
Computer and Mag Tape Storage
Spacecraft Office and Control Room No. 2
Civil Engineering
Women
Engineering Support Area
Engineering Systems Facility Mechanical Propellant Engineering Stairwell Visitors Area and Conference Room
Launch Control Center
Men
Anomaly Room
Chief Engineer
Facility Electrical
UG CADD
QAM
Test Conductor
Comm Room D-819683 Elev
Mechanical Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Figure 6-27. Spacecraft Customer Accommodations Launch Control Center
6-23
H54565.5
Current - Blockhouse Control

A-CDP TMR B-CDP Work Stations ACS Panels B/H ACS Rack PSSC 1 S/C-B Control S/C-B Rack Interface J-Box Interface J-Box 17B-GCR S/C UMB
17B ACS Rack
17B-VCR1 17B-VCR2
Note: Cable length of path No. 1 is 20 feet
6-24
Future - 1 SLS OB Control

A-CDP TMS B-CDP Work Stations ACS Panels TMR ACS-R-OB Rack ACS/PSSC Interface [Cu/FO] Delta 144 F/O Delta 144 F/O ACS-R-BH Interface [FO/Cu] ACS B/H Rack S&A PSSC S/C interface Fiber Optics I/F or (Discretes/FO) (Analog/FO) (232/FO) (422/FO) (488/FO) (485/FO) S/C interface Fiber Optics I/F or (Discretes/FO) (Analog/FO) (232/FO) (422/FO) (488/FO) (485/FO) 17B ACS Rack 17B-VCR1 17B-VCR2 17B-GCR S/C-B Rack Interface J-Box Interface J-Box S/C UMB
S/C-B Control *Currently being defined
*
1 SLS OB SLC17 Blockhouse Terminal Room
Figure 6-28. Interface Overview - Spacecraft Control Rack in 1 SLS OB
6.5 SUPPORT SERVICES 6.5.1 LAUNCH SUPPORT
For countdown operations, the launch team is located in the blockhouse at SLC-17 and Hangar AE with support from many other organizations. The following paragraphs describe the organizational interfaces and the launch decision process.
6.5.1.1 Mission Director Center (Hangar AE).
The Mission Director Center provides the necessary seating, data display, and communication to control the launch process. Seating is provided for key personnel from MDA, eastern range, and the spacecraft control team. For NASA launches, key NASA personnel also occupy space in the Mission Director Center. Government launches incorporate additional reporting and decision responsibility.
The launch decision process is conducted by the appropriate management personnel representing the spacecraft, the launch vehicle, and the range. Figure 6-29 shows the typical communication flow required to make the launch decision. For NASA missions, a Mission Director, launch management advisory team, engineering team, and quality assurance personnel will also participate in the launch decision process.
6.5.1.2 Launch Decision Process. 6.5.2 Weather Constraints
The Delta II vehicle is enclosed in the MST until approximately L-7 hours. The tower protects the vehicle from ground winds. The winds are measured using anemometers at the 9.1-m (30-ft) and 28.0-m (92-ft) levels of the tower.
6.5.2.1 Ground-Wind Constraints.
H30486.2
Spacecraft Ground Station Spacecraft Project Manager (User)
Mission Director Center (Hangar AE) Spacecraft Status Spacecraft Mission Director (User) Spacecraft Network Status Spacecraft Network Manager (User)
Spacecraft Mission Control Center Spacecraft Network Status Voice
Spacecraft Ground Station (User)
Launch Vehicle System Status Launch Vehicle Systems Engineering (MDA)
Director of Engineering (MDA)
Launch Vehicle Status
Spacecraft Vehicle Status Launch Concurrence Mission Director Advisory (MDA) Status Launch Decision
Director (USAF)
Spacecraft Mission Control Center (User)
Space Launch Complex 17 Blockhouse Vehicle Status
Launch Director (MDA) Status TOPS 1 Status Range Coordinator (MDA) Status
Range Operations Control Center USAF (45 SW)
Launch Vehicle Data Center (LVDC) (Hangar AE)
Status Chief Field Engineer (MDA) Launch Conductor (MDA)
Control Office (45 SW)
Spacecraft Coordinator (MDA)
Status Status
Site Controller (USAF)
Range Safety Status Eastern Range Status Weather Network Status Status
Figure 6-29. Launch Decision Flow for Commercial MissionsEastern Range
6-25
The following limitations on ground winds (including gusts) apply: A. The MST shall not be moved from the Delta II if ground winds in any direction exceed 36 knots (41 mph) at the 9.1-m (30-ft) level. B. The maximum allowable ground winds at the 28.0-m (92-ft) level are shown on Figure 6-30 for 792X vehicles with lengthened nozzles on the airignited GEMs. As noted on the figure, the constraints are a function of the predicted liftoff solid motor propellant bulk temperature. This figure applies to both 9.5-ft and 10-ft diameter fairing configurations. The plot combines liftoff controls, liftoff loads, and on-stand structural ground wind restrictions.
6.5.2.2 Winds Aloft Constraints. Measurements
evaluated on launch day by conducting a trajectory analysis using the measured wind. A curvefit to the wind data provides load relief in the trajectory analyses. The curvefit and other load-relief parameters are used to reset the mission constants just prior to launch.
6.5.2.3 Weather Constraints.
of winds aloft are taken at the launch pad. The Delta II controls and loads constraints for winds aloft are
Weather constraints are imposed by Range Safety to assure safe passage of the Delta launch vehicle through the atmosphere. The following is a general overview of the constraints evaluated prior to liftoff. Appendix B lists the detailed weather contraints. A. The launch will not take place if the normal flight path will carry the vehicle: 1. Within 18.5 km (10 nmi) of a cumulonimbus (thunderstorm) cloud, whether convective or in layers, where precipitation (or virga) is observed.
H54516.1
N
Between 297 and 30 (92 ft) Temp (F) 30 50 Wind Speed (knots) 22 23 330 0
Delta II 7925/7925-10 Ground Wind Velocity Criteria Six GEM Solids off the Pad, Three GEM LN Solids Air-Lit ER-Launch Pads 17A and 17B
30
Vehicle Configuration: Fairing Diameter: Solids: Launch Site: Minimum Solid Motor Propellant Bulk Temperature Range Anemometer Level: 60
792X 9.5 & 10 ft GEM LN ER 3050F 92 ft
300 No Launch Launch
Angles Indicate Direction From Which Winds Come (Wind Speed Is Measured at 92 Feet) 30 40 50 Knots 90 E
W 270
50 40 30
20
10
0 10 20
240 35 knots (92 ft) 210 180 150
120
Pad Azimuth 115 deg Between 135 and 195 (92 ft) Wind Speed (knots) 25 26 27 28 29
Temp (F) 30 35 40 45 50
Figure 6-30. Delta II 792X Ground Wind Velocity Criteria, SLC-17
6-26
2. Through any cloud, whether convective or in layers, where precipitation or virga is observed. 3. Through any frontal or squall-line clouds which extend above 3048 m (10,000 ft). 4. Through cloud layers or through cumulus clouds where the freeze level is in the clouds. 5. Through any cloud if a plus or minus 1 kV/m or greater level electric field contour passes within 9.3 km (5 nmi) of the launch site at any time within 15 min prior to liftoff. 6. Through previously electrified clouds not monitored by an electrical field mill network if the dissipating state was shortlived (less than 15 min after observed electrical activity). B. The launch will not take place if there is precipitation over the launch site or along the flight path. C. A weather observation aircraft is mandatory to augment meteorological capabilities for realtime evaluation of local conditions unless a cloudfree line of sight exists to the vehicle flight path. Rawinsonde will not be used to determine cloud buildup. D. Even though the above criteria are observed, or forecast to be satisfied at the predicted launch time, the launch director may elect to delay the launch based on the instability of the current atmospheric conditions.
6.5.2.4 Lightning Activity.
B. First- and second-stage instrumentation may be operated during an electrical storm. C. If other vehicle electrical systems are powered when an electrical storm approaches, these systems may remain powered. D. If an electrical storm passes through after a simulated flight test, all electrical systems are turned on in a quiescent state, and all data sources are evaluated for evidence of damage. This turn-on is done remotely (pad clear) if any category A ordnance circuits are connected for flight. Ordnance circuits are disconnected and safed prior to turn-on with personnel exposed to the vehicle. E. If data from the quiescent turn-on reveal equipment discrepancies that can be attributed to the electrical storm, a flight program requalification test must be run subsequent to the storm and prior to a launch attempt.
6.5.3 Operational Safety
Safety requirements are covered in Section 9 of this manual. In addition, it is the operating policy at both MDA and Astrotech that all personnel will be given safety orientation briefings prior to entrance to hazardous areas such as SLC-17. These briefings will be scheduled by the MDA spacecraft coordinator and presented by the appropriate safety personnel.
6.5.4 Security 6.5.4.1 Astrotech Security. Physical security at
The following are
procedures for test status during lightning activity: A. Evacuation of the MST and fixed umbilical tower (FUT) is accomplished at the direction of the Launch Conductor (Reference: Delta Launch Complex Safety Plan).
6-27
the Astrotech facilities is provided by chain link perimeter fencing, door locks, and guards. Details of the spacecraft security requirements will be arranged through the MDA spacecraft coordinator. SLC-17 physical security is ensured by perimeter fencing, guards, and access badges. The MST white room is a Defense Investigative Service-approved closed
6.5.4.2 Launch Complex Security.
area with cypher locks on entry-controlled doors. Access can be controlled by a security guard on the MST eighth level.
6.5.4.3 CCAS Security. For access to CCAS, US
citizens must provide full name with middle initial if applicable, social security number, company name, and dates of arrival and expected departure to the MDA spacecraft coordinator or MDA/CCAS Security. MDA Security will arrange for entry authority for commercial missions or individuals sponsored by MDA. Access by NASA personnel or NASA sponsored Foreign nationals is coordinated by NASA KSC with the USAF at CCAS. Access by other US Government sponsored Foreign Nationals is coordinated by their sponsor directly with the USAF at CCAS. For non-United States citizens, clearance information (name, nationality/citizenship, data and place of birth, passport number and date/place of issue, visa number and date of expiration, and title or job description) must be furnished to MDA 2 weeks prior to the CCAS entry date. Government sponsored individuals must follow NASA or US Government guidelines as appropriate. The spacecraft coordinator will furnish visitor identification documentation to the appropriate agencies. After MDA Security gets clearance approval, entry to CCAS will be the same as for US citizens.
6.5.5 Field-Related Services
static proof test equipment. MDAs operational team members are familiar with the payload processing facilities at the CCAS, KSC, and Astrotech, and can offer all of these skills and services to the spacecraft project during the launch program.
6.6 DELTA II PLANS AND SCHEDULES 6.6.1 Mission Plan
A mission plan (Figure 6-31) is developed for each launch campaign showing major tasks on a weekly timeline format. The plan includes launch vehicle activities, prelaunch reviews, and spacecraft PPF and HPF occupancy time.
6.6.2 Integrated Schedules
MDA employs certified propellant handler's ensemble (PHE) suit propellant handlers, equipment drivers, welders, riggers, and explosive ordnance handlers, in addition to people experienced in most electrical and mechanical assembly skills, such as torquing, soldering, crimping, precision cleaning, and contamination control. MDA has under its control a machine shop, metrology laboratory, LO2 cleaning facility, proof-load facility, and hydro6-28
The schedule of spacecraft activities before integrated activities in the HPF varies from mission to mission. The extent of spacecraft field testing varies and is determined by the spacecraft agency. Spacecraft/launch vehicle schedules are similar from mission to mission, from the time of spacecraft weighing until launch. Daily schedules are prepared on hourly time lines for these integrated activities. These schedules typically cover four days of integration effort in the HPF and eight days of launch countdown activities. HPF tasks include spacecraft weighing, spacecraft third-stage mate and interface verification, and transportation can assembly around the combined payload. The countdown schedules provide a detailed, hour-by-hour breakdown of launch pad operations, illustrating the flow of activities from spacecraft erection through terminal countdown and reflecting inputs from the spacecraft project. These schedules comprise the integrating document to ensure timely launch pad operations. Typical schedules of integrated activities from spacecraft weighing in the HPF until launch (Figures 6-32 through 6-45) are shown as launch minus
H54567.2
APRIL 20 27
MAY 11 18
25
JUNE 15 22
29
JULY 13 20
27
AUGUST 10 17 24
31
SEPT 14 21
28
DMCO C/O 17 PRESHIP MEETING - AT PUEBLO S.S. AT HPTF FIRST STAGE AT HPF FIRST STAGE ERECTION PRE VOS MEETING - AT H/B 5 INTERSTAGE ERECTION 7 SOLID MOTOR ERECTION VOS READINESS REVIEW - AT SLC 17 SOLID MOTOR PROCESSING SECOND STAGE ERECTION FAIRING ERECTION 13 S/C ARRIVE AT ASTROTECH PRETEST PREPS SPACECRAFT PROCESSING ASO BLDG 1 VEH SYS C/O SPACECRAFT PROCESSING IN ASO UPPER STG PROCESS ASO INTEGRATED OPERATIONS WEIGH SPACECRAFT 1 LAUNCH SITE READINESS REVIEW - AT SLC-17 4 PAYLOAD ERECTION 7 FLT PROG VERIF 8 ORDNANCE INSTAL 9 FAIRING INSTAL 10-11 FLIGHT READINESS REVIEW - AT SLC-17 11 MISSION REHEARSAL 14 S.S. PROP LOAD 14 LAUNCH READINESS REVIEW - AT SLC-17 15 RANGE SAFETY AND BEACON CHECKS 15 LAUNCH 16
Figure 6-31. Typical Mission Plan

H54568
0200 0300 0400 0500 0600 0700 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 MORNING SCHEDULE BRIEFING BAY OPENING CHECKS SETUP/CHECKOUT PWU HOIST FUNCTIONAL/STRAY VOLTAGE POSITION CLASS C WEIGHTS WEIGH SPACECRAFT ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED LATER HYDRASET/LOAD CELL LINKAGE SETUP LOAD CELL SHUNT CHECKS CLASS C WEIGH LIFT (VERIFY REPEATABILITY)
* *
SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES
SPACECRAFT LIFT/WEIGH/LOWER * SPACECRAFT LIFT/WEIGH/LOWER SPACECRAFT LIFT/WEIGH/LOWER (REPEAT UNTIL TWO SUCCESSIVE TRIALS ARE WITHIN .02%) SECURE LIFT EQUIPMENT SECURE WEIGH EQUIPMENT BALLAST WEIGHTS (IF REQUIRED)
NOTE: LIFT AND LOWERING STEPS TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY S/C PERSONNEL.
Figure 6-32. Typical Spacecraft Weighing (F-11 Day)
6-29
H54569
0200 0300 0400 0500 0600 0700 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 VISHAY EQUIPMENT WARMUP MORNING SCHEDULE BRIEFING BAY OPENING CHECKS VISHAY/INSTRUMENTED STUD CALIBRATION ACTUATOR INSTALLATION & LOCKWIRE CLAMP BAND PREPARATIONS HOIST STRAY VOLTAGE CHECK LIFT/TRAVERSE/MATE SPACECRAFT SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES SPACECRAFT TO PAF GAP MEASUREMENTS CLAMP BAND INSTALLATION BAND TENSIONING/TAPPING SECURING VISHAY RECHECKS S/C 3RD STAGE INTERFACE VERIFICATION (IF REQ'D)
Figure 6-33. Typical Mating of Spacecraft and Third-Stage (F-10 Day)
H54570
0200 0300 0400 0500 0600 0700 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400
MORNING SCHEDULE BRIEFING BAY OPENING CHECKS SEPARATION CLAMP BAND FINALIZING GAP MEASUREMENTS END FITTINGS INSTALL BAND RETAINERS CONNECT SPRINGS TO RETAINERS CONNECT/TORQUE ETA INTO CUTTERS INSTALL ATTACH BOLT CUTTER BRACKETS LOCKWIRE SHIELDS/BRACKETS ETA INSTALL NON-FLIGHT TAGS SEPARATION BLANKET INSTALLATION SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES FINAL INSPECTION PHOTOGRAPH ASSEMBLY CLEAN & PREASSEMBLE CYLINDRICAL SECTIONS OF TRANSPORT CAN INSTALL/TORQUE 4 TRANSPORT CAN RING ASSEMBLIES TO SPIN TABLE
Figure 6-34. Typical Final Spacecraft Third-Stage Preparations (F-9 Day)
6-30
H54571
0200 0300 0400 0500 0600 0700 0800 0900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200 2300 2400 MORNING SCHEDULE BRIEFING BAY OPENING CHECKS ENGINEERING WALKDOWN CRANE FUNCTIONAL CHECKS CRANE STRAY VOLTAGE CHECKS HOIST INSPECTION EQUIPMENT PROOF LOAD VERIFICATION INSTALL CONICAL SHELLS INSTALL TEMP/HUMIDITY RECORDER INSTALL CYLINDER SHELLS BAG THE CAN ASSEMBLY SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES REMOVE NOZZLE THROAT PLUG LIFT S/C & PAM/MATE TO TRAILER COMPLETE PRIOR TO THIS DATE:
J J J J J
TRAILER PURGE SETUP PURGE CAN ASSEMBLY ATTACH IMPACT RECORDER
CLEAN/ASSEMBLE/TRANSPORT CAN CLEAN/DISASSEMBLE/PREP CAN FAB ILLUMALLOY BAG CLEAN/MOVE TRAILER IN BAY 4 RING ASSY MATED TO SPINTABLE
Figure 6-35. Typical Installation of Transportation Can (F-8 Day)

H54572.1
2300
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
TRANSPORTATION BRIEFING AT ASO XPORT S/C FROM ASO ERECTION PREPS PAD SAFETY SET UP HAZ. BADGE BOARD ERECTION BRIEFING UNDER HOOK ERECT & MATE SPACECRAFT BLOWDOWN & SAMPLE FAIRING A/C DUCT PRIOR TO THIS DAY DATA STATION WARMUP WHITEROOM STABILIZATION UNCAN SPACECRAFT INSTALL S/C SHROUD CONNECT S/C UMB CABLES EMER POWER TEST F.S. PRELAUNCH HYD CKS BOATTAIL ENG'R W/D S.S. PRELAUNCH HYD CKS INITIATE S/C FUNCTIONAL CHECKS INITIATE S/C BATTERY CHARGE BATT PREPS & INSTL ODOTS RES CHECKS INSTALL SPINTABLE BOLTS BREAKDOWN & STOW S/C CAN CABLE UP THIRD STG A/C WATCH & N204 /MMH MONITOR
Figure 6-36. Typical Spacecraft Erection (F-7 Day)
6-31
H54573.1
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
DATA STATION WARMUP RIFCA AIR ON PRETEST BRIEFING FOR FLIGHT PROGRAM VERIF TEST POWER ON & PRETEST PREPS AZIMUTH DETERMINATION PREPS S/C POWER ON & CONFIG TO LAUNCH MODE COMM CHECK MINUS COUNT (ABBRE.TERM.COUNT) SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES SPACECRAFT POWER IN LAUNCH MODE T-0 ENGR. W/D PLUS COUNT (FLT PRG VERIF TEST) & PARTIAL CENTER SECT CLS/OUT AZIMUTH DETERM. & MONUMENT CHECKS TEST RECYCLE & BATTERY CONNECT ENGR. W/D, PHOTOS & PART. GUID. SECT. CLOSEOUT S/C RECYCLE & CONFIGURE FOR STRAY VOLTAGE POWER ON STRAY VOLTAGE FILL A/C WATCH & N2H4 MONITOR LOX STORAGE TANK SAMPLE LOX STORAGE TANK
Figure 6-37. Typical Flight Program Verification and Stray Voltage Checks (F-6 Day)
H54574
0100
0300
0500
0700 BRIEFING
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
DOTS T'SHOOT BRIEFING POWER OFF SV & ORD. CONN. SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES REMOVE S/M NOSECONE DOORS S/M ENG'R W/D CENTER SECT ENG'R W/D 3RD STG, PAF & MINISKIRT ENG'R W/D INST'L 1/2 SEP COVERS DISCONNECT 3RD STG / FAIRING EXT CABLES SHEAR CORD INSTL (ROTATE S/C) REMOVE S/C SHROUD S.S. & PAF PREPS / CLEAN / INSP F.S. BOATTAIL CLOSEOUT & PREP FOR ETA HOOKUP CENTER SECT CLOSEOUT CLOSEOUT PHOTOS MST LVL CONFIG (LVLS 1A&6) A/C WATCH & N2H4 MONITOR S/C PRE-FAIRING CLOSEOUT
Figure 6-38. Typical Ordnance Installation and Hookup (F-5 Day)
6-32
H55179.3
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
FAIRING BAG REMOVAL HOIST FUNCTIONALS & HOIST BEAM / FAIRING CONNECTION S/C PREPS FOR FAIRING INSTL S/C ENG WALKDOWN LEGEND SAMPLE FAIRING AIR AND STOW DUCT PAD OPEN FAIRING INSTL BRIEFING FLASHING AMBER RAISE LVL 9B AND 9C LIMITED ACCESS INSTALL FAIRING SECTOR III, IN PEDESTAL (RESTRAIN AT 9C) INSTALL FAIRING SECTOR II, IN PEDESTAL FLASHING RED LOWER NORTH LVL 9B, RESTRAIN AT 9B, PAD CLOSED TERMINATE S/C PURGES INSTALLATION GUIDE DEVICES, REM 9C S/C ACTIVITY RESTRAINT, LOWER NORTH LVL 9C INSTALL RESTRAINT AND GUIDE DEVICES ON 9B INSTALL FAIRING SECTOR I IN PEDESTAL, LOWER LVL 9B AND 9C INSTALL HALO AND MATE FAIRING SECTORS INSTALL FIELD JOINT BOLTS C/D PREPS S/C BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE (NO AIR CONDITIONING) SUPPORT: WILTECH (PARTICLE AND HC SAMPLES) DELIVER BAS TRAILERS (2) TO SLC-17 SECURITY ESCORT DELIVER VS-1 AND VS-2 SCRUBBERS S/C VIDEO
HOIST SUPPORT
TV AND COMM TECH AREA CONDITIONS PHOTO (S/C DOCUMENTARY)
Figure 6-39. Typical Fairing Installation (F-4 Day)

H55178.2
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
INSTALL FIELD JOINT BOLTS (CONTINUED FROM F6 DAY) CLOCK FAIRING (IF REQUIRED) RAISE LVL 9B AND 9C REMOVE STRONGBACKS LOWER LVL 9B AND 9C CLEANROOM GARMENTS LVL 9A AND ABOVE (NOT 8B)
LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY
INSTALL FAIRING A/C RECONNECT S.S. DOTS CABLES LANYARD AND CONN INSTALLATION S/M INSUL INSTALLATION A/C WATCH
SPACECRAFT BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE
SUPPORT:
PHOTOGRAPHER (DOCUMENTARY) AREA CONDITIONS
6-33
H54576
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
FLIGHT READINESS REVIEW DATA STATION WARMUP 3RD STAGE & S/C S&A FUNCTIONAL CHECKS & NCS CHECKS PROP LOAD PREPS BRIEFING S.S. SERV / BAS PREPS SET UP 7630 ECOLYZERS FAIRING FINALING (IF REQ) PROP CHILL S/C FUNCTIONALS S/C BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE HYDRAZINE MONITOR AND A/C WATCH
Figure 6-41. Typical Propellant Loading Preparations (F-3 Day)
H54577
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
PROP CHILL
DATA STATION WARMUP BRIEFING
FAIRING
ORD INSTL
FINAL PROP SERVICE PREPS & FINAL BAS PREPS OXIDIZER LOAD LUNCH BREAK SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES FUEL LOAD BAGGIE INSP & ELECT CHECK (OFF PAD) MISSION REHEARSAL PROP WATCH
S/M NOSECONE CLOSEOUT
2ND STG PROP SECURE
A/C WATCH, HYDRAZINE MONITOR
Figure 6-42. Typical Second-Stage Propellant Loading (F-2 Day)
6-34
H54578
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900 HEAT RP-1
2100
2300
DATA STAT W/UP BRIEFING PREPS
LAUNCH READINESS REVIEW AZIMUTH PREPS 2ND STG TURNON 1ST STG TURNON COMM CHECK SLEW CHECKS BEACON & RANGE SAFETY CHECKS AZIMUTH UPDATE SECURING 2ND STG ENGINEERING WALKDOWN PROP SYS PRPS & LINE LVL RP-1 PREPS FOR MST REMOVAL SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES
2ND STG THERMAL BLNKT INSTL ENGINEERING WALKDOWN CLASS A ORDN HOOKUP RED TAG INVENTORY S/C BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE AIR CONDITIONING WATCH, PROP WATCH, & HYDRAZINE MONITOR
S/C FINAL CLOSEOUTS
Figure 6-43. Typical Beacon, Range Safety, and Class A Ordnance (F-1 Day)
H54702.1
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
A/C & PROP WATCH HEAT/RECIRCULATE RP-1 (AS REQ'D) CAMERA SETUP BRIEFING (0815) SPACECRAFT ACTIVITIES ENGINEERING WALKDOWN MST PREPS & MOVE / F.S. FINAL PREPS LANYARD TENSIONING PREP FOR SOLID MOTOR ARM MST REMOVAL & SECURING S/C TURN ON & CONFIG FOR LAUNCH SOLID MOTOR ARMING S/C RF LINK CHECK LAUNCH DECK / PAD SECURING PRESS S.S. HE & N2 TO 1100 PSI&HEX FILL BORESIGHT MST CAMERAS & TURN ON SEARCH LIGHTS LCE PREPS & HOLD FIRE CHECKS BUILT IN HOLD (60 MINS) TERMINAL COUNT S/C BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGING
Figure 6-44. Typical Delta Countdown (F-0 Day)
6-35
H54703.1
T-MINUS
150
140
130
120
110
100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
4 0
60 MIN BUILT IN HOLD AT T150
TERMINAL COUNTDOWN INITIATION & BRIEFING(1650) ALL PERSONNEL NOT INVOLVED IN TERMINAL COUNT CLEAR SLC-17 (SOUND WARNING HORN) PSS CLEAR BLAST DANGER AREA 1ST STAGE RATE GYRO TURN ON 1ST STG HE & N2 PRESS 2ND STG TANK PRESS & HEX TOP OFF FIRST STAGE FUELING 2ND STG HE & N2 PRESS WEATHER BRIEFING C-BAND BEACON CHKS AIR COND HIGH HEAT ON
10 MIN BUILT IN HOLD AT T4 MIN
LOX LOADING F.S. HYD ON & RATE GYRO CHKS
GMT
POWER & SWITCH VERIFICATIONS AUTO SLEWS SLEW EVALUATIONS TOP OFF HE & N2 F - 0 DAY LAUNCH WINDOW COMMAND CARRIER ON DESTRUCT CHECKS OPEN CLOSE STATUS CHECKS 19:58:00 LOCAL 19:40:00 23:58:00 GMT 23:40:00 ARM SPACECRAFT S&A PRESSURIZE FUEL TANK 18 MINUTES ARM 3RD STG & DESTRUCT S&A SPACECRAFT INTERNAL (T-4) SPACECRAFT LAUNCH READY (100 SEC) S/C BATTERY CHARGING LAUNCH 2340 2100 2110 2120 2130 2140 2150 2200 2210 2220 2230 2240 2250 2300 2310 2320 2326 2336
Figure 6-45. Typical Terminal Countdown (F-0 Day)
(F-) workdays. Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays are not scheduled workdays and therefore, are not F-days. The F-days, from spacecraft mate through launch, are coordinated with each spacecraft agency to optimize on-pad testing. All operations are formally conducted and controlled using launch countdown documents. The schedule of spacecraft activities during that time is controlled by the MDA Launch Operations Manager. Tasks involving the spacecraft or tasks requiring that spacecraft personnel be present are shaded for easy identification. Preparation for a typical three-stage mission from CCAS is as follows; spacecraft and third stage checkout are completed before F-11 day.
F-11
Tasks include equipment verification, pre6-36
cision weighing of spacecraft, and securing.
Spacecraft is lifted and mated to the third stage; clampband is installed, and initial clampband tension is established. F-9 Final preparations are made prior to can-up for both spacecraft and third stage, and spacecraft/ third stage interface verification is done, if required. F-8 The payload handling can is assembled around the spacecraft/third stage; handling can transportation covers are installed; the can is placed on its trailer; and the handling can purge is set up. F-7 Tasks include transportation to the launch site, erection, and mating of the spacecraft/upper stage to the Delta II second stage in the MST cleanroom. Preparations are made for the launch vehicle flight program verification test. F-6 The launch vehicle flight program verification test is performed, followed by the vehicle
F-10
power-on stray voltage test. Spacecraft systems to be powered at liftoff are turned on during the flight program verification test, and all data are monitored for electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI). Spacecraft systems to be turned on at any time between F-5 day and spacecraft separation are turned on in support of the vehicle power-on stray voltage test. Spacecraft support of these two vehicle system tests is critical to meet the scheduled launch date. F-5 The Delta II vehicle ordnance installation/ connection, preparation for fairing installation, and spacecraft closeout operations are performed. F-4, 3 Spacecraft final preparations prior to fairing installation include Delta II upper stage closeout, preparations for second stage propellant servicing, and fairing installation. F-2 Second stage propellant is loaded. F-1 Tasks include C-band beacon readout, and azimuth update, followed by the vehicle Class A ordnance connection, spacecraft ordnance arming, and final fairing preparations for MST removal, second-stage engine section closeout, and launch vehicle final preparations. F-0 Launch day preparations include gantry removal, final arming, terminal sequences, and launch. Spacecraft should be in launch configuration immediately prior to T-4 minutes and standing by for liftoff. The nominal hold and recycle point is T-4 minutes.
6.6.3 Launch Vehicle Schedules
ings. Another set of launch vehicle-specific schedules are generated, on a daily timeline, which covers a two- or three-month period to show the complete processing of each launch vehicle component. An individual schedule is made for DMCO, third-stage HPF, and launch pad.
6.6.4 Spacecraft Schedules
The spacecraft project team will supply schedules to the MDA spacecraft coordinator who will arrange support as required.
6.7 DELTA II MEETINGS AND REVIEWS
During launch preparation, various meetings and reviews take place. Some of these will require spacecraft customer input while others allow the customer to monitor the progress of the overall mission. The MDA spacecraft coordinator will ensure adequate spacecraft user participation.
6.7.1 Meetings Delta Status Meetings. Status meetings are gen-
erally held twice a week at SLC-17. These meetings include a review of the activities scheduled and accomplished since the last meeting, a discussion of problems and their solutions, and a general review of the mission schedule and specific mission schedules. Spacecraft user representatives are encouraged to attend these meetings.
Daily Schedule Meetings. Daily schedule meet-
One set of facility-oriented three-week schedules is developed, on a daily timeline, to show processing of multiple launch vehicles through each facility; i.e., for both launch pads, DMCO, Hangar M, solid motor area, and each of the three PPFs as required. These schedules are revised daily and reviewed at the twice-weekly Delta Status Meet6-37
ings are held in the SLC-17 conference room to provide the team members with their assignments and to summarize the previous or current days accomplishments. These meetings are attended by the launch conductor, technicians, inspectors, engineers, supervisors, and the spacecraft coordinator. Depending upon testing activities, these meetings are held at either the beginning or the end of the first shift.
6.7.2 Prelaunch Review Process
Launch Site Readiness Review (LSRR).
This
Periodic reviews are held to ensure that the spacecraft and launch vehicle are ready for launch. The Mission Plan (Figure 6-31) shows the relationship of the review to the program assembly and test flow. The following paragraphs discuss the Delta II readiness reviews. Postproduction Review. This meeting, conducted at Pueblo, Colorado, reviews the flight hardware at the end of production and prior to shipment to CCAS. Mission Analysis Review. This review is held at Huntington Beach, California, approximately three months prior to launch, to review mission specific drawings, studies, and analyses.
Pre-Vehicle-On-Stand (Pre-VOS) Review. This
review is held prior to erection and mate of the upper stage and spacecraft. It includes an update of the activities since the pre-VOS review and verifies the readiness of the launch vehicle, third stage, launch facilities, and spacecraft for transfer of the spacecraft to the pad.
Flight Readiness Review (FRR). This review is
an update of actuals since the Pre-VOS and is conducted to determine that checkout has shown that the launch vehicle and spacecraft are ready for countdown and launch. Upon completion of this meeting, authorization to proceed with the loading of second stage propellants is given. This review also assesses the readiness of the range to support launch and provides a predicted weather status.
Launch Readiness Review (LRR). This
review is held at Huntington Beach subsequent to the completion of Delta mission checkout (DMCO), and prior to erection of the vehicle on the launch pad. It includes an update of the activities since the post-production review at Pueblo, the results of the DMCO processing, and any hardware history changes.
review
is held on L-1 day and all agencies and contractors are required to provide a ready-to-launch statement. Upon completion of this meeting, an okay to enter terminal countdown is given.
6-38
Section 7 LAUNCH OPERATIONS AT WESTERN RANGE
port. Requirements satisfied by NASA and/or USAF are described in the governments Universal Document System (UDS) format. MDA and the spacecraft agency generate the Program Requirements Document (PRD). Formal submittal of these documents to the government agencies is arranged by MDA. For commercial launches, MDA makes all the arrangements for the payload processing facilities and services. The organizations that support a launch from VAFB are shown in Figure 7-1. A spacecraft coordinator from the MDA-VAFB launch team is assigned to each mission to assist the spacecraft team during the launch campaign by arranging for support of the spacecraft, assisting in obtaining safety approval of the spacecraft test procedures and operations, integrating the spacecraft operations into the launch vehicle operations, and, during the countdown and launch, serving as the interface between the spacecraft and test conductor in the blockhouse.
7.2 FACILITIES
This section presents a description of Delta Launch Vehicle Operations associated with Space Launch Complex 2 (SLC-2) at Vandenberg Air Force Base, California. Prelaunch processing of the Delta II is presented, as well as a discussion of spacecraft processing and operations that are conducted prior to launch day.
7.1 ORGANIZATIONS
As operator of the Delta launch system, MDA maintains an operations team at VAFB that provides launch services to NASA, commercial, and USAF customers. This team is augmented by MDA personnel from the Delta launch operations team from Space Launch Complex 17 at Cape Canaveral Air Station, Florida. MDA provides the interface to the DOT for licensing and certification to launch commercial spacecraft using the Delta II. NASA is responsible for the SLC-2 launch facilities at VAFB and operates spacecraft processing facilities at VAFB that are used in support of Delta missions. The MDA interface with NASA at VAFB is through the VAFB KSC resident office. The interface with NASA at KSC Florida is through the Program Management and Operations Directorate. NASA designates a Launch Site Support Manager (LSSM) who arranges all the support requested from NASA for a launch from VAFB. MDA has established an interface with the 30th Space Wing Directorate of Plans; the Western Range has designated a Range Program Support Manager (PSM) to be a representative of the 30th Space Wing. The PSM serves as the official interface for all support and services requested. These services include range instrumentation, facilities/equipment operation and maintenance, safety, security, and logistics sup7-1
In addition to those facilities required for Delta II launch vehicle processing, specialized facilities are provided for checkout and preparation of the spacecraft. Laboratories, cleanrooms, receiving and shipping areas, hazardous operations areas, offices, etc., are provided for spacecraft project personnel. A map of VAFB is shown in Figure 7-2. The commonly used facilities at the western launch site for NASA or commercial spacecraft are the following: A. Spacecraft payload processing facilities (PPF): 1. NASA-provided building: 836. 2. Astrotech Space Operations: 1032. 3. California Commercial Spaceport, Inc.: Building 375
H54600.2
SPACECRAFT CUSTOMER
J Processes Spacecraft J Defines Support Requirements
Government Quality NASA/USAF J Provide Quality Assurance Support for Site/LV MDA VAFB USAF 30th Space Wing J Provides Base Support and Range Services
J Processes Launch Vehicle J Ensures Spacecraft Support J Requirements Are Satisfied J Interfaces With Government,
I
NASA Safety
J Approves Procedures/Operations J Provides Site Safety Support
NASA GSFC
J Adviser for Commercial Use
of Government Property NASA KSC
Safety, NASA, and USAF

J Launch Site Facility Manager J Controls Government Launches J Adviser for Commercial Use of
Air Force Safety J Approves Hazardous Procedures/Operations
Government Facilities
J Provides Spacecraft Processing
Facilities
J Provides Specific Base Support
Items ASTROTECH
J Provides Delta II Spacecraft
I
California Spaceport
J Provides Spacecraft Processing
I
Processing Facilities
Facilities
Figure 7-1. Launch Base Organization at VAFB for Commercial Launches
B. Hazardous processing facilities (HPF): 1. NASA-provided building: 1610. 2. Astrotech Space Operations: 1032. 3. California Commercial Spaceport, Inc.: Building 375 While there are other spacecraft processing facilities located on VAFB that are under USAF control, commercial spacecraft will normally be processed through the commercial facilities of Astrotech Space Operations or the California Spaceport. Government facilities for spacecraft processing (USAF or NASA) can be used for commercial spacecraft use only under special circumstances (use requires negotiations between MDA, the spacecraft agency and the USAF or NASA). The spacecraft agency must provide its own test equipment for spacecraft preparations, including telemetry receivers and telemetry ground stations. After arrival of the spacecraft and its associated equipment at VAFB by road or by air (via the VAFB
7-2
airfield), transportation to and from the payload processing facilities and to the launch site will be provided by MDA or NASA, as appropriate. Equipment and personnel are also available for loading and unloading operations. It should be noted that the size of the shipping containers often dictates the type of aircraft used for transportation to the launch site. The aircraft carrier should be consulted for the type of freight unloading equipment that will be required at the western range. Shipping containers and handling fixtures attached to the spacecraft are provided by the spacecraft project. Shipping and handling of hazardous materials such as EEDs, radioactive sources, etc., must be in accordance with applicable regulations. It is the responsibility of the spacecraft agency to identify these items and become familiar with such regulations. These regulations include those imposed by NASA, USAF, and FAA (refer to Section 9).
H54343.6
Pacif ic R R
Casmalia
To Santa Maria
135
So u
the
rn
El
Umb ra
Ran
d cho R
VAFB Golf Course
Rd
El Rancho Gate
San
Saddle Club
SR 1
Antonio
d R
Purisima Point
SLC2
Cross
Rd
Delta Launch Complex SLC-2W NASA Hazardous Processing Facility Astrotech Payload Space Operations
135 East Housing

HQ
Pin e
VAFB Airfield
r ai ng Ta Rd
th 35 St
field Air
t th S 13
Rd Santa Maria Gate
Calif Blvd
Ca ny on Rd
SR 1
Pacific Ocean
Ocean Beach Park
Vandenberg Village
Lompoc Gate
Mission Hills
San
Surf Coast Gate
San
ta
Ynez
Solvang Gate
ta
ve
Ri
Lu
cia
NASA Spacecraft Support Area

Be
ar
South VAFB Gate
Lompoc Airport
1
To Buellton and Solvang
Canyon
246
Sa nt
Cre
a Yn
ek
Rd
246
Rd
Lompoc
ez Rid
SLC3 SLC4
Surf
Spring Canyon Rd
Ocea
n Av
e
City Hall
ge Rd
Rd
tn
SLC5
Coast Rd
Rd
Rd
SLC6
Oil W
u Mi g
ary
Sudden Canyon
Point Arguello
el
Cany
on
ell
ito
Point Pedernales
Hon
da
Tra nq
ill
ian
Rd
California Spaceport Facilities
Southern
Sudden Flats
Pa
Boat House
cif
ic
RR
Scale In Feet 0 6,000 12,000
Figure 7-2. Vandenberg Air Force Base
7-3
AFB Bound
dg Ri e
To Santa Barbara & Los Angeles
7.2.1 NASA Facilities on South VAFB
The spacecraft facilities are located in the NASA support area on South VAFB (Figure 7-3). The spacecraft support area is adjacent to State Highway 246 on Clark Street and is accessible through the SVAFB South Gate. The support area consists of the spacecraft laboratory (Building 836), NASA technical shops, NASA supply, and NASA engineering and operations building (Building 840).
7.2.1.1 Spacecraft Laboratory. The Spacecraft
craft and associated equipment. This assembly room contains a class 100,000 horizontal laminar flow cleanroom, 10.4 m (34 ft) long by 6.6 m (21.5 ft) wide by 7.6 m (25 ft) high with temperature control of 15.6-26.7C 1.1 (60-80F 2). The front of the cleanroom opens to allow free entry of the spacecraft and handling equipment. The cleanroom has crane access in the front-torear direction only; however, the crane cannot operate over the entire length of the laboratory without disassembly because its path is obstructed by the horizontal beam that serves as the cleanroom divider. Spacecraft Laboratory 1 will also support computer, telemetry, and checkout equipment in a separate room containing raised floors and an under-floor power distribution system. This room has an area of approximately 334 m2 (3600 ft2). Temperature control in this area is 21.1C 2.8 (70F 5). Spacecraft Laboratory 2 has a 527 m2 (5670 ft2) work area. Access to this area from the high-bay service area is provided by a 3.7-by 5.2-m (12-by 17-ft) roll-up door. There are three electric overhead cranes available: a fixed 909-kg (1-ton) hoist
H54605
Laboratory in Building 836 (Figure 7-4) is divided into work and laboratory areas and includes spacecraft assembly areas, laboratory areas, cleanrooms, computer facility, office space, conference room, and the telemetry station. Spacecraft Laboratory 1 consists of a high bay 20.4 m (67 ft) long, 9.8 m (32 ft) wide, 9.1 m (30 ft) high and an adjoining 334 m2 (3600-ft2) support area. Personnel access doors and a sliding door 3.7 by 3.7 m (12 by 12 ft) connect the two portions of this laboratory. The outside cargo entrance door to the spacecraft assembly room in Laboratory 1 is 6.1 m (20 ft) wide by 7.8 m (25 ft, 7 in.) high. A bridge crane, with an 8.8-m (29-ft) hook height and a 4545kg (5-ton) capacity, is available for handling space-
To SLC2 State Highway 246 NASA Spacecraft Laboratories (Bldg 836) Lompoc
VAFB South Gate
Arguello Blvd
Clark Street NASA E&O (Bldg 840)
Data Transfer Antenna (450 ft high)
Figure 7-3. Spacecraft Support Area
7-4
H30484.7
Mezz
Sliding Doors Second Floor Equip. Room W M Heater Room Mech Equip. Room
Storage Storage
Second Floor
S/C Lab 3 Storage
TM Office
NASA Office
Mezz
Comm Room
TM Office
A/C Room
S/C Offices
LVDC
TM Shop
Cleanroom
TM Station Equip. Room Storage S/C Lab 2 Conf Room M W Cleanroom
S/C Lab 1
Sliding Doors
N
Second Floor
Legend: Second Floor Above This Area
Figure 7-4. Spacecraft Laboratory (Building 836)
7-5
with a 7-m (23-ft) hook height, and two 909-kg (1ton) monorail hoists with 5.5-m (18-ft) hook heights. A horizontal laminar flow Class 100,000 cleanroom, 9.1 by 5.2 by 5.2 m (30 by 17 by 17 ft), is located in this laboratory for spacecraft use. One end of the cleanroom is open to allow access. Spacecraft laboratory 3 has three work areas with a total of 2323 m2 (25,000 ft2). This laboratory is permanently assigned to the NOAA Environmental Monitoring Satellite Program. The Launch Vehicle Data Center (LVDC) (Figure 7-5) is an area containing 24 consoles for the MDA Delta management and technical support personnel. These positions are manned during countdown and launch to provide technical assistance to the launch team in the SLC-2 blockhouse and to the Mission Director in the MDC in Building 840. These consoles have individually programmed com-
munications panels for specific mission requirements. This provides the LVDC personnel with technical communications to monitor and coordinate both prelaunch and launch activities. Video data display terminals in the LVDC are provided for display of range and launch vehicle technical information. The high bay is a 30.5- by 61-m (100- by 200-ft) area serviced by a 22,727-kg (25-ton) crane with a 7.6-m (25-ft) hook height. This area is ideal for handling heavy equipment and loading or unloading trucks. The high bay is heated and has 30.5-m (100-ft) wide by 9.1-m (30-ft) high sliding doors on both ends.
7.2.1.2 NASA Engineering and Operations Fa-
The NASA Engineering and Operations facility in Building 840 (Figure 7-6) is located on SVAFB at the corner of Clark and Scarpino Streets.
cility.
H30482.2
C 6 TV C 5 C 4 TV C 3 C 2 TV C 1
C 12 TV C 11 C 10 TV C 9 C 8 TV C 7
C 18 TV C 17 C 16 TV C 15 C 14 TV C 13
C 24 TV C 23 C 22 TV C 21 C 20 TV C 19
Entrance
Hallway
Entrance Weather Station Speaker Phone
Figure 7-5. Launch Vehicle Data Center, Building 836, Vandenberg AFB
7-6
H30437.1
Bldg 840 Floor Plan, Second Floor
B207 Observation Room
B209 Mission Director Center
Vault
Women Men
Bldg 840 Floor Plan, First Floor Break Room
B107 Conference Room
Lobby
Women Men Boiler Room
Figure 7-6. NASA Building 840
7-7
It contains the NASA offices, NASA contractor offices, Mission Director Center, Observation Room, conference room, and other office space. The Mission Director Center (Figure 7-7) provides 24 communication consoles for use by the mission director, spacecraft and launch vehicle representatives, experimenters, display controller, and communications operators. These consoles have individually programmed communications for specific mission requirements. This provides the MDA personnel with technical communications to monitor and coordinate both prelaunch and postlaunch activities. Video data display terminals in the MDC are provided for display of range and vehicle technical information. A Readiness Board and a Events Display Board provide range and launch vehicle/spacecraft status during countdown and launch opera-
tions. Two closed-circuit TV display monitors provide display of preselected launch activities. An Observation Room, separated from the MDC by a glass partition, is used for authorized visitors. Speakers in the room monitor the communication channels used during the launch.
7.2.2 NASA Facilities on North Vandenberg
The NASA Hazardous Processing Facility (Building 1610) is located approximately 3.2 km (2 miles) east of SLC-2 and adjacent to Tangair Road (Figure 7-8). This facility (Figure 7-9) provides capabilities for the dynamic balancing of spacecraft, solid motors, and combinations thereof. It is also used for fairing processing, solid-motor buildup, spacecraft buildup, mating of spacecraft and solid motors, ordnance installation, and loading of hazardous propellants. It houses the Schenk Treble dynamic
H54603
VM
C VDL V C VDL
VM 23 VM 22 CON 7 STA 4 CON 6 STA 3 CON 5 STA 3 VM 21 VM 20 CON 4 STA 2 CON 3 STA 2 CON 2 STA 1 VM 19 VM 18 CON 1 STA 1
VM 29 VM28
VM 35 VM 34
C VDL CON 15 STA 7 C CON 14 STA 6
C CON 23 VDL STA 12 C CON 22 STA 11
VM 39
C C VDL V C VDL C C VDL V
VM 38 VM 09
C VDL CON 13 STA 6 V VM 27 VM 26
C CON 21 VDL STA 11 CV VM 33 VM 32
C CON 12 VDL STA 8 C CON 11 STA 8
C VDL CON 20 STA 10 C CON 19 STA 10
VM 36
VM 08
VM 37
C VDL CON 10 STA 5 V VM 25 VM 24
C CON 18 VDL STA 9 V VM 31 VM 30
VM 14
C VDL
C CON 9 VDL STA 5
C VDL CON 17 STA 9
Figure 7-7. Mission Director CenterBuilding 840
7-8
VM 01
VM 00
CON 8 STA 4
CON 16 PAO
CON 24 STA 12
Observation Room (207)
H30479.7
Hazardous Processing Facility Building 1610
Earth Barricade
Control Building 1605
Guard Station Roadblock (Used To Control Access)
N
0 25 50 100
Pump Station Storage Tank
Scale in Feet
Figure 7-8. Hazardous Processing Facility
balancing machine and equipment for buildup, alignment, and balancing of the upper stage solid propellant motors and spacecraft. Composite spin balancing of the spacecraft/third stage combination is not required. Facilities consist of the Hazardous Processing Facility (Bldg 1610), Control Room (Bldg 1605), guard station, and fire pumping station. Hazardous operations are conducted in the Spin Test Building, which is separated from the Control Room by an earth revetment 4.6 m (15 ft) high. The two buildings are 47.2 m (155 ft) apart.
7.2.2.1 Hazardous Processing Facility.
opening 5.2 m (17 ft) wide and 9.1 m (29 ft 9 in.) high. The facility is equipped for safe handling of the hydrazine-type propellants used on many space vehicles for attitude control and supplemental propulsion. In the high bay, there is an overhead bridge crane with two 4545-kg (5- ton) capacity hoists. The working hook height is 10.7 m (35 ft). A spreader beam is available which allows use of both 5-ton hoists to lift up to 10 tons. This beam reduces the available hook height by 3 ft 2 in. The Schenck Treble spin balancing machine is in a pit in the floor of Building 1610 with the machines mating at surface level with the floor. The facility is a Class 100,000 clean facility with positive pressure maintained in the room to minimize contamination from the exterior atmosphere. The positive-pressure clean air is provided by the air circulation and conditioning systems located in a covered environmental equipment room at the rear of the building. Person7-9
The
Hazardous Processing Facility (Figure 7-9) is an approved ordnance-handling facility and was constructed for dynamic balancing of spacecraft and solid rocket motors. It is 17.7 m (58 ft) long, 10.4 m (34 ft) wide, and 13.7 m (45 ft) high with personnel access doors and a flight equipment entrance door
H30483.3
N
Environmental Equipment Room
Spin Balance Machine
Storage Room Access Ladder
Crane Access Platform Fuel Drain Mechanical Equipment Room Clean Room (High-Bay)
x x x
Microwave Equipment
x x x x
Entry Room
Airlock Room Fire Main
Figure 7-9. Spin Test Building (Building 1610)
7-10
nel gaining entry to the cleanroom from the entry room must wear appropriate apparel and must pass through an airlock. The airlock room has an access door to the exterior so that equipment can be moved into the cleanroom. The Control Room Building (Figure 7-10) contains a control room, an operations ready room, a fabrication room, and a mechanical/electrical room. The control console for the dynamic balancing system is located within the control room. Television monitors and a two-way intercommunications system provide continuous audio and visual monitoring of operations in the Spin Test Building.
7.2.2.2 Control Room Building. 7.2.3 Astrotech Space Operations Facilities
Phase II expansion in 1996, this facility will include an additional approximately 500 m2 (5,400 ft2) of industrial space. With Phase II completion there will be three major buildings on the site, as shown in Figure 7-11. A brief description of each building is given below. For further details a copy of the Astrotech Facility Accommodation Handbook is available. Building 1032, the Payload Processing Facility, houses two explosion-proof high bays and an explosion-proof air lock/high bay for non hazardous and hazardous operations, and is used for final assembly and checkout of the spacecraft, liquid propellant and solid rocket motor handling operations, third-stage preparations, and payload final assembly. The Astrotech facility will be on the Vandenberg fiber optics network, which will provide basewide communications capability. Antenna towers mounted on the building offer the option for line-of-sight RF communication with SLC-2. Building M1030, the Technical Support Building, provides administrative facilities for spaceH30476.4
The Astrotech facility is located on 24.3 hectares (60 acres) of land at Vandenberg AFB approximately 3.7 km (2 mi) south of the Delta II launch complex (SLC-2) along Tangair Road at Red Road (Figures 7-2 and 7-11). The initial phase of this facility includes approximately 1,000 m2 (10,600 ft2) of industrial space. With completion of the
Building 1605
Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
Control Room
Operations Ready Room
Toilet
Fabrication Room
Figure 7-10. Control Room Building 1605 Floor Plan
7-11
H54657.1
Astrotech Space Operations, LP Vandenberg AFB, CA 1032 Payload Processing Facility
North
Fence
M1031 Payload Control Center
Fence
Tangair Road
Red Road M1030 Tech Support Building M1028 Communications Support Building
Figure 7-11. Astrotech Payload Processing Area
craft project officials with office space for conducting business during their their stay at Astrotech and the Western Launch Site. Building 1028, the Communications Support Building, contains the fiber termination unit which is the communications interface bewteen the Astrotech facility and the Vandenberg communications network. This building also contains additional administrative facilities for spacecraft project officials. 7.2.3.1 Astrotech Building 1032. Building 1032 has overall plan dimensions of approximately 46 by 27 m (150 by 90 ft) and a maximum height of approximately 20 m (65 ft). Major features are an airlock/high bay, two high bays with control rooms, and three airlocks/low bays. The airlocks and high bays are Class 100,000 cleanrooms demonstrated capability, with the ability to achieve Class 10,000 or better cleanliness levels. The floor coverings in
these areas are made of an electrostatic dissipating (high impedance) epoxy-based material. The ground-level floor plan of Building 1032 is shown in Figure 7-12. The airlock/high bay in Building 1032 has a floor area measuring 12.2 by 18.3 m (40 by 60 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 13.7 m (45 ft). It provides environmentally controlled external access for large equipment entry into the high bays. The airlock/high bay contains a 9072 kg (10-ton) overhead crane with an 11.3 m (37-ft) hook height that serves both the airlock/high bay and the adjoining high bay. The two high bays in Building 1032 differ in size. The smaller high bay, which adjoins and is an extension of the airlock/high bay, has a floor area measuring 12.2 by 18.3 m (40 by 60 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 13.7 m (45 ft). As noted above, the 10-ton overhead crane in the airlock/high bay also serves the smaller high bay. The larger high bay, which adjoins the smaller high bay, has a floor area measuring 15.3 by 21.4 m (50 by 70 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 20 m (65 ft). The larger high bay has a 27,200-kg (30-ton) overhead traveling bridge crane with a maximum hook height of 16.8 m (55 ft). Each high bay has an adjacent control room with floor areas as shown in Figure 7-2. A large exterior door is provided in each control room to facilitate installation and removal of equipment. Each control room has a large window for viewing activities in the high bay. Garment rooms support the high bay areas, and provide personnel access to them. Limiting access to the high bays through these rooms helps control personnel traffic and maintains a cleanroom environment. There are three airlocks/low bays, two adjoining the smaller high bay and one adjoining the larger high bay. Each airlock/low bay has a floor area measuring 6.1 by 6.1 m (20 by 20 ft) and a clear vertical ceiling height of 3.7 m (12 ft). A large
7-12
H54649.3
101B
112
101 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 201 Change Room 1 Restroom 1 Control Room 1 Mechanical Room 1 Switch Gear High Bay 1 Low Bay 1A Low Bay 1B Airlock Air Shower 1 Entryway Office Change Room 2 Restroom 2 Air Shower 2 Control Room 2 High Bay 2 Low Bay 2 Mechanical Room 2 HVAC Room 105 104 103 625 sq ft 101A
111 113 116 625 sq ft
Existing
H2-compatible 10-ton, 37-ft H/H Bridge crane 20 x 40-ft 0/H door access
110 102 114 115
107 400 sq ft
January 96
106 117 H2-compatible 30-ton, 55-ft H/H bridge crane 20 x 50-ft 0/H door access Hazardous fuel transfer
108 400 sq ft
2400 sq ft
3500 sq ft
201
109
118 400 sq ft
All clean rooms class 100,000 (Functional at less than 10,000) 119
2400 sq ft
Legend Roll-Up Door Containment Islands
Figure 7-12. Astrotech Payload Processing Facility-Building 1032
exterior door is provided in each airlock/low bay and a roll-up door is located in the wall between the airlock/low bay and the adjoining high bay to provide environmentally controlled external access for small equipment entry into the high bays. The airlocks/low bays are also suitable for staging of liquid propellants. 7.2.3.2 Astrotech Building M1030. Building M1030 provides 223 m2 (2,400 ft2) of office and conference room space for the spacecraft project.
7.2.3.3 Astrotech Building 1028. Building 1028
provides 111 m2 (1,200 ft2) of office area for the spacecraft project.
7.2.4 California Spaceport Facilities
The California Spaceport is located on South Vandenberg immediately south and adjacent to SLC-6. The payload processing facility associated
with the California Spaceport is located on South Vandenberg adjacent to the Spaceport. This processing facility is called the Integrated Processing Facility (IPF) because both booster components and payloads (satellite vehicles) can be processed in the building at the same time. This facility, originally built to process classified Space Shuttle payloads, is now a part of the Spaceport facilities. It is composed of two basic areas: the Processing Areas and the Technical Support Areas. Figures 7-13 and 7-14 illustrate the two major areas: the Processing Areas located on the north side of the building and the Technical Support Areas on the south side. The cross-sectional view of the IPF shown in Figure 7-14 illustrates the relationships between the Technical Support Area and the Processing Area Level numbers. Level numbers are defined in feet above the SLC-6 launch mount. Rooms on two levels (89 and 101) provide office space and techni7-13
H54530.4
AIRLOCK
HIGH BAY
TRANSFER TOWER AREA
CELL 1
CELL 2
CELL 3
6902
PAYLOAD PROCESSING ROOM
PHE ROOM SECURITY OFFICE OPS MGR FAX WOMENS ROOM CONFERENCE ROOM SECURE OFFICE 1125 SQ FT MIC ROOM CLEAN ROOM 988 SQ FT BREAK ROOM MENS ROOM CLEAN ROOM DRESSING AREA AIR LOCK SECURE CLEAN ROOM 1495 SQ FT
N W S E
SECURE OFFICE 152 SQ FT
Figure 7-13. California Spaceport Plan VIew of the IPF
H54529.2
75-TON TOP OF CELLS HOOK LEVEL 141 150' (MAX)
LEVEL 129 LEVEL 119 PAD DECK LEVEL 100 LEVEL 109 LEVEL 99 LEVEL 89 LEVEL 79 LEVEL 64 LEVEL 69 TECH SUPPORT AREAS LEVEL 101 LEVEL 89 LEVEL 69 LOADING DOCK LEVEL 59 LEVEL 49
PROCESSING AREAS
Figure 7-14. California SpaceportIPF Cross-Sectional View
cal support rooms ranging from 14 to 150m2 (150 to 1620 ft2). These floors contain both dirty and clean elevators, clean dressing areas, tool cleaning areas, a PHE change room, dressing rooms, showers, break room, conference room, and rest rooms. An airlock on Level 89 separates the Technical Support Area from the Processing Areas. 7.2.4.1 Processing Areas. There are six major processing areas within the IPF: 1. Airlock 2. High Bay 3. Three Payload Checkout Cells (PCC) 4. Transfer Tower Area 5. Fairing Storage and Assembly Area (FSAA) 6. Miscellaneous Payload Processing Rooms (PPR) There are seven levels on the processing side; six of these can be seen in Figure 7-14. The seventh (Fairing Storage and Assembly Area) can be seen in Figure 7-15. The Airlock and the High Bay are on Level 64. The Payload Checkout Cells floor and the Transfer Tower Area are on Level 69. In addition to
7-14
H55405.2
Alternate Access (Future)
Fairing Storage and Assembly Area (Future) Payload Checkout Cell No. 2
W VCF Access
Transfer Tower Area
High Bay
Airlock
Figure 7-15. California SpaceportCutaway View of the IPF (looking south)
the cell floor at Level 69, there are six platform levels in each of the three Processing Cells: 79, 89, 99, 109, 119 and 129. There are Payload Processing Rooms on each level, providing a total of seven rooms similar to the Payload Processing Room shown in Figure 7-13, for small payload processing or processing support. Access is provided to the Processing Area through the airlock on Level 89 of the Technical Support Area. Figure 7-15 illustrates the IPF as viewed in cutaway looking south and shows the location of the seventh area, the Fairing Storage and Assembly Area. This class 100,000 clean area provides the option for fairing storage and build-up prior to encapsulating the payload in the Transfer Tower Area. Access to the IPF is through the 7.3-m (24-ft) wide, 8.5-m (28-ft) high main door on the west side of the Airlock. The 9.1-m by 30.5-m (30-ft by 100ft) class 100,000 clean Airlock has two 5-ton overhead bridge cranes with a hook height of 10.8 m (35 ft, 5 in). The class 100,000 clean, 9.1-m by 44.8-m
(30-ft by 147-ft) High Bay is serviced by a 75-ton bridge crane. The hook height in the High Bay is 26.3 m (86 ft, 4 in). Access to the High Bay is through the 7.3-m (24-ft) wide, 8.5-m (28-ft) door from the Airlock. The three class 100,000 clean, 10.7-m by 13.4-m (35-ft by 44-ft) Payload Checkout Cells (PCC) are serviced by a 75-ton bridge crane with a 24.8 m (81 ft, 4 in) hook height. Each cell also has 5-ton crane support with a hook height of 21.9 m (71 ft, 11 in). Access to each cell is through doors from the High Bay with a total opening of 6.4 m (21 ft, 2 in). Tables 7-1 through 7-7 detail some of the capabilities in each of the processing areas. They define constraints, customer-provided equipment, and technical capability summaries in nine categories: Space/ Access, Handling, Electrical, Liquids, Pneumatics, Environmental Control, Safety, Security and Communications. Some dimensions of the Processing Areas are summarized in Figure 7-16. Also shown are the crane envelopes for the 5-ton cranes in the Airlock;
7-15
Table 7-1. Vehicle Checkout Facility Constraints

I I I I
Table 7-2. Vehicle Checkout Area Constraints No secure communications No installed propellant loading system I No installed propellant disposal system I No installed microwave or infrared intrusion detection system Capability type
I I I I
User-provided support
I I
User provided support GN2 and H e pressure carts Spill aspirators
No secure communications No installed propellant loading system No installed propellant disposal system No installed microwave or infrared intrusion detection system Capability type
I I I I I
GN2 and He pressure carts Spill aspirators
Capability
Capability
1. Space/access
2. Handling
I I I
3. Electrical
I I
4. Liquids
5. Pneumatics 6. Environment
I I
7. Safety
8. Security
9. Communications
I I I I
Floor loading for mobile equipment meets [AASHTO H-20] 30-by-100 ft internal floor space 28-ft-ht by 24-ft-w door openings Adjacent to washdown area outside Accept tow vehicle/transporter of 20 by 90 ft Two 5-ton overhead bridge cranes Crane maximum hook height of 35 ft 5 in Speeds Hoist 16 fpm Bridge 14 fpm Trolley 14 fpm Pendant control at elevation 64 ft (floor) Utility and technical power 120/208 VAC Hazard-proof electrical equipment as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 Multi-point grounding per MIL-STD1542 Cleaning water supply 100 gpm at 80 psig 1.5-in. male hose thread Compressed air 125 psig 3/8-in. QD interface Buffer for operations between external environment and High Bay 100,000 clean room capability Inlet air Class 5000 Temp 70 5 F RH 3050% Dif 0.05-in. Wg Air chg 1012 changes/hr min Central vacuum system All electrical equipment is hazardproof as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 Fire detection and suppression system Access control KeyCard/cipher system Intrusion detection system (BMS switches) Vault doors with S&G 3-position tumbler Lockable personnel and hardware access doors Administrative phone Operational Voice System (OVS) Area warning system Paging system
t2
1. Space/ access
I I I
2. Handling
I I
I I
3. Electrical
I I
4. Liquids 5. Pneumatics 6. Environment
I I I
Floor loading for mobile equipment meets [AASHTO H-20] Work space approximately 30 in by 146 ft 9 in Adjacent to Transfer Tower Area and Payload Checkout Cells 75-ton overhead bridge main crane (currently proofloaded to 29 tons) Hook height VCA 86 ft 4 in above floor (floor at elev 64 ft) Checkout 81 ft 4 in maximum above cells loor (floor at elev 69 ft) Transfer 81 ft 4 in maximum above tower floor (floor at elev 69 ft) Speeds Hoist 10 fpm Bridge E/W 15 fpm and 30 fpm Trolley N/S 15 fpm and 10 fpm Micro drive Hoist 0.5 and 1.5 fpm Bridge 0.5 fpm Trolley 0.5 fpm Two portable push-button stations with 60foot flex cable Connected to junction boxes on north wall Utility and technical power 120/208 VAC Hazard-proof electrical equipment as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 Multi-point grounding per MIL-STD-1542 None Gaseous Nitrogen (GN2) 100,000 clean room capability Inlet air Class 5000 Temp 70 5 F RH 3050% Dif 0.05-in. Wg Air chg 1012 changes/hr min Central vacuum system All electrical equipment is hazard-proof as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 Fire detection and suppression system (suppression system currently inactivated) Access control KeyCard/cipher system Intrusion detection system (BMS switches) Lockable personnel and hardware access doors Administrative phone Operational Voice System (OVS) Area warning system Paging system
t4
7. Safety
8. Security
9. Communications
I I I I
7-16
Table 7-3. Payload Checkout Cells Capabilities Constraints

I I I
User-provided support
I I
No installed GN2 or GHe systems Hypergolic propellant loading system in Cell 2 not activated No installed propellant disposal system Capability type
I
GN2 and He pressure carts Spill aspirators Capability
1. Space/access
I I I I
2. Handling
I I
3. Electrical 4. Liquids
I I I
5. Pneumatics 6. Environment
7. Safety 8. Security
I I I
9. Communications
I I I I
Design floor loading 100 psf on checkout cell floor 75 psf plus a 4000-lb load on four casters (4 by 6 ft) on fixed platforms 50 psf plus a 1200-lb load on folding platforms Work space approximately 35 by 44 ft Cell door opening 21 ft 2 in x 71 ft high Adjacent to Transfer Tower Area and High Bay Six working platform levels (fixed and fold-down plus finger planks in Cells 2 and 3), spaced ten feet apart 5-ton overhead bridge crane Hook height (floor at elev 69 ft) Cell 1 71 ft 6 in above floor Cell 2 71 ft 11 in above floor Cell 3 71 ft 4.5 in above floor Speeds Hoist 16 fpm (Cells 2/3) 10 fpm (Cell 1) Bridge E/W 10 fpm Trolley N/S 10 fpm (Cell 1) 5 fpm (Cell 2) 17 fpm (Cell 3) Micro drive Hoist 0.5 fpm Bridge 0.5 fpm Trolley 0.5 fpm Portable push-button station with 45-foot flex cable connected to receptacle on northeast corner of cell on any level Utility and technical power 120/208, 408 VAC Multi-point grounding per MIL-STD-1542 Cleaning water supply 50 gpm at 80 psig 1-in hose bib with 1-in male hose thread on south wall of each level Hypergolic Compressed air 125 psig 3/8-in. QD at two locations per cell 100,000 clean room capability (Class 5000 HEPA) Inlet air Class 5000 Temp 55 to 75 5F selectable RH 3050% Dif 0.05-in Wg Air chg 1517 changes/hr min Central vacuum system All electrical equipment is hazard-proof as defined in the National Electrical Code Fire detection and suppression system (dry pipe, manual valve) Access control KeyCard/cipher system Intrusion detection system (BMS switches) Vault doors with S&G 3-position tumbler Lockable personnel and hardware access doors Administrative phone Operational Voice System (OVS) Cell 2 (Cells 1 and 3 planned) Area warning system Paging system
t6
7-17
Table 7-4. Transfer Tower Area Capability type 1. Space/ access

I I I
Capability 27-ft by 30-ft clear floor access Design floor loading is 100 psf Seven platforms on three sides (north, east and south) 75 psf loading on platforms 75-ton stationary hoist Hook height of 166 ft 6 in above floor elevation 69 in Speeds Hoist 0.5, 5.0 and 10 fpm Pendant control at elevation 139 ft 0 in and 165 ft 7 in. Utility power 110 VAC Hazard-proof electrical equipment as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 Static grounding reel None Compressed air 125 psig 3/8-in QD interface 100,000 clean room capability Inlet air Class 5000 Temp 70 5 F RH 3050% Dif 0.05-in. Wg Air chg 1012 changes/hr min Central vacuum system All electrical equipment is hazard-proof as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 Fire detection and suppression system Access control KeyCard/cipher system Intrusion detection system (BMS switches) Vault doors with S&G 3-position tumbler Lockable personnel and hardware access doors Administrative phone Operational Voice System (OVS) Area warning system Paging system
t7
2. Handling
I I I I
3. Electrical
I I
4. Liquids 5. Pneumatics 6. Environment
I I
7. Safety
8. Security
Table 7-5. Fairing Storage and Assembly Area Capability type Capability 1. Space/ I Floor loading 75 psf on platforms access I 32-by 63-ft internal floor space I 68-ft 6-in-h by 22-ft-w breechload door opening 2. Handling I 75-ton stationary hoist I Hook height of 166 ft 6 in above floor elevation 69 in I Speeds Hoist 0.5, 5.0 and 10 fpm I Pendant control at elevation 139 ft 0 in and 165 ft 7 in 3. Electrical I 110 VAC, utility power I Hazard-proof electrical equipment as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 I Multi-point grounding per MIL-STD-1542 4. Liquids I None 5. Pneumatics I Compressed air 125 psig 3/8-in. QD interface 6. Environment I 100,000 clean room capability Inlet air Class 5000 Temp 70 5 F RH 3050% Dif 0.05-in. Wg Air chg 1012 changes/hr min I Central vacuum system 7. Safety I All electrical equipment is hazard-proof as defined in the National Electrical Code Articles 500516 I Fire detection and suppression system 8. Security I Access control KeyCard/cipher system Intrusion detection system (BMS switches) Lockable personnel and hardware access doors 9. CommuniI Paging system cations
t8
9. Communications
I I I I
7.2.4.2 Technical Support Areas. Figures 7-17
the 75-ton cranes servicing the High Bay, the Checkout Cells and the Transfer Tower Area; and the Checkout Cell 5-ton cranes. Vehicles and equipment enter through the main entry door in the west end of the Airlock. Personnel and support equipment access to the Checkout Cells is provided through the airlock on Level 89 of the Technical Support Area. There is also a personnel airlock entry door on the south side of the Airlock. The level 69 Payload Processing Room (6902) is shown in Figure 7-16; there are also rooms available on Levels 79, 89, 99, 109, 119 and 129. The rooms are 4.9 by 7.0 m (16 by 23 ft).
and 7-18 illustrate the plan views of the IPF, showing Levels 89 and 101 of the Technical Support side. (Level numbers are defined in feet, with the SLC-6 launch mount defined as Level 100). These figures show room sizes as well as potential functions. Note that the clean elevator can only be accessed from the Technical Support side on Level 89 through the airlock (for support equipment) or the clean change room. From the elevator, any level on the Processing Side can be accessed.
7.3 SPACECRAFT TRANSPORT TO LAUNCH SITE
After completion of preparations in one of the spacecraft Processing Facilities the flight-config7-18
Table 7-6. Payload Processing Room 6902 Capability type Capability 1. Space/ I Processing/storage room 6902: access 21 ft 5 in by 23 ft 495 sq ft I Door openings shall accommodate an envelope of 4 by 6 by 7 ft 2. Handling I None 3. Electrical I 110 VAC, utility power I 120/208 VAC 3 ph I Multi-point grounding per MIL-STD-1542 I Hazard-proof electrical equipment as defined in the National Electrical Code 4. Liquids I None 5. Pneumatics I None 6. Environment I 100,000 clean room capability Inlet air Class 5000 Temp 70 5 F RH 3050% Dif 0.05-in. Wg Air chg 15 changes/hr min 7. Safety I Fire detection and suppression system 8. Security I Access control KeyCard/cipher system Intrusion detection system (BMS switches) Lockable personnel and hardware access doors 9. CommuniI None cations
t9
Table 7-7. Payload Processing Room (PPR) 8910 Capability type Capability 1. Space/ I Processing/Storage Room: access 35 ft 6 in by 30 ft 0 in and 23 ft 6 in by 23 ft 6 in 1495 sq ft. total I Door openings shall accommodate an envelope of 4-ft by 6-ft by 7 ft 2. Handling I None 3. Electrical I 110VAC Utility power I 120/208VAC 3 ph I Hazard proof electrical equipment as defined in the National Electrical Code 4. Liquids I None 5. Pneumatics I None 6. Environment I Temp 6580 F RH N/A Dif 0.5-in Wg Air Chgs 15 changes/hr min (goal) I Central Vacuum System 7. Safety I Fire detection and suppression system 8. Security I Keycard/cipher access control I Intrusion Detection system (BMS switches) I Lockable personnel and hardware access doors 9. CommuniI None cations
t12
H54527.2
5 TON CRANE ENVELOPE AIRLOCK 30' x 100'
75 TON CRANE ENVELOPE HIGH BAY 30' x 147' 5 TON CRANE ENVELOPE 35' x 44' CELL 3
TRANSFER TOWER AREA 27' x 30'
35' x 44' CELL 1
35' x 44' CELL 2
SE STORAGE PAYLOAD PROCESSING ROOM 21' X 23'
N W S E
CLEAN ELEVATOR
Figure 7-16. California SpaceportProcessing Areas
7-19
H54525.1
CLEAN ELEVATOR SECURITY OFFICE BREAK ROOM FAX MEN'S ROOM WOMEN'S ROOM
CLEAN ROOM
AIR LOCK
OPS MGR
PHE ROOM
DRESSING AREA
SECURE CLEAN ROOM 1495 SQ FT
CONFERENCE ROOM
SECURE OFFICE 1125 SQ FT SECURE OFFICE 152 SQ FT
MIC ROOM
CLEAN ROOM 988 SQ FT
ELEVATOR
N W S E
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Figure 7-17. California SpaceportLevel 89 Technical Support Area

H54526.1
CLEAN ELEVATOR SECURE OFFICE 165 SQ FT OFFICE 165 SQ FT
MEN'S ROOM WOMEN'S ROOM
COMM RANGE FIBRE OPTIC TRANSMISSION SYSTEM (FOTS) INTERFACE
OFFICE 1600 SQ FT OFFICE 165 SQ FT DIRTY ELEVATOR

N W S E
OFFICE 1621 SQ FT
OFFICE 182 SQ FT
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Figure 7-18. California SpaceportLevel 101 Technical Support Area
ured spacecraft is installed in a transportation handling can and moved to SLC-2 to be mated to the Delta II launch vehicle. MDA provides the transportation container (Figure 7-19) to support trans-
portation of the spacecraft to the launch pad. The container (commonly called the handling can) can be configured for either three-stage or two-stage missions. The height of the handling can varies
7-20
3048 dia 120 (Inside Skin) Cover Load Capacity (17,800 lb) Extension Ladder 5639 222
H54344.3
1171 (Typ) 46.12
3962 156
Handling Can (Shown with 5 Cylindrical Sections) 4115 162
2946 116 Track Width
Wheel Base
1294 50.93
Conical Section for 3-Stage Missions
Handling Can Configuration for 3-Stage Missions Shackle Access Platform 3048 dia 120 (Inside Skin) Cover
mm in.
1171 (Typ) 46.12
6915 PAF (Ref) GSE Clamp
Payload (Ref)
Handling Can (Shown with 4 Cylindrical Sections)
Handling Can Configuration for 2-Stage Missions
Direct Mate Adapter for 2-Stage Missions
Figure 7-19. Upper-stage Assembly Ground Handling Can and Transporter
7-21
according to the number of cylindrical sections required for a safe envelope around the spacecraft. The spacecraft handling can is supported on a rubber-tired transporter and, in a convoy, is slowly towed to the launch pad with MDA-provided tractors and security personnel. The spacecraft container is purged with GN2 to reduce the relative humidity of the air inside the container and to maintain a slight positive pressure. Temperature in the container is not controlled directly, but is maintained at acceptable levels when transporting the spacecraft by selecting the time of day at which movement occurs. The Transportation Environment is monitored with recording instrumentation.
7.4 SPACE LAUNCH COMPLEX 2
SLC-2 (Figure 7-20) consists of one launch pad (SLC-2), a blockhouse, a Delta operations building, shops, a supply building, and other facilities necessary to prepare, service, and launch the Delta
vehicle. An aerial view of SLC-2 is shown in Figure 7-21. Because all operations in the launch complex involve or are conducted in the vicinity of liquid or solid propellants and/or explosive ordnance devices, the number of personnel permitted in the area, safety clothing to be worn, type of activity permitted, and equipment allowed are strictly regulated. Adherence to all safety regulations is required. Briefings on all these subjects are given to those required to work in the launch complex area. The SLC-2 MST (Figure 7-22) is a 54.3-m (178ft) high structure with nine working levels designated as A, B, C, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6. An elevator provides access to seven of the levels, B through 5. The white room (spacecraft area) encloses Levels 4, 5, and 6 (Figures 7-23 and 7 -24). However, Level 4 is not used for spacecraft work. Levels 4 and 5 are fixed platforms, and Level 6 is an adjustable platform with a range of 399 cm (157 in.) (Figure 7-25). The white room enclosure is conH54345.2
Warehouse Support & Proofload Facilities
1st & 2nd Stage Processing (HPF) (1615)
Launch Pad Blockhouse (1622) MST
Pump House
N Engineering Support (1628) NASA - Hazardous Processing Facility (1610) gair Tan Solid Rocket Motor Facility (1670)
Cr
os
sro
ad
Astrotech Processing Facility (1032)
Figure 7-20. Space Launch Complex-2, Vandenberg Test Center
7-22
H54717.1 DAC1311768
Mobile Service Tower
RIFCA Alignment Bldg
Umbilical Mast
J Blockhouse J Delta Operations Bldg
Storage Bldg
Figure 7-21. Space Launch Complex SLC-2, VAFBAerial View Looking East
structed of RF-transparent panels. An internal bridge crane with a 4545-kg (5-ton) capacity, used for fairing and spacecraft equipment that must be moved within the MST, has a maximum hook height of 9.83 m (32 ft 3 in.) above Level 5 (Figure 7-26). Space is available on Level 5 for spacecraft GSE. Placement of the GSE must be coordinated with MDA and appropriate seismic restraints provided. The entire MST is constructed to meet explosionproof safety requirements. The restriction on the number of personnel admitted to the white room is governed by safety requirements, as well as the limited amount of work space and the cleanliness level required on the spacecraft levels. Launch operations are controlled from the block-
house, which is equipped with vehicle monitoring and control equipment. Space is also allocated for use by spacecraft personnel (Figures 7-27 and 728). In addition, a spacecraft console (Figure 7-29) that will accept a standard rack-mounted panel is available. Terminal board connections in the console provide electrical connection to the space craft umbilical wires.
7.5 SUPPORT SERVICES 7.5.1 LAUNCH SUPPORT
For countdown operations, the launch team is located in the blockhouse at Space Launch Complex 2, and Buildings 836 and 840, with support from other base organizations.
7-23
H54342.4
Elevation 177 ft, 11 in. Lightning Rod
External Bridge Crane Hook Height 152 ft, 0 in.
Mobile Service Tower Internal Bridge Crane Hook Height 143 ft, 3-1/2 in.
Fixed Umbilical Tower FUT Lev 16 El 131 ft, 7-1/8 in. FUT Lev 15 El 131 ft, 9 in. Sta 320.12 El 118 ft, 8 in. Sta 477.12 El 111 ft, 0-1/2 in. Sta 568.62 El 103 ft, 3 in. Sta 662.12 El 94 ft, 4 in. Sta 769.12 El 85 ft, 0 in. Sta 881.12
Level 6
Level 6 Adjustable Level 6 Level 5 Level 4 Level 3 Level 2
FUT Lev 13 El 110 ft, 7-1/8 in. FUT Lev 12 FUT Lev 11 El 94 ft, 7-1/8 in. FUT Lev 10 FUT Lev 9 El 78 ft, 7-1/8 in.
MST Level 1 El 64 ft, 3-1/2 in. Sta 1129.62
MST Level C El 44 ft, 0 in. Sta 1373.12
MST Level B El 28 ft, 10 in. Sta 1555.12 MST Level A El 16 ft, 10 in. Sta 1699.12 Boattail El 14 ft, 11-1/8 in. Sta 1722 0 ft, 0 in. Ground Level
Figure 7-22. SLC-2 MST/FUT Elevation
7-24
H54340.3
All dimensions are in Meter Foot
Elevator Front Sliding Doors Ladder Up to Level 6
Hatchway to Level 4 Hinged Platforms (Typ) Line of Sight to Data Transfer Antenna at Building 836 (148.5 deg From True North)
10.5 deg
True North l
lV Fairing Storage 5.5 18.0
8.7 28.7 lll ll
7.5 deg
Downrange
Down 2.7/9.0 dia
Up
Grounded Aluminum Diamond Tread Plate
2.8 9.25
6.5 21.2
3.8 12.5
Notes: J Downrange refers to the orientation of the J launch pad and not the Delta trajectory
J The location of the spacecraft GSE on J Level 5 must be coordinated with MDA
1.5 Scale in Meters
120 Volt, 60 Amp, Phase 1 Outlet
2 4 6 8 Scale in Feet
10
Figure 7-23. Level 5 of SLC-2 Mobile Service TowerPlan View
7-25
H54341.3
Meter Foot Fairing Storage Travel Envelope of 5-Ton Capacity Interior Bridge Crane
Front Sliding Doors
Ladder From Level 5
Landing at Elevation 123-ft 4-in. Downrange
10.5 deg
Line of Sight to Data Transfer Antenna at Building 836 (148.5 deg From True North) True North IV Open Down to Level 5 Down
Fairing Split LIne
8.7 28.7
7.5 deg
5.5 18.0
Ill Il Downrange 10-ft 10-in. With Inserts 12-ft 0-in. With Inserts Removed 12 ft0 in.
Self-Adjusting Stairway
2.8 9.25 6.5 21.2 Grounded Aluminum Diamond Tread Plate 3.8 12.5
Notes: J Downrange refers to the orientation of the J launch pad and not the Delta trajectory 120 Volt, 60 Amp, Phase 1 Outlet
1.5 Scale in Meters
2 4 6 8 Scale in Feet
10
Figure 7-24. Level 6 of SLC-2 Mobile Service TowerPlan View
7-26
02619REU7
Sta 203.99
mm in. All station numbers are in inches All dimensions are in Note: SLC-2 Level 6 can be adjusted within the range shown with the vehicle on stand
Level 6 (Max) Sta 320.12
10-ft Fairing
3988 157
Adjustable Range of Level 6 3302 dia with Inserts Installed 130 3658 dia with Inserts Removed 144
Level 6 (Min) Sta 477.12
2324 91.5 Sta 553.39 15.23-in. Level 5 Sta 568.62
2743 dia 108
Figure 7-25. Spacecraft Work Levels in SLC-2 Mobile Service TowerVAFB (Download Figure)
7-27
H54338.5
Weather Enclosure Enclosure Door Attached to Crane Bridge 20-ton Exterior Bridge Hook Height 152 ft, 0 in. 5 ft, 10 in.
Sliding Roof
Sta 203.99 30 ft, 8 in. (max) 10-ft dia
5-ton Interior Bridge Hook Height Elevation 143 ft, 3-1/2 in. (max)
Level 6 (max) Elevation 131 ft, 9 in. Sta 320.12 Level 6 Adjust Third Stage/Spacecraft Container Sliding Front Doors Landing 123 ft, 4 in. Level 6 (min) Elevation 118 ft, 8 in. Sta 477.12 Level 5 Elevation 111 ft, 0-1/2 in. Sta 568.62
Figure 7-26. Whiteroom Elevations and Hook HeightsSLC-2 Mobile Service Tower
7.5.1.1 Mission Director Center (Building 840).
7.5.1.3 Launch Decision Process.
The launch
The Mission Director Center, Figure 7-7, provides the necessary seating, data display, and communications to control the launch process. Seating is provided for key personnel from MDA, Western Range, and the spacecraft control team. For NASA launches, key NASA personnel will also occupy space in the Mission Director Center.
7.5.1.2 Space Launch Complex 2 Blockhouse.
decision process is made by the appropriate management personnel representing the spacecraft, launch vehicle, NASA, and range. Figure 7-30 shows the communications flow required to make the launch decision. For NASA missions, a Mission Director, launch management advisory team, engineering team, and quality assurance personnel will also participate in the launch decision process.
7.5.2 Weather Constraints 7.5.2.1 Ground-Wind Constraints.
Launch operations are controlled from the blockhouse, which is equipped with vehicle monitoring and control equipment. Space is also allocated for the spacecraft blockhouse consoles and console operators. Terminal board connections in the spacecraft blockhouse junction box provide electrical connection to the spacecraft umbilical wires.
The MST
encloses the Delta II until approximately L-7 hours and provides protection to the vehicle from ground winds. The winds are measured using an anemometer at the 16.5-m (54-ft) level of the MST.
7-28
H54612.2
m ft
Paved Parking
N
Access Ramp
A.C.
W.C. T/M Station
Down
ALCS Control Room
Lobby Door Blocked Comm Room Observation Room Entrance Existing Spacecraft Console Available for additional Spacecraft Consoles 2.4/8.0 4.3 14.0
A.C.
0 0
1.5 m 5 ft
3 10
DRIMS Control Room 1
Figure 7-27. SLC-2 Blockhouse

59 in.
H30434.4
H30434.4
Talker/ Timer Console Support I-Beam (Height Above Floor = 78 in.) Launch Vehicle Management
Scale (Feet) Ramp Up
Technical Advisor Console (Removable)
50 ft Launch Conductor, Safety, Customer Management Console Quality Assurance Monitor 1B16196-1 Spacecraft Console Technical Adviser Console 12 ft 10 in. 11 ft 3 in. Area for Locating Spacecraft Consoles
Booster Control
Second Stage
AC Power Panel Communications J-Box
20 ft
Limits of Spacecraft Area Cable Trench (Stay Out Area)
Figure 7-28. SLC-2 Blockhouse Control Room
7-29
H54611.1
mm in.
Spacecraft wiring is supplied by the Delta project to the spacecraft blockhouse console and terminated to a terminal strip. Users are required to supply the cable from their equipment in the console to the terminal strip a distance of approximately 1219 mm (48 in.) with lugs capable of accepting a 3.5-mm (0.138-in.) dia machine screw.
15.87 0.62
6.35 0.25
Panel Mounting Hole Pattern (Typical Both Sides)
Communications Panel 333 52.5 15.87 0.62 12.70 0.50 15.87 0.62 546 21.5
584 23.0
610 24.0
400/15.75 Panel Space
TB2 TB2
Standard 483/19.0 Panel Width 457 18.0
Console terminal block (P/N AMP 601805-1) TB1/TB2 near side, TB3/TB4 far side. Spacecraft agency will provide Burndy lugs YAEV10-T7 (#12 AWG) and YAE18N1 (#16 or #20 AWG)
Figure 7-29. Spacecraft Blockhouse Console-Western Range
7-30
H54604.3
Spacecraft Ground Station S/C Status Spacecraft Project Manager (User) Spacecraft Status Spacecraft Mission Director (User) S/C Network Status
Mission Director Center (Bldg 840) Spacecraft Network Manager (User)
Spacecraft Mission Control Center Spacecraft Network Status
Spacecraft Ground Station (User)
Launch Vehicle System Status Launch Vehicle Systems Engineer (MDA)
Director of Engineering (MDA)
Launch Vehicle Status
Spacecraft Vehicle Status Launch Concurrence Mission Site Controller Director Advisory (NASA) (MDA) Status Launch Decision
Spacecraft Mission Control Center (User)
Space Launch Complex 2W Blockhouse
Launch Director (MDA) Status TOPS 1
LOCC Launch Operations Control Center (Bldg 7000) USAF (30 SW/CC)
Vehicle Status Launch Vehicle Data Center (LVDC) (Bldg 836)
Chief Field Engineer (MDA)
Launch Conductor (MDA)
Range Coordinator (MDA) Range Safety Status Western Range Status Weather Network Status
ROC RCO SMFCO (30 SW)
Spacecraft Coordinator (MDA)
Status
Figure 7-30. Launch Decision Flow for Commercial MissionsWestern Range
The following ground-wind limitations including gusts apply: A. The MST shall not be moved from the Delta II if ground winds in any direction are predicted to exceed 30 knots (35 mph) or if the actual measured wind speed is in excess of 25 knots (30 mph) measured at the 16.5-m (54-ft) anemometer height. B. The maximum allowable ground winds at the 31.1-m (102-ft) level are shown on Figure 7-31 for 792X vehicles with lengthened nozzles on the airignited GEMs. As noted on the figure, the constraints are a function of the predicted liftoff solid motor propellant bulk temperature. This figure is applicable for both 9.5-ft and 10-ft diameter fairing configurations. This plot combines liftoff controls, liftoff loads, and on-stand structural ground-wind restrictions.
7.5.2.2 Winds-Aloft Constraints. Measurements
of winds aloft are taken in the vicinity launch pad. The Delta II controls and loads constraints for winds aloft are evaluated on launch day by conducting a trajectory analysis using the measured wind. A curvefit to the wind data provides load relief in the trajectory analyses. The curvefit and other loadrelief parameters are used to set the mission constants just prior to launch.
7.5.2.3 Weather Constraints. Weather constraints
are imposed to ensure safe passage of the Delta II launch vehicle through the atmosphere. The following is a general overview of the constraints evaluated prior to liftoff. Appendix B list the detailed weather constraints. A. The launch will not take place if the normal flight path will carry the vehicle:
7-31
H54518.3
Between 280 and 340 (92 ft) Temp (F) 30 35 40 45 50 Wind Speed (Knots) 25 26 27 28 29 330
Delta II 7925-10 Ground Wind Velocity Criteria Six GEM Solids off the Pad, Three GEM LN Solids Airlit WR-Launch Pads SLC-2
0 30
Vehicle Configuration Fairing Diameter Solids Launch Site Minimum Solid Motor Propellant Bulk Temperature Range Anemometer Level 60
792X 9.5- & 10-ft GEM LN WR 3050 F 102 ft
300 No Launch Launch 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 Knots
Angles Indicate Direction From Which Winds Come (Wind Speed is Measured at 102 Feet) 90
Pad Azimuth 259 deg
27 0
50 40 30
240 35 Knots (102 ft) 210 180 150
120 Between 89 and 168 (92 ft) Temp (F) 30 50 Wind Speed (Knots) 22 23
Figure 7-31. Delta II 792x Ground Wind Velocity Criteria, SLC-2
1. Within 18.5 km (10 nmi) of a cumulonimbus (thunderstorm) cloud, whether convective or in layers, where precipitation or virga is observed. 2. Through any cloud, whether convective or in layers, where precipitation or virga is present. 3. Through any frontal or squall-line clouds which extend above 3048 m (10,000 ft). 4. Through cloud layers or through cumulus clouds where the freeze level is in the clouds. 5. Through previously electrified clouds not monitored by an electrical field mill network if the dissipating state was short-lived (less than 15 minutes after observed electrical activity). B. The launch will not take place if there is precipitation over the launch site or along the flight path. C. A weather observation aircraft is mandatory to augment meteorological capabilities for realtime evaluation of local conditions unless a cloud-
free line of sight exists to the vehicle flight path. Rawinsonde will not be used to determine cloud buildup. D. Even though the above criteria are observed, or forecast to be satisfied at the predicted launch time, the launch director may elect to delay the launch based on the instability of the current atmospheric conditions.
The following are procedures for test status during lightning activity: A. Evacuation of the MST and the fixed umbilical tower (FUT) is accomplished at the direction of the Launch Conductor (Reference: Delta Launch Complex Safety Plan). B. First- and second-stage instrumentation may be operated during an electrical storm. C. If other vehicle electrical systems are powered when an electrical storm approaches, these systems
7.5.2.4 Lightning Activities. 7-32
may also remain powered. If category A electroexplosive device (EED) circuits are electrically connected in the launch configurations, the guidance computer must be turned off. D. If an electrical storm passes through after a simulated flight test, all electrical systems are turned on in a quiescent state, and all data sources are evaluated for evidence of damage. This turn-on is done remotely (pad clear) if any category A ordnance circuits are connected for flight. Ordnance circuits are disconnected and safed prior to turn-on with personnel exposed to the vehicle. E. If data from the quiescent turn-on reveal equipment discrepancies that can be attributed to the electrical storm, a flight program requalification test must be run subsequent to the storm and prior to a launch attempt. F. During terminal countdown, the launch director is responsible for initiating and ending an alert. Upon initiation of an alert, the GC is turned off. When the alert is lifted, the GC is turned on and memory verified.
7.5.3 Operational Safety
Authority List (EAL), and they must sign in and exchange badges at the access control station.
7.5.4.2 Hazardous Processing Facility. Physi-
cal security at the Hazardous Processing Facility (Building 1605, 1610) is provided by a chain link perimeter fence, a guard house gate, door locks, and guards. Details of the spacecraft security requirements are arranged through the MDA spacecraft coordinator.
7.5.4.3 Spacecraft Processing Laboratories.
Physical security at the Spacecraft Processing Laboratories (Building 836) is provided by door locks and guards. Details of the spacecraft security requirements are arranged through the MDA spacecraft coordinator or appropriate payload processing facility.
7.5.4.4 VAFB Security. For access to VAFB, US
Safety requirements are covered in Section 9 of this manual. In addition, it is the operating policy at MDA that all personnel will be given safety orientation briefings prior to entrance to hazardous areas such as SLC-2. These briefings will be scheduled by the MDA spacecraft coordinator and presented by the appropriate safety personnel.
7.5.4 Security 7.5.4.1 Space Launch Complex 2. SLC-2 secu-
rity is ensured by perimeter fencing, interior fencing, guards, and access badges. White room access is controlled at the MST entrance. To gain access, visitors names must be on the White Room Entry
citizens must provide full name with middle initial if applicable, social security number, company name, and dates of arrival and expected departure to the MDA spacecraft coordinator or MDA/VAFB Security. MDA Security will arrange for entry authority for commercial missions or individuals sponsored by MDA. Access by NASA personnel or US Government sponsored Foreign Nationals is coordinated by NASA KSC with the USAF at VAFB. For non-United States citizens, clearance information (name, nationality/citizenship, date and place of birth, passport number and date/place of issue, visa number and date of expiration, and title or job description) must be furnished to MDA two weeks prior to the VAFB entry date. Government sponsored individuals must follow NASA or U.S. Government guidelines as appropriate. The spacecraft coordinator will furnish visitor identification documentation to the appropriate agencies. After MDA Security gets clearance approval, entry to VAFB will be the same as for US citizens.
7-33
7.5.5 Field-Related Services
MDA employs certified propellant handlers ensemble (PHE) suit propellant handlers, equipment drivers, welders, riggers, and explosive ordnance handlers, in addition to people experienced in most electrical and mechanical assembly skills, such as torquing, soldering, crimping, precision cleaning, and contamination control. MDA has under its control a machine shop, metrology laboratory, LO2 cleaning facility, and proof-loading facility. MDAs operational team members are familiar with USAF and NASA payload processing facilities at VAFB and can offer all of these skills and services to the spacecraft project during the launch program.
7.6 DELTA II PLANS AND SCHEDULES 7.6.1 MISSION PLAN
A Mission Plan (Figure 7-32) is developed for each launch campaign showing major tasks on a weekly timeline format. The plan includes launch vehicle activities, prelaunch reviews, and spacecraft processing area occupancy times.
7.6.2 Integrated Schedules
The schedule of spacecraft activities before integrated activities in the HPF varies from mission to mission. The extent of spacecraft field testing varies and is determined by the spacecraft agency. Spacecraft/launch vehicle schedules are similar from mission to mission from the time of spacecraft weighing until launch. Daily schedules are prepared on hourly timelines for these integrated activities. These schedules cover four days of integrated effort in the HPF and 8 days of launch countdown activities. HPF tasks include spacecraft weighing, spacecraft third stage mate and interface verification, and transportation can assembly around the combined payload.
The countdown schedules provide a detailed hour-by-hour breakdown of launch pad operations, illustrating the flow of activities from spacecraft erection through terminal countdown, and reflecting inputs from the spacecraft project. These schedules comprise the integrating document to ensure timely launch pad operations. Typical schedules of integrated activities from spacecraft weighing in the HPF until launch (Figures 7-33 through 7-45) are shown as launch minus (F-) workdays. Saturdays, Sundays, and holidays are not scheduled workdays and, therefore, are not F- days. The F- days, from spacecraft mate through launch, are coordinated with each spacecraft agency to optimize on-pad testing. All operations are formally conducted and controlled using launch countdown documents. The schedule of spacecraft activities during that time is controlled by the MDA Launch Operations Manager. Tasks involving the spacecraft or tasks requiring that spacecraft personnel be present are shaded for easy identification. A typical three-stage mission from VAFB is as follows; spacecraft and third-stage checkout are completed before F-12 day. F-12 Tasks include equipment verification, precision weighing of spacecraft, and securing. F-11 Spacecraft is lifted and mated to the third stage. The clampband is installed and the initial clampband tension established. F-10 Final preparations are made prior to can-up for both spacecraft and third stage, and spacecraft/ third stage interface verification is done, if required. F-9 The payload handling can is assembled around the spacecraft/third stage, and handling-can transportation covers are installed. The can is placed on its trailer and its purge is set up. F-8 Tasks include transportation to the launch site, erection and mating of the spacecraft/upper
7-34
H30438.2
20
27
JANUARY 4 11 18 25
FEBRUARY 8 7 14
DMCO C/O
21
28
MARCH 7 14 21
28
APRIL 11 18
25
MAY 9 16
23
30
21 SHIP UPPER STG BUILDUP (BLDG 1610) PRESHIP MEETING - AT PUEBLO HPTF FAIRING PROCESSING( BLDG 1610) SOLID MOTOR BUILDUP (BLDG 1670) INTERSTAGE PROCESSING LEGEND FIRST STAGE AT HPF LV OPS SECOND STAGE AT HPF S/C OPS 29 VOS READINESS REVIEW FIRST STAGE ERECTION INTERSTAGE ERECTION INTERSTAGE MATE FAIRING ERECTION SECOND STAGE ERECTION AND MATE GEMS S/M ERECTION PRETEST PREPS VEH SYSTEMS CHECKOUT S/C PROCESS 25 SPACECRAFT AVAILABLE 25 SPACECRAFT PREMATE REVIEW 4 LAUNCH SITE READINESS REVIEW PAYLOAD ERECTION S/C SYSTEMS TEST (5/6) FLT PROG VERIF (5/9) ORDNANCE INSTL (5/10) FAIRING INSTL (5/11-5/13) FLIGHT READINESS REVIEW 13 SS PROP LOAD TEST (5/16) GC, RS, BEACON CHECKS (5/17) INTEGRATED OPERATIONS LAUNCH READINESS REVIEW 18 LAUNCH 19 5
Figure 7-32. Typical Mission Plan

H30439.5
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
WEIGH SPACECRAFT BRIEFING AT BLDG 1610 BAY OPENING CHECKS SETUP/CHECKOUT PWU HOIST FUNCTIONAL/STRAY VOLTAGE CHECKS LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY SPACECRAFT LIFT/WEIGH/LOWER * SPACECRAFT LIFT/WEIGH/LOWER * SPACECRAFT LIFT/WEIGH/LOWER * SECURE LIFT EQUIPMENT SECURE WEIGH EQUIPMENT BALLAST WEIGHTS (IF REQD) POSITION CLASS C WEIGHTS WEIGH S/C ITEMS TO BE INSTALLED LATER HYDRASET/LOAD CELL LINKAGE SETUP LOAD CELL SHUNT CHECKS CLASS C WEIGHT LIFT (VERIFY REPEATABILITY)
* NOTE: LIFT AND LOWERING STEPS TO BE * ACCOMPLISHED BY S/C PERSONNEL
Figure 7-33. Typical Spacecraft Weighing (F-12 Day)
7-35
H30440.6
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
VISHAY EQUIPMENT WARMUP S/C PAM MATE BRIEFING AT BLDG 1610 BAY OPENING CHECKS LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY SPACECRAFT TO PAF GAP MEASUREMENTS CLAMPBAND INSTALLATION COMPLETED PRIOR TO THIS DATE: CLAMP BAND DETAIL INSPECTION/LUBRICATION ENGINEERING WALKDOWNS PHOTOGRAPH DOCUMENTATION WORK STAND CLEAN/MOVE INTO POSITION PAF/SPACECRAFT INTERFACE INSPECTION CLAMPBAND TENSIONING/TAPPING SECURING VISHAY RECHECKS S/C PAM INTERFACE VERIFICATION (IF REQD) VISHAY INSTRUMENT STUD CALIBRATIONS ACTUATOR INSTALLATION & LOCKWIRE CLAMPBAND PREPARATIONS HOIST STRAY VOLTAGE & CRANE FUNCTIONAL TESTS LIFT/TRAVERSE/MATE SPACECRAFT
Figure 7-34. Typical Spacecraft/PAM Mate (F-11 Day)

H30441.6
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
S/C PAM FINAL PREPARATIONS BRIEFING AT BLDG 1610 BAY OPENING CHECKS SEPARATION CLAMP BAND FINALIZING GAP MEASUREMENTS END FITTINGS LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY INSTALL BAND RETAINERS CONNECT SPRINGS TO RETAINERS CONNECT/TORQUE ETA INTO CUTTERS INSTALL ATTACH BOLT CUTTER BRACKETS LOCKWIRE SHIELDS/BRACKETS ETA INSTALL NON-FLIGHT TAGS SEPARATION BLANKET INSTL. FINAL INSPECTION PHOTOGRAPH ASSEMBLY TRAILER PURGE SETUP CLEAN & PREASSEMBLE CYLINDRICAL SECTIONS OF TRANSPORT CAN INSTALL/TORQUE 4 TRANSPORT CAN RING ASSEMBLIES TO SPIN TABLE
Figure 7-35. Typical Spacecraft/PAM Final Preparations (F-10 Day)
7-36
H30442.4
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
TRANSPORTATION CAN INSTALLATION BRIEFING AT BLDG 1610 BAY OPENING CHECKS ENGINEERING WALKDOWN LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY CRANE FUNCTIONAL CHECKS CRANE STRAY VOLTAGE CHECKS HOIST INSPECTION EQUIPMENT PROOF LOAD VERIFICATION INSTALL CONICAL SEALS INSTALL HUMIDITY/TEMP RECORDER (IF REQD) COMPLETED PRIOR TO THUS DATE: INSTALL CYLINDER SHELLS CLEAN/ASSEMBLE/TRANSPORT CAN CLEAN/DISASSEMBLE/PREP CAN BAG THE CAN ASSEMBLY FAB ILLUMALLOY BAG CLEAN/MOVE TRAILER IN BAY 4 RING ASSY MATED TO SPINTABLE REMOVE NOZZLE THROAT PLUG LIFT S/C & PAM/MATE TO TRAILER TRAILER PURGE SETUP PURGE CAN ASSEMBLY ATTACH IMPACT RECORDER
Figure 7-36. Typical Transportation Can Installation (F-9 Day)

H30443.5
0100
0300
0500 0700 0900 1100 1300 TRANSPORTATION BRIEFING AT BLDG 1610
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
TRANSPORT SPACECRAFT FROM BLDG 1610 ERECTION PREPS ERECTION BRIEFING UNDER THE HOOK AT SLC-2W LEGEND PAD OPEN UNCAN SPACECRAFT FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY BOLT PAF TO SECOND STAGE CABLE UP PAM STAGE INITIATE S/C BATTERY CHARGING EMERGENCY POWER TEST VEHICLE COUNTDOWN PREPS BATTERY PREPS & INSTALLATION DEERECT S/C CAN WHITEROOM STABILIZATION ERECT & MATE SPACECRAFT TO SS
S/C TO INSTALL B/H CONSOLE 3 DAYS PRIOR TO THIS DAY
Figure 7-37. Typical Spacecraft Erection (F-8 Day)
7-37
H30444.6
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
DATA STATION WARMUP GUIDANCE SECTION AIR ON PRETEST BRIEFING FOR FLIGHT PROGRAM VERIF TEST POWER ON & PRETEST PREPS S/C POWER ON & DRESS REHEARSAL LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY AZIMUTH DETERMINATION PREPS COMM CHECK MINUS COUNT (ABBREV.TERM.COUNT) SPACECRAFT POWER IN LAUNCH MODE(T-4 MIN.) T-0 S/C PRELAUNCH MODE + COUNT (FLT PRG VERIF TEST) TEST RECYCLE & CIRCUIT BREAKER VERIFY POWER ON STRAY VOLTAGE AZIMUTH DETERM. & MONUMENT CKS TEST RECYCLE & BATTERY CONNECT ENGR W/D, ENGR W/D, S/C BATTERY CHARGING S&A C/O PHOTOS & PART GUID SECT C/LO PHOTO'S & PART CENT SECT CL/O
Figure 7-38. Typical Flight Program Verification and Safety Stray Voltage Checks (F-7 Day)
H30445.3
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
PRETEST BRIEFING PREPS RECEIVE S&A'S S&A INSTL & ROTATION CHECK (FS AND SS) PWR OFF STRAY VOLT& ORD CONNECT FS S/M ENG W/D FS BOATTAIL C/O &PREP FOR ETA HOOKUP LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY CENTER SECT ENG W/D CENTER SECT CLOSEOUT MINISKIRT ENG WALKDOWN
INSTALL SUPPORT PEDESTALS ON LEVEL 5
S/C BATTERY CHARGING
Figure 7-39. Typical Ordnance Installation (F-6 Day)
7-38
H30446.6
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
SS & PAF INSPECTION, STAGE CLEANING, REMOVE CATCH NETS & RIFCA INSULATION CLOSEOUT PHOTOS REMOVE S/C BAG & PURGE (MDA CRANE OPERATOR) HOIST FUNCTIONALS & HOIST BEAM / FAIRING CONNECTION S/C PREPS FOR FAIRING INSTL FINAL S/C ACCESS PRIOR TO FAIRING INSTL FAIRING CLEANING (IF REQUIRED) S/C ENG WALKDOWN PAF ENG WALKDOWN RAISE LVL 6 FAIRING INSTL BRIEFING INSTALL FAIRING SECTOR III IN PEDESTAL (RESTRAIN AT LVL 6) INSTL FAIRING SECTOR II IN PEDESTAL, RESTRAIN AT LVL 6, INSTL GUIDE DEVICES, INSTL FAIRING SECTOR I IN PEDESTAL, LOWER LVL 6 INSTALL RESTRAINT AND GUIDE DEVICES ON LVL 6 INSTALL HALO AND MATE FAIRING SECTORS INSTALL FIELD JOINT BOLTS CLOCK FAIRING (IF REQUIRED) ESTABLISH FAIRING AIR COND (TEMPORARY) RAISE LVL 6 REMOVE STRONGBACKS SPACECRAFT BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS LEGEND PAD OPEN

H30447.4
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
FAIRING ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS DISCONNECT FAIRING A/C RAISE LVL 6 REMOVE STRONGBACKS
LOWER LVL 6 INSTALL FAIRING A/C LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY BRIEFING S.S. SERVICING PREPS AND BAS PREPS SETUP A-50/N204 SENSOR SYSTEM PROP CHILL
S/C LIMITED FUNCTIONAL CHECK FLIGHT READINESSS REVIEW
AIR CONDITIONING WATCH SPACECRAFT BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE
Figure 7-41. Typical Fairing Finaling (F-4 Day)
7-39
H30448.4
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
FAIRING CLEAT INSTL
LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY
FAIRING WEDGE INSTL
BAGGIE INSP & ELECT CHECKS (OFF PAD)
PROP CHILL
REDLINE OBSERVER BRIEFING
FAIRING ACOUSTIC SHIELD INSTL SPACECRAFT BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGE
AIR CONDITIONING WATCH
Figure 7-42. Typical Fairing Finaling (F-3 Day)

H30449.3
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
AIR CONDITIONING WATCH (V52T1) & S/C PURGE
PROP CHILL DATA STATION WARMUP BRIEFING BAGGIE INSP & ELECT CHECKS (OFF PAD) FINAL PROP SERV PREPS & FINAL BAS PREPS LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY PROP WATCH S/C MISSION REHEARSAL S/C BATTERY CHARGING OXIDIZER LOAD LUNCH BREAK FUEL LOAD 2ND STG PROP SECURE FAIRING ORDN INSTL
Figure 7-43. Typical Second-Stage Propellant Loading (F-2 Day)
7-40
H30450.4
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
DATA STATION WARMUP BRIEFING PREPS
LAUNCH READINESS REVIEW HEAT RP-1 S/C FUNCTIONAL CHECKS S/C CLOSEOUT ACTIVITY
LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY AZIMUTH PREPS 1ST & 2ND STAGE TURNON COMM CHECK SLEW CHECKS BEACON CHECKS AZIMUTH UPDATE SECURING
2ND STAGE ENGINEERING WALKDOWN PROP SYS PREPS & LINE LVL RP-1 2ND STAGE THERMAL BLNKT INSTL I/S CLOSEOUT ENGINEERING WALKDOWN RANGE SAFETY CHECKS CLASS A ORDN HOOKUP RED TAG INVENTORY A/C WATCH, PROP WATCH & SPACECRAFT BATTERY CHARGING PREP FOR TOWER REMOVAL
Figure 7-44. Typical Beacon, Range Safety, and Class A Ordnance (F-1 Day)
H30451.4
0100
0300
0500
0700
0900
1100
1300
1500
1700
1900
2100
2300
AIR CONDITIONING & PROP WATCH HEATED RP-1 RECIRCULATE S/C FINAL CLOSEOUTS DESTRUCT CHECKS FINAL S/C ACCESS PRIOR TO LAUNCH BRIEFING CAMERA SETUP (PHOTO SQUADRON) LEGEND PAD OPEN FLASHING AMBER LIMITED ACCESS FLASHING RED PAD CLOSED S/C ACTIVITY ENGINEERING WALKDOWN PROP & PNEU FINAL CHECKS AIR COND SETUPS FAIRING AND WHITEROOM PREPS LANYARD TENSIONING MST REMOVAL & SECURING S/M ARMING BRIEFING S/M ARMING PAD SECURING S/C COUNTDOWN PRESS SS HE & N2 TO 1100 PSI&HEX FILL LCE PREPS & HOLD FIRE CHECKS BUILT-IN HOLD (60 MIN) S/C BATTERY TRICKLE CHARGING TERM. COUNT
Figure 7-45. Typical Delta Countdown (F-0 Day)
7-41
stage to the Delta II vehicle in the MST cleanroom, and removal of the handling can from the tower. F-7 The flight program verification test is performed, followed by the vehicle power-on stray voltage test. Spacecraft systems to be powered at liftoff are turned on during the flight program verification test and all data are monitored for electromagnetic interference (EMI) and radio frequency interference (RFI). All spacecraft systems that will be turned on at any time between F-7 day (stray voltage checks) and F-0 day (spacecraft separation) will be turned on in support of the vehicle power-on stray voltage test. Spacecraft support of these vehicle system tests is critical in meeting the scheduled launch date. They have priority over other spacecraft testing. F-6 Tasks include Delta II vehicle ordnance installation/connection and preparation for fairing installation. F-5, 4, 3 Spacecraft final preparations are made prior to fairing installation, including Delta II upper-stage closeout, preparations for second-stage propellant servicing, and fairing installation. F-2 Propellant is loaded into the second stage, and fairing ordnance is installed. F-1 Tasks include launch vehicle guidance turnon, C-band beacon readout, guidance system azimuth update, range safety checks, class A ordnance arming, final fairing preparations for MST removal, second-stage engine closeout, launch vehicle final preparations, and preparations for tower removal. F-0 Launch day preparations include final spacecraft closeouts and fairing door installation, gantry removal, final arming, terminal sequences, and launch. Spacecraft should be in launch configuration immediately prior to T-4 minutes and standing by for liftoff. The nominal hold and recycle point is T-4 minutes. Launch is typically scheduled for a Thursday.
7.6.3 Spacecraft Schedules
The spacecraft project will supply schedules to the MDA spacecraft coordinator, who will arrange support as required.
7.7 DELTA II MEETINGS AND REVIEWS
During the launch scheduling preparation, various meetings and reviews take place. Some of these will require user input while others allow the user to monitor the progress of the overall mission. The MDA spacecraft coordinator will ensure adequate user participation.
7.7.1 Meetings
Delta Status Meetings. Status meetings are generally held twice a week. They include a review of the activities scheduled and accomplished since the last meeting, a discussion of problems and their solutions, and a review of the mission schedule. Spacecraft representatives are encouraged to attend these meetings. Daily Schedule Meetings. Daily schedule meetings are held to provide the team members with their assignments and to summarize the previous or current days accomplishments. These meetings are attended by the launch conductor, technicians, inspectors, engineers, supervisors, and the spacecraft coordinator. Depending upon testing activities, these meetings are held at either the beginning or the end of the first shift.
7.7.2 Prelaunch Review Process
Periodic reviews are held to ensure that the spacecraft and launch vehicle are ready for launch. The Mission Plan (Figure 7-32) shows the relationship of the review to the program assembly and test flow. The following paragraphs discuss the Delta II readiness reviews.
7-42
Postproduction Review. This meeting, conducted at Pueblo, Colorado, reviews the flight hardware at the end of production and prior to shipment to VAFB. Mission Analysis Review. This review is held at Huntington Beach, California, approximately three months prior to launch to review mission specific drawings, studies, and analyses. Pre-Vehicle-On-Stand (VOS) Review. This review is held at Huntington Beach subsequent to the completion of Delta mission checkout (DMCO), and prior to erection of the vehicle on the launch pad. It includes an update of the activities since Pueblo, the results of the DMCO processing, and any hardware history changes. Launch Site Readiness Review (LSRR). This review is held prior to erection and mate of the upper stage and spacecraft. It includes an update of
the activities since the pre-VOS review and verifies the readiness of the launch vehicle, third stage, launch facilities, and spacecraft for transfer of the spacecraft to the pad. Flight Readiness Review (FRR). This review is an update of actuals since the Pre-VOS and is conducted to determine that checkout has shown that the launch vehicle and spacecraft are ready for countdown and launch. Upon completion of this meeting, authorization to proceed with the loading of second-stage propellants is given. This review also assesses the readiness of the range to support launch and provides a predicted weather status. Launch Readiness Review (LRR). This review is held on L-1 day and all agencies and contractors are required to provide a ready-to-launch statement. Upon completion of this meeting, an okay to enter terminal countdown is given.
7-43
Section 8 SPACECRAFT INTEGRATION
This section describes the payload integration process, the supporting documentation required from the payload agency, and resulting analyses provided by McDonnell Douglas Aerospace.
8.1 INTEGRATION PROCESS
The integration process developed by MDA is designed to support the requirements of both the launch vehicle and the payload. We work closely with our customers to tailor the integration flow to meet their individual requirements. The integration process (Figure 8-1) encompasses the entire life of the launch vehicle/spacecraft integration activities. At its core is a streamlined series of documents, reports, and meetings that are flexible and adaptable to the specific requirements of each program. Mission integration for commercial missions is the responsibility of the Delta Program Office which
is located at the MDA facility in Huntington Beach, California. The prime objective of mission integration is to coordinate all interface activities required to launch commercial and government spacecraft via the Delta II launch vehicle. This objective includes reaching a customer-MDA interface agreement and accomplishing interface planning, coordinating, scheduling, control, and targeting. The Delta Program Office assigns a mission integration manager to carry out interface activities. The mission integration manager develops a tailored integration planning schedule for the Delta II/spacecraft by defining the documentation and analysis required. The mission integration manager also synthesizes the spacecraft requirements and engineering design and analysis into a controlled mission specification that establishes agreed-to interfaces. The integration manager ensures that all lines of communication function effectively. To this end,
H54819.1
Authotity to Proceed Requirements Definition
Release Initial Mission Specification
Production Planning
J Review/Study Spacecraft Requirements J Engineering Compatibility Analysis J Loads/Thermal/Mission/Controls J Joint Agreements Environment Test Plans
Fabrication
Range Safety Documentation Range Network Documentation Assembly and Checkout Flight Software Launch Processing Flight Readiness Reviews Launch Operations
Figure 8-1. Mission Integration Process
8-1
all pertinent communications, including technical/ administrative documentation, technical interchange meetings (TIM), and formal integration meetings, are coordinated through the Delta Program Office and executed in a timely manner. These data exchange lines not only exist between the user and MDA, but also include other agencies involved in Delta II launches. For NASA payloads, mission integration activities are co-chaired by NASA Goddard Space Flight Center (GSFC) Orbital Launch Services (OLS) and MDA. NASA OLS will assign a mission integration manager to act as the point of contact for the government. Figure 8-2 shows the typical relationships among agencies involved in a Delta mission.
8.2 DOCUMENTATION
Effective integration of the spacecraft into the Delta launch system requires the diligent and timely preparation and submittal of required documentation. When submitted, these documents represent the primary communication of requirements, safety data, system descriptions, etc., to each of the several support agencies. The Delta Program Office acts as the administrative interface for proper documentation and flow. All data, formal and informal, are routed through this office. Relationships of the various categories of documentation are shown in Figure 8-3. A general model for Delta Launch Vehicle and spacecraft documentation requirements is shown in
H30572.7
Spacecraft User Agency
Spacecraft Orbital Network Support
NASA/GSFC*
Spacecraft Processing Facilities and Services
MDA Delta Program Office
Launch Vehicle Processing Facilities and Services
NASA GSFC KSC* ER/WR
USAF FAA SMC
Data Network Support (as Required)
Launch Facilities and Base Support Spacecraft Processing Facilities and Services MDA Communication and Data Support Quality Assurance Safety Surveillance
Launch Facilities and Base Support Quality Assurance Safety Surveillance Range Safety and Ascent Tracking Data Network Support (as Required)
Delta II Procurement Quality Assurance
Licensing Safety Certification
*For NASA Missions Only
Figure 8-2. Typical Delta II Agency Interfaces
8-2
H30571.2
Spacecraft Requirements J Spacecraft Questionnaire
Safety Compliance J Missile Systems Prelaunch Safety J Package (MSPSP)
Integration Planning J Schedule J Operations J Reviews J Documentation Mission Support J Operations Requirement (OR)/ J Program Requirements Document (PRD) J Range and Network Support J Mission Support Request (MSR) J Launch Operations Plan (LOP)
Mission Specification J Spacecraft and Vehicle Description J Performance Requirements J Interface Definition J Spacecraft/Delta J Spacecraft/Fairing J Vehicle/GSE (Mission Peculiar) J Mission Compatibility Drawing J Spacecraft to Blockhouse Wiring Diagram
Launch Support J Launch Processing Requirements J Payload Processing Requirements J Document (PPRD) J Launch Site Test Plan (LSTP) J Integrated Procedures J Launch Processing Documents (LPD)
Environmental Test Plans J Spacecraft Qualification Verification
Mission Analysis J Preliminary Mission Analysis (PMA) J Event Sequencing J Ground Monitor and Tracking Overlay J Detailed Test Objectives (DTO)
Figure 8-3. Typical Document Interfaces
Tables 8-1 and 8-2, and Table 8-3 describes the documents identified. Specific schedules are established by agreement with each customer. The Spacecraft Questionnaire shown in Table 8-4 is to be completed by the spacecraft agency at least 2 years prior to launch to provide an initial definition of spacecraft characteristics. Table 8-5 is an outline of a typical spacecraft launch-site test plan that describes the launch site activities and operations expected in support of the mission. Orbit data at burnout of the final stage is needed to reconstruct the performance of the Delta following the mission. A complete set of orbital elements and associated estimates of 3 accuracy required to reconstruct this performance is presented in Table 8-6, Data Required for Orbit Parameter Statement. A typical integration planning schedule is shown in Figure 8-4. Each data item in Figure 8-4 has an
8-3
associated L-date (weeks before launch). The responsible party for each data item is identified. Close coordination with the Delta mission integration manager is required to provide proper planning of the integration documentation.
8.3 LAUNCH OPERATIONS PLANNING
The development of launch operations, range support, and other support requirements is an evolutionary process that requires timely inputs and continued support from the spacecraft agency. The relationship and submittal schedules of key controlling documents are shown in Figure 8-5.
8.4 SPACECRAFT PROCESSING REQUIREMENTS
The checklist shown in Table 8-7 is provided to assist the user in identifying the requirements at
Table 8-1. Spacecraft Agency Data Requirements Nominal Due weeks or + launch L-104 L-104 L-90 L-84
Table 8-3 Description reference Spacecraft Questionnaire 2 FAA License Information 2 Spacecraft Mathematical Model 3 Spacecraft Environmental Test 5 Documents Mission Specification 4 30 days Comments after receipt Electrical Wiring Requirements 7 L-80 Spacecraft Drawings (Init/Final) 18 L-78/L-44 Fairing Requirements 8 L-68 Radio Frequency Applications 10 L-58 Inputs SpacecraftMissile System 9 L-58 Prelaunch Safety Package (MSPSP) PMAPreliminary Mission 11 L-54/L-39 Analysis Requirements/Comments Mission Operational and 12, 13 L-52 Support Requirements for Spacecraft Payload Processing 14 L-52 Requirements Document Inputs Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse 29 L-40 Wiring Diagram Review DTODetailed Test Objectives 17 L-39 Requirements Launch Window (Initial/Final) 16 L-39, L-4 Vehicle Launch Insignia 15 L-39 Spacecraft Launch Site Test 19 L-34 Plan Spacecraft Compatibility 18 L-29 Drawing Comments Combined Spacecraft/Third22 L-54/L-20 Stage Nutation Time Constant and Mass Properties Statement (Initial/Final) Spacecraft Integrated Test 21 L-20 Procedures Spacecraft Launch Site Test 20 L-18 Procedures Spacecraft Environments and 5 L-18 Loads Test Report Mission Operational and 12 L-12 Support Requirements Postlaunch Orbit Confirmation 28 L+1 Data
each processing facility. The requirements identified are submitted to MDA for the PRD. MDA coordinates with CCAS/KSC, Astrotech, California Spaceport, or VAFB/KSC as appropriate and implements the requirements through the PRD/ PPRD. The user may add items to the list. Please note that most requirements for assembly and checkout of commercial spacecraft will be met at the Astrotech or California Spaceport facility.
Table 8-2. MDA Program Documents Nominal Due weeks or + launch L-84 L-68 L-50, L-24 L-44 L-39 L-36, L-17 L-28 L-27 L-15 L-15 L-15 L-12 L-4 L-3
Table 8-3 Description reference Mission Specification (Initial) 4 Coupled Dynamic Loads 6 Analysis Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse 29 Wiring Diagram (Prel/Final) Preliminary Mission Analysis 11 (PMA) Payload Processing 14 Requirements Document Spacecraft Compatibility 18 Drawing Detailed Test Objective (DTO) 17 Spacecraft-Fairing Clearance 18 Drawing Launch Site Procedures Integrated Countdown Schedule Nutation Control System 23 Analysis Spacecraft Separation Analysis 25 Launch Operations Plan 26 VIMVehicle Information 27 Memorandum
M029, T030-,9/22/95 , 09 :21 AM
8-4
Table 8-3. Required Documents 1. Item Responsibility Feasibility Study (Optional) A feasibility study may be necessary to define the launch vehicle's capabilities for a specific mission or to establish the overall feasibility of using the vehicle for performing the required mission. Typical items that may necessitate a feasibility study are (1) a new flight plan with unusual launch azimuth or orbital requirements; (2) a precise accuracy requirement or a performance requirement greater than that MDA available with the standard vehicle; and (3) spacecraft that impose uncertainties with regard to vehicle stability. Specific tasks, schedules, and responsibilities are defined before study initiation, and a final report is prepared at the conclusion of the study. Spacecraft Questionnaire The Spacecraft Questionnaire (Table 8-4) is the first step in the process and is designed to provide the initial definition of spacecraft requirements, interface details, launch site facilities, and preliminary safety data to Delta's various agencies. It contains a set of questions whose answers define the requirements and interfaces as they are known at the time of preparation. The questionnaire is required not later than 2 years prior to launch. A definitive response to some questions may not be possible because many items are defined at a later date. Of particular interest are answers that specify requirements in conflict with constraints specified herein. Normally this document would not be kept current; it will be used to create the initial issue of the Mission Specification (Item 4) and in support of our Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) launch permit. The specified items are typical of the data required for Delta II missions. The spacecraft agency is encouraged to include other pertinent information regarding mission requirements or constraints. Spacecraft Mathematical Model for Dynamic Analysis A spacecraft mathematical model is required for use in a coupled loads analysis. Acceptable forms include (1) a discrete math model with associated mass and stiffness matrices or (2) a constrained normal mode model with modal mass and stiffness and the appropriate transformation matrices to recover internal responses. Required model information such as specific format, degree of freedom requirements, and other necessary information will be supplied. Mission Specification The MDA Mission Specification functions as the Delta launch vehicle interface control document and describes all mission-specific requirements. It contains the spacecraft description, spacecraft-to-blockhouse wiring diagram, compatibility drawing, targeting criteria, special spacecraft requirements affecting the standard launch vehicle, description of the mission-specific vehicle, a description of special AGE and facilities MDA is required to furnish, etc. The document is provided to spacecraft agencies for review and concurrence and is revised as required. The initial issue is based upon data provided in the Spacecraft Questionnaire and is provided approximately 84 weeks before launch. Subsequent issues are published as requirements and data become available. The mission peculiar requirements documented in the Mission Specification along with the standard interfaces presented in this manual define the spacecraft to launch vehicle interface. Spacecraft Environmental Test Documents The environmental test plan documents the spacecraft contractor's approach for qualification and acceptance (preflight screening) tests. It is intended to provide general test philosophy and an overview of the system-level environmental testing to be performed to demonstrate adequacy of the spacecraft for flight (e.g., static loads, vibration, acoustics, shock). The test plan should include test objectives, test specimen configuration, general test methods, and a schedule. It should not include detailed test procedures. Following the system-level structural loads and dynamic environment testing, test reports documenting the results shall be provided to MDA. These reports should summarize the testing performed to verify the adequacy of spacecraft structure for the flight loads. For structural systems not verified by test, a structural loads analysis report documenting the analyses performed and resulting margins of safety should be provided to MDA. Coupled Dynamic Loads Analysis A coupled dynamic loads analysis is performed in order to define flight loads to major vehicle and spacecraft structure. The liftoff event, which generally causes the most severe lateral loads in the spacecraft, and the period of transonic flight and maximum dynamic pressure, causing the greatest relative deflections between spacecraft and fairing, are generally included in this analysis. Output for each flight event includes tables of maximum acceleration at selected nodes of the spacecraft model as well as a summary of maximum interface loads. Worst-case spacecraft-fairing dynamic relative deflections are included. Close coordination between the user and the Delta Program Office is essential in order to decide on the output format and the actual work schedule for the analysis.
2.
Spacecraft agency
Spacecraft agency
4.
MDA (input required from user)
5.
Spacecraft agency
6.
MDA (input required from user, Item 3)
8-5
Table 8-3. Required Documents (Continued) Item Responsibility Electrical Wiring Requirements The wiring requirements for the spacecraft to the blockhouse and the payload processing facilities are needed as early as possible. Section 5 lists the Delta capabilities and outlines the necessary details to be supplied. MDA will provide a spacecraft-to-blockhouse wiring diagram based on the spacecraft Spacecraft requirements. It will define the hardware interface from the spacecraft to the blockhouse for control and agency monitoring of spacecraft functions after spacecraft installation in the launch vehicle. Close attention to the documentation schedule is required so that production checkout of the launch vehicle includes all of the mission-specific wiring. Any requirements for the payload processing facilities are to be furnished with the blockhouse information. 8. Fairing Requirements Early spacecraft fairing requirements should be addressed in the questionnaire and updated in the Spacecraft Mission Specification. Final spacecraft requirements are needed to support the mission-specific fairing agency modifications during production. Any in-flight requirements, ground requirements, critical spacecraft surfaces, surface sensitivities, mechanical attachments, RF transparent windows, and internal temperatures on the ground and in flight must be provided. 9. Missile System Prelaunch Safety Package (MSPSP) (Refer to EWR 127-1 for specific spacecraft safety regulations.) To obtain approval to use the launch site facilities and resources and for launch, a MSPSP must be prepared and submitted to the Delta Program Office. The MSPSP includes a description of each hazardous system (with drawings, schematics, and assembly and handling procedures, as well as any Spacecraft other information that will aid in appraising the respective systems) and evidence of compliance with agency the safety requirements of each hazardous system. The major categories of hazardous systems are ordnance devices, radioactive material, propellants, pressurized systems, toxic materials and cryogenics, and RF radiation. The specific data required and suggested formats are discussed in Section 2 of EWR 127-1. MDA will provide this information to the appropriate government safety offices for their approval. 10. Radio Frequency Applications The spacecraft agency is required to specify the RF transmitted by the spacecraft during ground processing and launch intervals. A RF data sheet specifying individual frequencies will be provided. Spacecraft Names and qualifications are required covering spacecraft user personnel who will operate spacecraft agency RF systems. Transmission frequency bandwidths, frequencies, radiated durations, wattage etc., will be provided. MDA will provide these data to the appropriate range/government agencies for approval. 11. Preliminary Mission Analysis (PMA) This analysis is normally the first step in the mission planning process. It uses the best available mission requirements (spacecraft weight, orbit requirements, tracking requirements, etc.) and is primarily intended to uncover and resolve any unusual problems inherent in accomplishing the mission MDA objectives. Specifically, information pertaining to vehicle environment, performance capability, (input sequencing, and orbit dispersion is presented. Parametric performance and accuracy data are usually required provided to assist the user in selection of final mission orbit requirements. The orbit dispersion data are from user) presented in the form of variations of the critical orbit parameters as functions of probability level. A covariance matrix and a trajectory printout are also included. 7. The mission requirements and parameter ranges of interest for parametric studies are due as early as possible but in no case later than 54 weeks before launch. Comments to the PMA are needed no later than launch minus 39 weeks for start of the DTO (Item 17). 12. Mission Operational and Support Requirements To obtain unique range and network support, the spacecraft agency must define any range or network requirements appropriate to its mission and then submit them to MDA. Spacecraft agency operational configuration, communication, tracking, and data flow requirements are required to support document preparation and arrange required range support. 13. Program Requirements Documents (PRD) To obtain range and network support, a spacecraft PRD must be prepared. This document consists of a set of preprinted standard forms (with associated instructions) that must be completed. The spacecraft agency will complete all forms appropriate to its mission and then submit them to MDA. MDA will compile, review, provide comments, and, upon comment resolution, forward the spacecraft PRD to the appropriate support agency for formal acceptance.
Spacecraft agency
MDA (input required from user)
8-6
Table 8-3. Required Documents (Continued) Item Responsibility 14. Payload Processing Requirements Documents (PPRD) The PPRD is prepared if commercial facilities are to be used for spacecraft processing. The spacecraft agency is required to provide data on all spacecraft activities to be performed at the commercial facility. Spacecraft This includes detailed information of all facilities, services, and support requested by MDA to be proagency vided by the commercial facility. Spacecraft hazardous systems descriptions shall include drawings, schematics, summary test data, and any other available data that will aid in appraising the respective hazardous system. The commercial facility will accept spacecraft ground operations plans and/or MSPSP data for the PPRD. 15. Launch Vehicle Insignia The spacecraft customer is entitled to have a mission-specific insignia placed on the launch vehicle. Spacecraft The customer will submit the proposed design to MDA not later than 9 months before launch for review agency and approval. Following approval, MDA will have the flight insignia prepared and placed on the launch vehicle. The maximum size of the insignia is 2.4 by 2.4 m (8 by 8 ft). The insignia is placed on the uprange side of the launch vehicle. 16. Launch Window The spacecraft agency is required to specify the maximum launch window for any given day. Spacecraft Specifically the window opening time (to the nearest minute) and the window closing time (to the agency nearest minute) are to be specified. This final window data should extend for at least 2 weeks beyond the scheduled launch date. Liftoff is targeted to the specified window opening. 17. Detailed Test Objectives (DTO) Report MDA will issue a DTO trajectory report that provides the mission reference trajectory. The DTO contains a description of the flight objectives, the nominal trajectory printout, a sequence of events, vehicle MDA attitude rates, spacecraft and vehicle tracking data, and other pertinent information. The trajectory is used to develop mission targeting constants and represents the flight trajectory. The DTO will be (input required from user) available at launch minus 28 weeks. 18. Spacecraft Drawings Spacecraft configuration drawings are required as early as possible. The drawings should show nominal and worst-case (maximum tolerance) dimensions for the MDA-prepared compatibility drawing, Spacecraft clearance analysis, fairing compatibility, and other interface details. Preliminary drawings are desired agency with the Spacecraft Questionnaire but no later than 78 weeks prior to launch. The drawings should be 0.20 scale for 9.5- and 10-ft diameter fairings. The drawings should be supplied on vellum or mylar and rolled. The capability exists for CAD drawing use. Details should be worked through the Delta Program Office. MDA will prepare and release the spacecraft compatibility drawing that will become part of the Mission Specification. This is a working drawing that identifies spacecraft to launch vehicle interfaces. It defines electrical interfaces; mechanical interfaces, including spacecraft-to-PAF separation plane, separation springs and spring seats, and separation switch pads; definition of stay-out envelopes, both internal and external to the PAF; definition of stay-out envelopes within the fairing; and location and mechanical activation of spring seats. The user agency reviews the drawing and provides comments, and upon comment resolution and incorporation of the final spacecraft drawings, the compatibility drawing is formally accepted as a controlled interface between MDA and the spacecraft agency. In addition, MDA will provide a worst-case spacecraft-fairing clearance drawing. 19. Spacecraft Launch Site Test Plan To provide all agencies with a detailed understanding of the launch site activities and operations planned for a particular mission, the spacecraft agency is required to prepare a Launch Site Test Plan. The plan is intended to describe all aspects of the program while at the launch site. A suggested format is shown in Table 8-5. 20. Spacecraft Launch Site Test Procedures Operating procedures must be prepared for all operations that are accomplished at the launch site. For those operations that are hazardous in nature (either to equipment or to personnel), special instructions must be followed in preparing the procedures. Refer to Section 9. MDA
Spacecraft agency
Spacecraft agency
8-7
Table 8-3. Required Documents (Continued) Item Responsibility 21. Spacecraft Integrated Test Procedure Inputs On each mission, MDA prepares launch site procedures for various operations that involve the spacecraft after it is mated with the Delta upper stage. Included are requirements for operations such as spacecraft weighing, spacecraft installation to third stage and into the handling can, spacecraft Spacecraft transportation to the launch complex, spacecraft hoisting into the white room, handling-can removal, agency spacecraft/third stage mating to launch vehicle, fairing installation, flight program verification test, and launch countdown. MDA requires inputs to these operations in the form of handling constraints, environmental constraints, personnel requirements, equipment requirements, etc. Of particular interest are spacecraft tasks/requirements during the final week before launch. (Refer to Section 6 for schedule constraints.) 22. Spacecraft Mass Properties Statement and Nutation Time Constants The combined spacecraft/third-stage nutation time constant for preburn and postburn conditions is required before launch so that the effects of energy dissipation relative to spacecraft separation, coning buildup, and clearance during separation can be evaluated. The data from the spacecraft mass properties report is used in spin rocket configuration, orbit error, control, performance, and separation Spacecraft analyses. It represents the best current estimate of final spacecraft mass properties. The data should agency include any changes in mass properties while the spacecraft is attached to the Delta vehicle. Values quoted should include nominal and 3 uncertainties for mass, centers of gravity, moments of inertia, products of inertia, and principal axis misalignment and Delta upper stage mass properties provided in Section 4.2. 23. Nutation Control System Analysis Memorandum A Nutation Control System (NCS) analysis is performed to verify that the system is capable of controlling the third-stage coning motion induced by the dynamic-coupled instability. The NCS is activated at third-stage ignition and remains active throughout the burn and coast until the start of NCS MDA blowdown. The principal inputs required for the analysis are the spacecraft mass properties and nutation time constants from Item 22 and the third-stage mass properties. The analysis outputs include spacecraft/third-stage rates and angular momentum pointing prior to spacecraft separation, third-stage velocity loss and pointing error (used in orbit dispersion analysis), and NCS propellant usage. 24. RF Compatibility Analysis A radio frequency interference (RFI) analysis is performed to verify that spacecraft RF sources are compatible with the launch vehicle telemetry and tracking beacon frequencies. Spacecraft frequencies MDA defined in the mission specification are analyzed using a frequency compatibility software program. The program provides a listing of all intermodulation products which are then checked for image frequencies and intermodulation product interference. 25. Spacecraft/Launch Vehicle Separation Memorandum MDA An analysis is performed to verify that there is adequate clearance and separation distance between the (input spacecraft and expended PAF/third stage. The principal parameters, including data from Item 22, that required define the separation are the motor's residual thrust, half-cone angle, and spin rate. For two-stage from user) missions this analysis verifies adequate clearance between the spacecraft and second stage during separation and second-stage post-separation maneuvers. 26. Launch Operations Plan (LOP) This plan is developed to define top-level requirements that flow down into detailed range requirements. The plan contains the launch operations configuration, which identifies data and communication connectivity with all required support facilities. The plan also identifies organizational roles and MDA responsibilities, the mission control team and its roles and responsibilities, mission rules supporting conduct of the launch operation, and go/no-go criteria. 27. Vehicle Information Memorandum (VIM) MDA is required to provide a Vehicle Information Message to the US Space Command 15 calendar days prior to launch. The spacecraft agency will provide to MDA the appropriate spacecraft on-orbit data required for this VIM. Data required are spacecraft on-orbit descriptions, description of pieces and MDA debris separated from the spacecraft, the orbital parameters for each piece of debris, S/C spin rates, and orbital parameter information for each different orbit through final orbit. MDA will incorporate these data into the overall VIM and transmit to the appropriate US government agency. 28. Postlaunch Orbit Confirmation Data To reconstruct Delta performance, orbit data at burnout (stage II or III) are required from the spacecraft Spacecraft agency. The spacecraft agency should provide orbit conditions at the burnout epoch based on agency spacecraft tracking data prior to any orbit correction maneuvers. A complete set of orbital elements and associated estimates of 3 accuracy are required (see Table 8-6).
29. Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse Wiring Diagram MDA will provide, for inclusion into the Mission Specification, a spacecraft-to-blockhouse wiring diagram based on the spacecraft requirements. It will define the hardware interface from the spacecraft to the blockhouse for control and monitoring of spacecraft functions after spacecraft installation in the launch vehicle.
MDA
8-8
M029, T031, 9/22/95, 9:21 AM
Table 8-4. Spacecraft Questionnaire (Download Table) 1 Spacecraft Characteristics 1.1 Mission Objectives 1.2 Size and Space Envelope 1.2.1 Dimensioned Drawings/CAD Model (Launch Configuration) 1.2.2 Protuberances Within 50.8 mm/2.0 in. of Allowable Fairing Envelope Below Separation Plane (Identify Component and Location) 1.2.3 Appendages Below Separation Plane (Identify Component and Location) 1.3 Orbit Configuration 1.4 Mass Properties and Dynamic Data (Launch Configuration/Separation Configuration Including Tolerances) 1.4.1 Weight (Maximum or Nominal) 1.4.2 CG Location 1.4.3 Moments of Inertia About Spacecraft CG in Body Axes (Ixx, I yy, I zz) 1.4.4 Products of Inertia (Ixy, I xz, I yz) 1.4.5 Spacecraft Coordinate System 1.4.6 Fundamental Frequencies (Thrust Axis/Lateral Axis) 1.4.7 Are All Significant Vibration Modes Above 35 Hz in Thrust and 15 Hz (12 Hz for two stage) in Lateral Axes? 1.4.8 Description of Spacecraft Dynamic Model Mass Matrix Stiffness Matrix Response Recovery Matrix 1.4.9 Combined Spacecraft-Third Stage Nutation Time Constant for Ignition and Burnout Conditions (If Applicable) 1.4.10 Time Constant and Description of Spacecraft Energy Dissipation Sources and Locations (i.e., Hydrazine Fill Factor, Passive Nutation Dampers, Flexible Antennae, etc.) 1.5 Spacecraft Hazardous Systems 1.5.1 Apogee Motor (Solid or Liquid) 1.5.2 Attitude Control System 1.5.3 Hydrazine (Quantity, Spec, etc.) 1.5.4 Other Hazardous Fluids (Quantity, Spec, etc.) 1.5.5 High Pressure Gas (Quantity, Spec, etc.) 1.5.6 Radioactive Devices 1.5.7 Can Spacecraft Produce Nonionizing Radiation at Hazardous Levels? 1.5.8 Do Pressure Vessels Conform to Safety Requirements of Delta Payload Planners Guide Section 9? 1.5.9 Location Where Pressure Vessels Are Loaded and Pressurized 1.5.10 Other Hazardous Systems 1.6 Electro-Explosive Devices (EED) 1.6.1 Category A EEDs (Function, Type, Part Number, When Installed, When Connected) 1.6.2 Are Electrostatic Sensitivity Data Available on Category A EEDs? List References 1.6.3 Category B EEDs (Function, Type, Part Number, When Installed, When Connected) 1.6.4 Do Shielding Caps Comply With Safety Requirements? 1.6.5 Are RF Susceptibility Data Available? List References 1.7 RF Systems 1.7.1 System 1.7.2 Frequency (MHz) 1.7.3 Maximum Power (EIRP) (dBm) 1.7.4 Average Power (W) 1.7.5 Type of Transmitter 1.7.6 Antenna Gain (dB) 1.7.7 Antenna Location 1.7.8 Distance at Which RF Radiation Flux Density Equals 1 mW/cm2 1.7.9 When is RF Transmitter Operated? 1.7.10 RF Checkout Requirements (Location and Duration, to What Facility, Support Requirements, etc.) 1.8 Contamination-Sensitive Surfaces 1.9 Spacecraft Volume (Ventable and Non-Ventable) 1.10 Spacecraft Systems Activated Prior to Separation from Delta 2 Mission Requirements and Restraints 2.1 Number of Launches 2.2 Frequency of Launches 2.3 Desired Transfer Orbit 2.3.1 Apogee (Integrated) 2.3.2 Perigee (Integrated) 2.3.3 Inclination 2.3.4 Argument of Perigee at Insertion 2.3.5 Other
8-9
Table 8-4. Spacecraft Questionnaire (Continued) Launch Window Restraints and Duration 2.4.1 Sun Angle 2.4.2 Eclipse 2.4.3 Ascending Node 2.4.4 Inclination 2.4.5 Window Durations (Over a Years Span) 2.4.6 Other 2.5 Separation Requirements (Including Tolerances) 2.5.1 Position 2.5.2 Attitude 2.5.3 Sequence and Timing 2.5.4 Tipoff and Coning 2.5.5 Spin Rate at Separation 2.5.6 Other 2.6 Special Trajectory Requirements 2.6.1 Thermal Maneuvers 2.6.2 T/M Maneuvers 2.6.3 Free Molecular Heating Restraints 3 Spacecraft-to-Launch Vehicle Interface Requirements 3.1 PAF Desired (3712A, 6915, etc.) 3.2 Interface Connector and Umbilicals 3.2.1 Type and Part Number 3.2.2 Location 3.2.3 Orientation 3.3 Electrical BondingDoes The Spacecraft Comply With the Electrical Bonding Requirements of Section 4? 3.4 Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse Wiring Requirements 3.4.1 Number of Wires Required 3.4.2 Pin Assignments in the Spacecraft Umbilical Connector(s) 3.4.3 Purpose and Nomenclature of Each Wire Including Voltage, Current, Polarity Requirements, and Maximum Resistance 3.4.4 Shielding Requirements 3.4.5 Voltage of the Spacecraft Battery and Polarity of the Battery Ground 3.5 Does Spacecraft Require Discrete Signals from Delta? 3.6 Separation Switch Pads 3.7 Separation Switches 3.8 Separation Springs 3.9 Fairing Required (9.5 or 10 ft) 3.10 Access Doors in Fairing (Size, Location, Purpose) 3.11 RF Window Requirements (Size, Location, Purpose) 3.12 Fairing Environmental Requirements 3.12.1 Spacecraft In-Flight Requirements 3.12.2 Spacecraft Ground Requirements (Fairing Installed) 3.12.3 Critical Surfaces (i.e., Type, Size, Location) 3.12.4 Surface Sensitivity (e.g., Susceptibility to Propellants, Gases and Exhaust Products, and Other Contaminants 3.12.5 Purges Required 4 Spacecraft Processing Facility Requirements 4.1 Processing Facility Preference and Priority 4.2 List The Hazardous Processing Facilities the Spacecraft Project Desires to Use 4.3 What Are The Expected Dwell Times the Spacecraft Project Would Spend in the Payload Processing Facilities? 4.4 Spacecraft Environmental Requirements 4.4.1 Cleanliness Requirements 4.4.2 Temperature Requirements 4.4.3 Humidity Requirements 4.4.4 Do Spacecraft Contamination Requirements Conform With Capabilities of Existing Facilities? 4.5 What Are the Spacecraft and Ground Equipment Space Requirements? 4.6 What Are the Facility Crane Requirements? 4.7 What Are the Facility Electrical Requirements? 4.8 What Are the Security Requirements? 4.9 Is a Multishift Operation Planned? 4.10 List the Support Items the Spacecraft Project Needs from NASA, USAF, or Commercial Providers to Support the Processing of Spacecraft. Are There any Unique Support Items? 2.4
8-10
Table 8-4. Spacecraft Questionnaire (Continued) 4.11 Special MDA Handling Requirements 4.11.1 In Payload Processing Facility (PPF) 4.11.2 In Handling Can 4.11.3 On Stand 4.11.4 In Blockhouse 4.12 Special MDA-Supplied AGE or Facilities 4.13 Spacecraft-To-Blockhouse Signal Conditioning Requirements 5 Spacecraft Development and Test Programs 5.1 Test Schedule at Launch Site 5.1.1 Operations Flow Chart (Flow Chart Should Be a Detailed Sequence of Operations Referencing Days, Shifts, and Location) 5.2 Spacecraft Development and Test Schedules 5.2.1 Flow Chart and Test Schedule 5.2.2 Is a Test PAF Required? When? 5.2.3 Is Clamp Band Ordnance Required? When? 5.3 Special Test Requirements 5.3.1 Spacecraft Spin Balancing 5.3.2 Other 6 Identify Any Additional Spacecraft or Mission Requirements that Exceed the Capabilities or Violate the Constraints Defined in the Payload Planners Guide
8-11
Table 8-5. Typical Spacecraft Launch Site Test Plan (Download Table) 1 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 2 2.1 2.2 2.3 General Plan Organization Plan Scope Applicable Documents Spacecraft Hazardous Systems Summary Prelaunch/Launch Test Operations Summary Schedule Layout of Equipment (Each Facility) (Including Test Equipment) Description of Event at Launch Site 2.3.1 Spacecraft Delivery Operations 2.3.1.1 Spacecraft Removal and Transport to Spacecraft Processing Facility 2.3.1.2 Handling and Transport of Miscellaneous Items (Ordnance, Motors, Batteries, Test Equipment, Handling and Transportation Equipment) 2.3.2 Payload Processing Facility Operations 2.3.2.1 Spacecraft Receiving Inspection 2.3.2.2 Battery Inspection 2.3.2.3 RCS Leak Test 2.3.2.4 Battery Installation 2.3.2.5 Battery Charging 2.3.2.6 Spacecraft Validation 2.3.2.7 Solar Array Validation 2.3.2.8 Spacecraft/Data Network Compatibility Test Operations 2.3.2.9 Spacecraft Readiness Review 2.3.2.10 Preparation for Transport, and Transport to HPF 2.3.3 Solid Fuel Storage Area 2.3.3.1 AKM Receiving, Preparation, and X-Ray 2.3.3.2 S&A Device Receiving, Inspection, and Electrical Test 2.3.3.3 Igniter Receiving and Test 2.3.3.4 AKM/S&A Assembly and Leak Test 2.3.4 HPF 2.3.4.1 Spacecraft Receiving Inspection 2.3.4.2 Preparation for AKM Installation 2.3.4.3 Mate AKM to Spacecraft 2.3.4.4 Spacecraft Weighing (Include Configuration Sketch and Approximate Weights of Handling Equipment) 2.3.4.5 Spacecraft/Third-Stage Mating 2.3.4.6 Preparation for Transport Installation Into Handling Can 2.3.4.7 Transport to Launch Complex 2.3.5 Launch Complex Operations 2.3.5.1 Spacecraft Hoisting and Removal of Handling Can 2.3.5.2 Spacecraft Mate to Launch Vehicle 2.3.5.3 Hydrazine Leak Test 2.3.5.4 TT&C Checkout 2.3.5.5 Preflight Preparations 2.3.5.6 Fairing Installation 2.3.5.7 Launch Countdown Launch/Hold Criteria Environmental Requirement for Facilities During Transport Test Facility Activation Activation Schedule Logistics Requirements Equipment Handling 3.3.1 Receiving 3.3.2 Installation 3.3.3 Validation 3.3.4 Calibration Maintenance 3.4.1 Spacecraft 3.4.2 Launch Critical Mechanical AGE and Electrical AGE Administration Test OperationsOrganizational Relationships and Interfaces (Personnel Accommodations, Communications) Security Provisions for Hardware Special Range Support Requirements Real-Time Tracking Data Relay Requirements Voice Communications Mission Control Operations
M029: T034.1 4/16/93 3:01 PM
2.4 2.5 3 3.1 3.2 3.3
3.4 4 4.1 5 6 6.1 6.2 6.3
8-12
Table 8-6. Data Required for Orbit Parameter Statement (Download Table) 1. 2. 3. Epoch: Third-stage burnout . . . Position and velocity components (X, Y, Z, X, Y, Z) in equatorial inertial Cartesian coordinates.* Specify mean-of-date or true-of-date, etc. Keplerian elements* at the above epoch: Semimajor axis, a Eccentricity, e Inclination, i Argument of perigee, Mean anomaly, M Right ascension of ascending node, Polar elements* at the above epoch: Inertial velocity, V Inertial flight path angle, 1 Inertial flight path angle, 2 Radius, R Geocentric latitude, Longitude, Estimated accuracies of elements and a discussion of quality of tracking data and difficulties such as reorientation maneuvers within 6 hours of separation, etc. Constants used: Gravitational constant, Equatorial radius, RE J 2 or Earth model assumed
4.
5. 6.
7. Estimate of spacecraft attitude and coning angle at separation (if available). *Note: At least one set of orbit elements in Items 2, 3, or 4 is required.
M029:T033 4/16/93 2:16 PM
8-13
H30573.5
Agency Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft MDA Spacecraft Spacecraft MDA Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft MDA MDA Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft MDA MDA Spacecraft Spacecraft MDA MDA MDA Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft Spacecraft MDA MDA MDA MDA MDA MDA MDA Spacecraft MDA
Milestones Spacecraft Questionnaire Spacecraft Mathematical Model Spacecraft Environment Test Document Mission Specification Spacecraft Drawings Mission Specification Comments Coupled Dynamic Loads Analysis Fairing Requirements Electrical Wiring Requirements Spacecraft Missile System Prelaunch Safety Package (MSPSP) Package (MSPSP)
100
90
80
70
60
Weeks 40 50
30
20
10
L-104 L-90 L-84 L-84 Initial L-78 Initial L-80 L-68 L-68 L-80 L-58 L-58 L-54 L-52 Preliminary L-52 L-50 L-44 L-40 L-39 L-39 L-39 L-39 L-36 L-34 L-29 L-28 L-27 L-26 L-54 Initial Final L-24 L-44 Final
Launch
Radio Frequency Application (RFA) Preliminary Mission Analysis (PMA) Requirements Payload Processing Requirements Doc (PPRD) Input Mission Operations and Support Requirements Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse Wiring Diagram Preliminary Mission Analysis Spacecraft-to-Blockhouse Wiring Diagram Comments Launch Vehicle Insignia Launch Window Detailed Test Objective (DTO) Requirements Payload Processing Requirements Document Spacecraft Compatibility Drawing Spacecraft Launch Site Test Plan Spacecraft Compatibility Drawing Comments Detailed Test Objective Spacecraft Fairing Clearance Drawing Program Requirements Document Combined Spacecraft/Third-Stage Nutation Time Constant& &Mass MassProperties PropertiesStatement Statement Constant Spacecraft Integrated Test Procedure Input Spacecraft Launch Site Procedures Spacecraft Environments and Loads Test Report Launch Site Procedures Integrated Countdown Schedule Nutation Control System Analysis RF Compatibility Study Results Spacecraft Separation Analysis Launch Operations Plan Vehicle Information Memo (VIM) Postlaunch Orbit Confirm. Data (Orbital Tracking Data) Postlaunch Flight Report
Initial
Final L-4
L-17 Final
L-20 Final L-20 L-18 L-18 L-15 L-15 L-15 L-12 L-12 L-12 Final L-4
L-3 L+1 Day L+8 Launch
Figure 8-4. Typical Integration Planning Schedule
8-14
H30574.1
Launch Weeks 60 50 -54 -52 Spacecraft Agency Inputs Preliminary Mission Requirements Mission Definition Preliminary Operational Configuration Requirements Spacecraft PRD Inputs Launch Operation Plan -26 PRD (Update As Required) -30 Days DTO Mission Requirements -44 PMA -28 DTO 40 -39 30 20 10 Pre 0 Post +10 +20
PI (If Required) Range Support Requirements
-12 Mission Support Request NASA Support Requirements
Figure 8-5. Launch Operational Configuration Development
8-15
Table 8-7. Spacecraft Checklist (Download Table) 1. A. General Transportation of spacecraft elements/GSE to processing facility (1) Mode of transportation: (2) Arriving at _____________________(gate, skid strip) (date)_______________________ B. Data handling (1) Send data to (name and address) (2) Time needed (real time versus after the fact) C. Training and medical examinations for _______________ crane operators D. Radiation data (1) Ionizing radiation materials (2) Nonionizing radiation materials/systems Spacecraft Processing Facility (for nonhazardous work) A. Does payload require a cleanroom? (yes) ____ (no) ____ (1) Class of cleanroom required: (2) Special sampling techniques: B. Area required: (1) For spacecraft ____________________ sq ft (2) For ground station _________________ sq ft (3) For office space ___________________ sq ft (4) For other GSE ____________________ sq ft (5) For storage ______________________ sq ft C. Largest door size: (1) For spacecraft/GSE __________________ (high) ___________________ (wide) (2) For ground station: D. Material handling equipment: (1) Cranes a. Capacity: 3. b. Minimum hook height: c. Travel: (2) Other _______________________________ E. Environmental controls for spacecraft/ground station (1) Temperature/humidity and tolerance limits: (2) Frequency of monitoring (3) Downtime allowable in the event of a system failure _________________ (4) Is a backup (portable) air-conditioning system required? (yes) _________ (no) __________ (5) ____________________________________ F. Electrical power for payload and ground station (1) kVA required: (2) Any special requirements such as clean/quiet power, or special phasing? Explain ______________________________ (3) Backup power (diesel generator) a. Continuous: b. During critical tests: G. Communications (list) (1) Administrative telephone (2) Commercial telephone _________________ (3) Commercial data phones _______________ (4) TWX machines _______________________ (5) Operational intercom system _____________ (6) Closed circuit television _________________ (7) Countdown clocks _____________________ (8) Timing ______________________________ (9) Antennas ____________________________ (10) Data lines (from/to where) ______________ (11) Type (wideband/narrowband) ____________ H. Services general (1) Gases a. Specification _____________________ Procured by user? _______ KSC?_____ b. Quantity _________________________ c. Sampling: (yes) ________ (no) _______ (2) Photographs/video _____ (quantity/B&W/color) (3) Janitorial (yes) ___________ (no) ________ (4) Reproduction services (yes) _____ (no) ____ I. Security (yes) _____________ (no) __________ (1) Safes ___________________ (number/type) J. Storage _______________________ (size area) _____________________________ environment K. _______________________________________ L. Spacecraft PPF activities calendar (1) Assembly and testing __________________ (2) Hazardous operations a. Initial turn-on of a high-power RF system ____________________________________ b. Category B ordnance installation _____ c. Initial pressurization ________________ d. Other ___________________________ M. Transportation of payloads/GSE from PPF to HPF (1) Will spacecraft agency supply transportation canister? ____________________________ If no explain _________________________ (2) Equipment support, e.g., mobile crane, flatbed ____________________________________ (3) Weather forecast (yes) _______ (no) ______ (4) Security escort (yes) ________ (no) ______ (5) Other _______________________________ Hazardous Processing Facility A. Does spacecraft require a cleanroom? _______(yes) _____ (no) (1) Class of cleanroom required: (2) Special sampling techniques: (e.g., hydrocarbon monitoring) B. Area required: (1) For spacecraft ____________________ sq ft (2) For GSE ________________________ sq ft C. Largest door size: (1) For payload _________ high ________ wide (2) For GSE _________ high ___________ wide D. Material handling equipment (1) Cranes a. Capacity: b. Hook height: c. Travel ___________________________ (2) Other _______________________________ E. Environmental controls spacecraft/GSE (1) Temperature/humidity and tolerance limits: (2) Frequency of monitoring ________________ (3) Down-time allowable in the event of a system failure ______________________________ (4) Is a backup (portable) system required? (yes) _____ (no) ______ (5) Other _______________________________ F. Power for spacecraft and GSE (1) kVA required: G. Communications (list) (1) Administrative telephone _______________ (2) Commercial telephone _________________
M029, T035, 7/15/97, 10:25 AM
2.
8-16
Table 8-7. Spacecraft Checklist (Continued) (3) Commercial data phones _______________ (4) TWX machines _______________________ (5) Operational intercom system _____________ (6) Closed circuit television _________________ (7) Countdown clocks _____________________ (8) Timing ______________________________ (9) Antennas ____________________________ (10) Data lines (from/to where) _______________ H. Services general (1) Gases a. Specification ______________________ Procured by user? _____ KSC? ______ b. Quantity _________________________ c. Sampling? (yes) _____ (no) __________ (2) Photographs/video ___ (quantity/B&W/color) (3) Janitorial (yes) _________ (no) ___________ (4) Reproduction services (yes) ____ (no) _____ I. Security (yes) ________ (no) __________ J. Storage ______________ (size area) (environment)________________________ K. Other _____ L. Spacecraft HPF activities calendar (1) Assembly and testing __________________ (2) Hazardous operations a. Category A ordnance installation ______ b. Fuel loading ______________________ c. Mating operations (hoisting) M. Transportation of payloads to LC17 (1) Equipment support, e.g., mobile crane, flatbed __________________________________ (2) Weather forecast (yes) _____ (no) ______ (3) Security escort (yes) _____ (no) ______ (4) Other _______________________________ Launch Complex White Room (MST) A. Environmental controls payload/GSE (1) Temperature/humidity and tolerance limits __ (2) Any special requirements such as clean/quiet power? Explain: _______________________ (3) Backup power (diesel generator) a. Continuous: b. During critical tests: (4) Hydrocarbon monitoring required _________ (5) Frequency of monitoring ________________ (6) Down-time allowable in the event of a system failure ______________________________ (7) Other _______________________________ B. Power for payload and GSE (1) kVA required _________________________ (2) Any special requirements such as clean/quiet power/phasing? Explain: _____________________________ (3) Backup power (diesel generator) a. Continuous: ______________________ b. During critical tests: ________________ C. Communications (list) (1) Operational intercom system ____________ (2) Closed circuit television ________________ (3) Countdown clocks ____________________ (4) Timing ______________________________ (5) Antennas ___________________________ (6) Data lines (from/to where) ______________ D. Services general (1) Gases a. Specification _____________________ Procured by user? _____ KSC? ______ b. Quantity _________________________ c. Sampling? (yes) _______ (no) _______ (2) Photographs ________ (quantity/B&W/color) E. Security (yes) _____ (no) __________________ F. Other __________________________________ G. Stand-alone testing (does not include tests involving the Delta II vehicle) (1) Tests required ________________________ (e.g., RF system checkout, encrypter checkout) (2) Communications required for ____________ (e.g., antennas, data lines) (3) Spacecraft servicing required ____________ (e.g., cryogenics refill)
4.
M029, T035.1, 9/20/95, 1:34 PM
8-17
Section 9 SAFETY
This section discusses the safety regulations and requirements that govern a payload to be launched by a Delta launch vehicle. Regulations and instructions that apply to spacecraft design and processing procedures are reviewed.
9.1 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
Delta II spacecraft prelaunch operations are conducted at Cape Canaveral Air Station (CCAS), Florida; Astrotech in Titusville, Florida; Kennedy Space Center (KSC), Florida; and Astrotech; California Spaceport, Vandenberg Air Force Base (VAFB), California, by arrangement with the appropriate agencies. The USAF is responsible for overall safety at CCAS and VAFB and has established safety requirements accordingly. NASA safety regulations govern operations at KSC, and operations at Astrotech/California Spaceport are conducted in accordance with Astrotech/California Spaceport safety policies. Before a spacecraft moves onto USAF property, the spacecraft agency must provide the Space Wing (SW) safety office with certification that its system has been designed and tested in accordance with Space Wing safety requirements (EWR 127-1 Range Safety Requirements). Safety of operations conducted at NASA facilities on KSC and at VAFB must comply with KSC Management Instruction (KMI) 1710.1G. For operations at the Eastern Range, both 45th Space Wing and NASA safety requirements are applicable. NASA/KSC at VAFB and 30th SW have safety responsibility at AstrotechW, the NASA processing facilities, and at the SLC2W launch pad. The NASA safety requirements and quality assurance (SR&QA) and protective services directorate implement the KSC safety pro9-1
gram for operations conducted at NASA facilities. In general, USAF and NASA safety regulations for prelaunch activities are equivalent. Because many spacecraft operations are performed by or involve launch vehicle contractor personnel, certain additional MDC safety requirements also apply. The following documents specify the safety requirements applicable to Delta II users: A. EWR 127-1, Range Safety Requirements, 31 March 1995. B. KMI 1710.1G, Safety, Reliability, and Quality Assurance Programs, 5 September 1991. C. Astrotech Space Operations Safety Standard Operating Procedure (SOP), 1988 D. Astrotech Space Operations Safety Standard Operating Procedure at Vandenberg AFB, September 22, 1994. The above regulations and instructions reference other documents that further detail requirements for spacecraft design and operations. In addition, the space wing safety regulations are supplemented by policy letters issued by the controlling organizations. Policy letters change, clarify, or add to the existing regulations between formal revisions and have the same effectivity as the regulation. The Space Wing safety organizations encourage payload organizations to coordinate with them to generate a tailored version of the 127-1 document specific to each program. This process can greatly simplify the safety process at either range. MDA provides coordination and assistance to the spacecraft agency in this process. In addition to the above regulations, the spacecraft agency must comply with MDA safety requirements specified in the launch site safety plan for operating at SLC-2. A specific spacecraft addendum to this plan may be required for unique spacecraft operations.
9.2 DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS
Both USAF and NASA require formal submittal of safety documentation containing detailed information on all hazardous systems and associated operations. The 30th and 45th Space Wings (30 SW & 45 SW) at the Western and Eastern Range require preparation and submittal of a Missile System Prelaunch Safety Package (MSPSP). The content and format requirements of the document are found in the Space Wing 127-1 Range Safety Requirements and should be included in the tailoring process. Data requirements for both ranges include design, test, and operational considerations. NASA requirements in almost every instance are covered by the USAF requirements; however, the spacecraft agency can refer to KMI 1710.1G for details. A Ground Operations Plan must be submitted describing hazardous and safety-critical operations for processing spacecraft systems and associated GSE. Test and Inspection Plans are required for the use of hoisting equipment and pressure vessels at the ranges. These plans describe testing methods, analyses, and maintenance procedures utilized to ensure compliance with 127-1 requirements. Diligent and conscientious preparation of the required safety documentation cannot be overemphasized. Each of the USAF launch range support organizations retains final approval authority over all hazardous operations that take place within its jurisdiction. Therefore, the spacecraft agency should consider the requirements of the 127-1 manual and
KMI 1710.1G from the outset of a program, utilize them for design guidance, and submit the required data as early as possible. Document applicability is determined by mission type and launch site as shown in Table 9-1. The safety document is submitted to the appropriate government agency or to MDA for commercial missions for review and further distribution. Sufficient copies of the original and all revisions must be submitted by the originator to enable a review by all concerned agencies. The review process usually requires several iterations until the system design and its intended use are considered to be final and in compliance with all safety requirements. The flow of spacecraft safety information is dependent on the range to be used, the customer, and contractual arrangements. Figure 9-1 illustrates the general documentation flow. Some differences exist depending on whether the payload is launching from the Eastern Range or the Western Range. Contact the Delta Program Office for specific details. Each Air Force and NASA safety agency has a requirement for submittal of documentation for emitters of ionizing and nonionizing radiation. Required submittals depend on the location, use, and type of emitter and may consist of forms and/or analyses specified in the pertinent regulations and instructions. An RF ordnance hazard analysis must be performed, documented, and submitted to confirm that the spacecraft systems and the local RF environ-
Launch Site CCAS VAFB
Payload Type NASA Commercial NASA Commercial
Table 9-1. Safety Document Applicability Safety Document EWR 127-1 KMI 1710.1G Astrotech SOP 1988 Reference A Reference B Reference C X X X X X X X X
Astrotech SOP 1994 Reference D
9-2
H30575.6
Spacecraft Agency Distribution When NASA Facilities Are Used
NASA GSFC/OLS
MDA/HB Review
ER
NASA/KSC Review/Approve
First SLS Review
45 SW/SESM Review/Approval
MDA/CCAS Review
WR
NASA/KSC-VAFB Review/Approve
30 SW/SES Review/Approval
MDA/VAFB Review
Figure 9-1. General Safety Documentation Flow for Commercial Missions
ment present no hazards to ordnance on the spacecraft or launch vehicle. Each processing procedure that includes hazardous operations must have a written procedure approved by Space Wing safety (and NASA safety for NASA facilities). Those that involve MDA personnel or integrated operations with the launch vehicle must also be approved by MDA Test and Operational Safety.
9.3 HAZARDOUS SYSTEMS AND OPERATIONS
built, and tested to meet minimum factor of safety requirements (ratio between operating pressure and design burst pressure). All-metal vessels are acceptable, provided they are designed with a minimum calculated burst pressure of four times maximum allowable operating pressure, and that they also meet the requirements of EWR 127-1, Appendix 3C. MDA requires a minimum factor of safety of 2 to l for all pressure vessels which will be pressurized in the vicinity of MDA personnel. An alternative approach exists for metal tanks designed, built, and verified according to MIL-STD-1522A, Figure 2, Approach A, which are also acceptable for MDA personnel exposure. Increasing use of composite pressure vessels in spacecraft propellant systems has led to the adoption of revised safety factor requirements for these types of pressure vessels. Safety factors applicable to composite pressure vessels differ from those applicable to all-metal tanks. The required safety factor varies according to the design and construction of the tanks. The applicable safety factor for
9-3
The requirements cited in the Space Wing safety regulations apply for hazardous systems and operations. However, MDA safety requirements are, in some cases, more stringent than those of the launch range. The design and operations requirements governing activities involving MDA participation are discussed in the following paragraphs.
9.3.1 Operations Involving Pressure Vessels (Tanks)
In order for MDA personnel to be exposed to pressurized vessels, the vessels must be designed,
vessels of composite construction is dependent upon the percentage of load carried by the overwrap. MDA requirements are aligned with the launch range requirements per EWR 127-1. Analyses and test documentation verifying the pressure vessel safety factor must be included in the spacecraft safety documentation. Any operation that requires pressurization above levels that would maintain the required safety factor must be conducted remotely (no personnel exposure) and requires a minimum 5-minute stabilization period prior to personnel exposure.
9.3.2 Nonionizing Radiation
containing propellants must be capable of being drained and then flushed and purged with inert fluids should a leak or other contingency require propellant offloading to reach a safe state. Spacecraft designs should consider the number and placement of drain valves to maintain accessibility by technicians in Propellant Handler's Equipment (PHE suits) throughout processing. Coordinate with the Delta Program Office to ensure that access can be accomplished while the payload fairing is in place and that proper interfaces can be made with Delta equipment and facilities.
9.3.4 Safing of Ordnance
The spacecraft nonionizing radiation systems are subject to the design criteria in the USAF and KSC manuals and the special Delta-imposed criteria as follows: I Systems producing nonionizing radiation will be designed and operated so that the hazards to personnel are at the lowest practical level. I McDonnell Douglas employees are not to be exposed to nonionizing radiation above 1 mW/cm2 averaged over any 1-minute interval. Safety documentation shall include the calculated distances at which a level of 10 mW/cm2 (194 v/m) occurs (to meet the USAF requirement) and the distances at which a level of 1 mW/cm2 (61 v/m) occurs (to meet the MDA requirement) for each emitter of nonionizing radiation. This requirement is separate and distinct from the requirement to submit the radiation source documentation mentioned in Paragraph 9.2.
9.3.3 Liquid Propellant Offloading
Manual ordnance safing devices (S&A or safing/ arming plugs) for Range Category A ordnance are also required to be accessible with the payload fairing installed. Consideration should be given to placing such devices so that they can reached through fairing openings and armed as late in the countdown as possible and safed in the event of an aborted/scrubbed launch if required. Early coordination with the Delta Program Office is needed to ensure that the required fairing access door(s) can be provided.
9.4 WAIVERS
Space Wing Safety Regulations require that liquid propellants aboard spacecraft be able to be removed from tanks during any stage of prelaunch processing. Any tanks, piping, or other components
9-4
Space Wing safety organizations discourage the use of waivers. They are normally granted only for spacecraft designs that have a history of proven safety. After a complete review of all safety requirements, the spacecraft agency should determine if waivers are necessary. A waiver or Meets Intent Certification (MIC) request is required forany safety-related requirement that cannot be met. If a non-compliant condition is suspected, coordinate with the appropriate Space Wing Safety organization to determine whether a Waiver or Meets Intent Certification will be required. Requests for waivers shall be submitted prior to implementation of the
safety-related design or practice in question. Waiver or MIC requests must be accompanied by sufficient substantiating data to warrant consideration and approval. It should be noted that the USAF Space
Wing safety organizations determine when a waiver or MIC is required and have final approval of all requests. No guarantees can be made that approval will be granted.
9-5
Appendix A Delta Missions Chronology Delta no.

*1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 *24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 *33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53
Mission
Echo I Echo IA Tiros II Explorer X Tiros III Explorer XII Tiros IV OSO-A Ariel (UK) Tiros V Telstar I Tiros V Explorer XIV Explorer XV Relay I Syncom I Explorer XVI Telstar II Tiros VII Syncom II IMP-A Tiros VIII Relay II Ionosphere Beacon Syncom III IMP-B Explorer XXVI Tiros IX OSO-B Early Bird IMP-C Tiros X OSO-C GEOS-A Pioneer-A Tiros OT-3 Tiros OT-2 AE-B AIMP-D Pioneer-B TOS-A Intelsat II (F-1) BIOS-A Intelsat II (F-2) TOS-B OSO-E1 Intelsat II (F-3) TOS-C IMP-F AIMP-E BIOS-B Intelsat II (F-4) OSO-D
Launch date
05-13-60 08-12-60 11-23-60 03-25-61 07-21-61 08-16-61 02-08-62 03-07-62 04-26-62 06-19-62 07-10-62 09-18-62 10-02-62 10-27-62 12-13-62 02-13-62 04-02-63 05-07-63 06-19-63 07-26-63 11-26-63 12-21-63 01-21-64 03-19-64 08-19-64 10-03-64 12-21-64 01-22-65 02-03-65 04-06-65 05-29-65 07-01-65 08-25-65 11-06-65 12-16-65 02-03-66 02-28-66 05-25-66 07-01-66 08-17-66 10-02-66 10-26-66 12-14-66 01-11-67 01-26-67 03-08-67 03-22-67 04-20-67 05-24-67 07-19-67 09-07-67 09-27-67 10-18-67
Spacecraft weight (kg/lb)

62/137 62/137 127/280 35/78 102/225 38/83 129/285 208/458 62/136 102/225 77/170 129/285 40/89 44/98 78/172 68/150 186,409 79/175 129/285 67/147 63/138 129/285 83/184 52/115 66/145 61/135 46/101 137/301 249/548 68/149 58/128 136/300 281/619 174/384 63.5/140 129/285 148/326 223/492 93/206 62.5/138 148/326 162/357 424.5/936 163/360 129/285 283.5/625 163/360 148/326 74/163 104/230 433/955 162/357 290/640
Orbit parameters
1,667 x 1,667 km x 48 deg (900 x 900 nmi) 1,667x 1,667 km x 47 deg (900 x 900 nmi) 704 x 704 km x 48 deg (380 x 380 nmi) 174 x 222,240 km x 33 deg (94 x 120,000 nmi) 704 x 704 km x 48 deg (380 x 380 nmi) 296 x 87,044 km x 33 deg (160 x 47,000 nmi) 704 x 704 km x 48 deg (380 x 380 nmi) 556 x 556 km x 33 deg (300 x 300 nmi) 370 x 1,019 km x 55 deg (200 x 550 nmi) 648 x 648 km x 58 deg (350 x 350 nmi) 926 x 5,556 km x 45 deg (500 x 3000 nmi) 648 x 648 km x 58 deg (350 x 350 nmi) 296 x 87,044 km x 33 deg (160 x 47,000 nmi) 278 x 16,668 km x 18 deg (150 x 9,000 nmi) 1296 x 7,408 km x 48 deg (700 x 4,000 nmi) Synchronous transfer 250 x 898 km x 58 deg (135 x 485 nmi) 926 x 10,556 km x 43 deg (500 x 5,700 nmi) 657 x 657 km x 58 deg (355 x 355 nmi) Synchronous stationary 194 x 277,800 km x 33 deg (105 x 150,000 nmi) 685 x 685 km x 59 deg (370 x 370 nmi) 2,130 x 7,408 km x 47 deg (1150 x 4,000 nmi) 1,189 x 1,198 km x 71 deg (642 x 647 nmi) Synchronous transfer 194 x 203,740 km x 33 deg (105 x 110,011 nmi) 322 x 25,524 km x 20 deg (174 x 13,782 nmi) 741 x 741 km x 98 deg (400 x 400 nmi) 556 x 556 km x 33 deg (300 x 300 nmi) Synchronous transfer 189 x 222,240 km x 33 deg (102 x 120,000 nmi) 796 x 800 km x 99 deg (430 x 432 nmi) 556 x 556 km x 33 deg (300 x 300 nmi) 1,111 x 1,483 km x 59 deg (600 x 801 nmi) Heliocentric orbit, 0.984 x 0.829 AU 737 x 756 km x 98 deg (398 x 408 nmi) 1,324 x 1,396 km circular x 101 deg (715 x 743 nmi) 270 x 1,204 km x 64 deg (146 x 650 nmi) 6,667 x 555,296 km x 29 deg (3,600 x 299,836 nmi) Heliocentric orbit 1.134 x 1.011 AU 1,400 x 1,420 km x 101 deg (756 x 767 nmi) Synchronous transfer 315 km circular x 33.5 deg (170 nmi) Synchronous transfer 1,432 x 1,439 km x 101 deg (773 x 777 nmi) 556 km circular x 33 deg (300 nmi) Synchronous transfer 1,433 x 1,439 km circular x 101 deg (774 x 777 nmi) 259 x 225,944 km x 66.5 deg (140 x 122,000 nmi) Lunar orbit 315 km circular x 33.5 deg (170 nmi) Synchronous transfer 556 km circular x 33 deg (300 nmi)
Vehicle designation
Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta Delta A A B B B B B B B B B B D C C C C D C C C E E C E C E E E E E E C E E E E G E C
Launch site
ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR WTR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR
A-1
Appendix A Delta Missions Chronology (Continued) Delta no.

54 55
Mission
TOS-D Pioneer-C (secondary payload; TTS and Cal-NCE) GEOS-B (secondary payload: Cal-NCE) RAE-A TOS-E Intelsat III-A Pioneer-D (secondary payload: TTS) HEOS-A TOS-F Intelsat III-C OSO-F ISIS-A Intelsat III-B TOS-G Intelsat III-D IMP-G BIOS-D Intelsat III-E OSO-G (secondary payload: PAC) Pioneer-E (secondary payload: TTS) IDCSP/A Intelsat III-F Tiros-M (secondary payload: Oscar) NATO-A Intelsat III-G Intelsat III-H IDCSP/A-B ITOS-A NATO-B IMP-I ISIS-B OSO-H (secondary payload: TETR) ITOS-B HEOS-A2 TD-1 ERTS-A IMP-H ITOS-D (secondary payload: Oscar) Telesat-A Nimbus-E Telesat-B RAE-B ITOS-E IMP-J
Launch date
11-10-67 12-13-67

148/326 66/145
Orbit parameters
1,463 km circular x 102 deg (790 nmi) Heliocentric orbit, 1.100 x 0.987 AU
Vehicle designation
E E
Launch site
WTR ETR
56 57 58 *59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 *71 72
01-11-68 07-04-68 08-16-68 09-18-68 11-08-68 12-05-68 12-15-68 12-18-68 01-22-69 01-30-69 02-05-69 02-26-69 05-21-69 06-21-69 06-29-69 07-26-69 07-26-69 08-09-69 08-27-69 11-22-69 01-04-70 01-23-70 03-20-70 04-22-70 07-23-70 08-19-70 12-11-70 02-03-71 03-13-71 04-01-71 09-29-71 10-21-71 01-31-72 03-11-72 07-23-72 09-22-72 10-15-72 11-10-72 12-10-72 04-20-73 06-10-73 07-16-73 10-26-73
209.5/462 276/608 157/347 291/641 67/147 24/53 108/239 154/340 293/647 293/646 242/533 293/647 156/345 293/647 79/175 701/1546 293/647 293/647 289/638 120/265 67/148 243/535 293/647 308/680 25/55 243/535 293/647 293/647 243/535 308/680 243/535 288/635 264/582 636/1403 309/682 117/258 476/1050 939/2070 390/860 337/742 18.1/40 562/1238 803/1770 563/1242 333/735 340/749 398/877
1,100 x 1,575 km x 106 deg (594 x 850 nmi) 639 x 5,880 km x 121 deg (345 x 3,175 nmi) 1,464 km circular x 102 deg (790 nmi) Synchronous transfer Heliocentric orbit, 0.991 x 0.755 AU 444 x 212,980 km x 28.3 deg (240 x 115,000 nmi) 1,463 km circular x 102 deg (790 nmi) Synchronous transfer 556 km circular x 33 deg (300 nmi) 565 x 3,510 km x 88.5 deg (305 x 1,895 nmi) Synchronous transfer 1,463 km circular x 102 deg (790 nmi) Synchronous transfer 341 x 211,128 km x 83.8 deg (184 x 114,000 nmi) 370 km circular x 33.5 deg (200 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 556 km circular x 33 deg (300 nmi) Heliocentric orbit, 1.03 x 0.98 AU Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 1,463 km circular 102 deg (790 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 1,463 km circular x 102 deg (790 nmi) Synchronous transfer 237 x 212,928 km x 28.8 deg (128 x 114,972 nmi) 1,402 km x 88.7 deg (757 nmi) 556 km circular x 33 deg (300 nmi) 1,463 km circular x 102 deg (790 nmi) 409 x 245,149 km x 90 deg (221 x 132,370 nmi) 550 km sun-synchronous (297 nmi) 917 km sun-synchronous (495 nmi) 241 km x 38 Earth radii x 28.7 deg (130 nmi) 1,463 km sun-synchronous (790 nmi) Synchronous transfer 1,111 km sun-synchronous (600 nmi) Synchronous transfer Lunar orbit 1,463 sun-synchronous (790 nmi) 196 km x 37 Earth radii x 28.8 deg (106 nmi)
E J N M E E N M C E M N M E N M M N L M M N-6 M M M M N-6 M M-6 E N N-6 L N 900 1604 300 1914 900 1914 1913 300 1604
WTR WTR WTR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR WTR ETR WTR WTR WTR WTR ETR WTR ETR WTR ETR ETR WTR ETR
*73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 *86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 *96 97
A-2

98 99 *100 101 102 103 104
Mission
ITOS-F AE-C Skynet IIA Westar-A SMS-A Westar-B ITOS-G (secondary payloads: Oscar Intasat) Skynet IIB Symphonie-A ERTS-B SMS-B GEOS-C Telesat-C Nimbus-F OSO-1 COS B Symphonie B AE-D GOES-A AE-E RCA Satcom-A CTS Marisat-A RCA Satcom-B NATO III-A Lageos Marisat-B Palapa-A ITOS-E-2 Marisat-C NATO IIIB Palapa B ESRO-GEOS
Launch date
11-06-73 12-16-73 01-18-74 04-13-74 05-17-74 10-10-74 11-15-74

340/749 681/1500 435/960 574/1265 626/1379 574/1265 340/749 23/50 23/50 435/960 402/886 964/2125 630/1388 337/742 574/1265 907/2000 1089/2400 277/611 402/886 675/1488 630/1388 739/1630 868/1913 676/1490 655/1445 868/1913 700/1543 408/900 655/1445 577/1273 340/749 655/1445 700/1543 577/1273 574/1265 630/1388 669/1476 398/877 865/1908 512/1128 663/1462 675/1489 671/1479 940/2072 676/1490 865/1908 635/1400 574/1265 478/1055 938/2068 700/1543
Orbit parameters
1,520 km sun-synchronous (821 nmi) 157 x 4,315 km x 68 deg (85 x 2,330 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 1,463 km sun-synchronous (790 nmi)
Vehicle designation
300 1900 2313 2914 2914 2914 2310
Launch site
WTR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR
105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 *130
11-22-74 12-18-74 01-22-75 02-06-75 04-09-75 05-07-75 06-12-75 06-21-75 08-08-75 08-26-75 10-06-75 10-16-75 11-19-75 12-12-75 01-17-76 02-19-76 03-26-76 04-22-76 05-04-76 06-10-76 07-08-76 07-29-76 10-14-76 01-28-77 03-10-77 04-20-77 06-16-77 07-14-77 08-25-77 09-13-77 10-22-77 11-22-77 12-14-77 01-16-78 03-05-78 04-07-78 05-11-78 06-16-78 07-14-78 08-12-78 10-24-78 11-18-78
Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 916 km sun-synchronous (495 nmi) Synchronous transfer 848 km circular x 115 deg (458 nmi) Synchronous transfer 1,109 km sun-synchronous (599 nmi) 556 km circular x 33 deg (300 nmi) 348 x 99,993 km x 90 deg (188 x 53,992 nmi) Synchronous transfer 157 x 3,811 km x 90 deg (85 x 2,058 nmi) Synchronous transfer 159 x 2,998 km x 19 deg (85 x 1,619 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 5,900 km circular x 110 deg (3,186 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 1,519 km sun-synchronous (820 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 280 x 140,320 km x 28.7 deg (151 x 75,767 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 167 x 46,344 km x 28.7 deg (90 x 25,024 nmi) 928 km (501 nmi) sun-synchronous Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 183 x 1,189,658 km x 28.78 deg (99 x 642,364 nmi) 956 km sun-synchronous (516 nmi) Synchronous transfer
2313 2914 2910 2914 1410 2914 2910 1910 2913 2914 2910 2914 2910 3914 2914 2914 3914 2914 2913 2914 2914 2310 2914 2914 2914 2914 2914 2914 2313 3914 2914 2914 2914 2914 2910 2914 3914 2914 2914 2914 2910 2914
ETR ETR WTR ETR WTR ETR WTR ETR WTR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR
131 GOES-B 132 GMS 133 Sirio *134 OTS 135 ISEE A/B 136 Meteosat 137 CS 138 IUE 139 Landsat C 140 BSE 141 142 143 144 145 146 OTS-2 GOES-C Esro-GEOS-2 ISEE-C Nimbus G NATO IIIC
A-3

147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 *178 180
Mission
Telesat-D Scatha Westar-C RCA-C SMM GOES-D SBS-A GOES-E DE-A/B SBS-B SME/Uosat RCA-D RCA-C Westar IV Insat-1A Westar-V Landsat-D Telesat-F RCA-E IRAS/PIX II RCA-F GOES-F EXOSAT Galaxy-A Telstar-3A RCA-G Galaxy-B Landsat-D/Uosat AMPTE Galaxy-C NATO III-D GOES-G DM43
Launch date
12-15-78 01-30-79 08-09-79 12-06-79 02-14-80 09-09-80 11-15-80 05-22-81 08-03-81 09-24-81 10-06-81 11-19-81 01-15-82 02-25-82 04-10-82 06-08-82 07-16-82 08-26-82 10-27-82 01-25-83 04-11-83 04-28-83 05-26-83 06-28-83 07-28-83 09-08-83 09-22-83 03-01-84 08-16-84 09-21-84 11-13-84 05-03-86 09-05-86

887/1956 659/1452 574/1265 895/1974 2248/4956 833/1836 1083/2388 835/1841 415/916 1085/2393 416/918 59.9/132 1082/2385 1082/2385 1108/2442 1153/2541 1108/2442 1972/4348 1238/2730 1110/2447 1072/2375 1121/2472 835/1841 510/1124 1218/2685 1218/2685 1121/2472 1218/2685 1973/4349 997/2198 1218/2685 760/1675 838/1848 2495/5500
Orbit parameters
Synchronous transfer 185 x 43,226 km x 27.48 deg (100 x 23,340 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 574 km circular x 28.5 deg (310 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer (A) 672 x 24,874 km x 90 deg (363 x 13,431 nmi) (B) 305.6 x 1,300 km x 90 deg (165 x 702 nmi) Synchronous transfer 535 x 548.8 km x 97.5 deg (289 x 296 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 689 x 696 km x 98.3 deg (372 x 376 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 906 x 909 km x 99.1 deg (489 x 491 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 344 x 188,295 km x 72.5 deg (185.8 x 101,679 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 689 x 696.5 km x 98.3 deg (372 x 376 nmi) 939.4 x 113,417 km x 27 deg (507 x 61,245 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 222 km circular x 28.6 deg (120 nmi)
Vehicle designation
3914 2914 2914 3914 3910 3914 3910 3914 3913 3910 2310 3910 3910 3910 3910 3910 3920 3920 3924 3910 3924 3914 3914 3920 3920 3920 3920 3920 3924 3920 3914 3914 3920/ PAS 3924 3920 3910 6925 3920 6925 6925 4925 6925 5920 6925 6925 6920-8 6925 6925-8 6920-10
Launch site
ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR
179 182 181 184 183 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195
GOES-H Palapa-B2P Thrusted Vector Navstar II-1 GPS Delta Star Navstar II-2 GPS Navstar II-3 BSB R1 Navstar II-4 COBE Navstar II-5 Navstar II-6 Losat Navstar II-7 Palapa B2R Rosat
02-26-87 03-20-87 02-08-88 02-14-89 03-24-89 06-10-89 08-18-89 09-27-89 10-21-89 11-18-89 12-11-89 01-24-90 02-14-90 03-25-90 04-13-90 06-01-90
841/1853 1244/2742 1574/3470 1657/3645 2637/5800 1657/3645 1664/3670 1233/2719 1664/3670 2203/4857 1664/3670 1664/3670 2449/5400 1664/3670 1241/2736 2440/5380
Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 222 x 333 km x 28.6 deg (120 x 180 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 270 nmi circular 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg incl (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer 20,183 km/55.0 deg incl (10,898 nmi) 900 km (486 nmi) circular 20,183 km/55.0 deg incl (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km/55.0 deg incl (10,898 nmi) 546 km circular (295 nmi) 20,183 km/55.0 deg incl (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer 580 km circular (313 nmi)
ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR WTR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR
A-4

196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 **228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235
Mission
Insat Navstar II-8 BSB-R2 Navstar II-9 Inmarsat 2-F1 Navstar II-10 NATO IVA Inmarsat 2-F2 ASC-2 Aurora II Navstar II-11/LOSAT Navstar II-12 Navstar II-13 Palapa B4 EUVE Navstar II-14 Geotail/DUVE Satcom C4 Navstar II-15 Kopernikus Navstar II-16 Navstar II-17 Navstar II-18 GPS-1/SEDS-1 GPS 2 GPS-3/PMG GPS-4 GPS-5 NATO-IVB Galaxy I-R GPS-6/SEDS-2 Wind Koreasat I Radarsat/SURFSAT XTE Koreasat II NEAR POLAR GPS-7 MSX
Launch date
06-12-90 08-02-90 08-17-90 10-01-90 10-30-90 11-26-90 01-07-91 03-08-91 04-12-91 05-29-91 07-03-91 02-23-92 04-09-92 05-13-92 06-07-92 07-07-92 07-24-92 08-31-92 09-09-92 10-12-92 11-21-92 12-18-92 02-02-93 03-29-93 05-12-93 06-26-93 08-30-93 10-26-93 12-07-93 02-19-94 03-09-94 11-01-94 08-05-95 11-04-95 12-30-95 01-04-96 02-17-96 02-24-96 03-28-96 04-24-96

1293/2851 1664/3670 1233/2719 1664/3670 1370/3020 1882/4150 1434/3161 1385/3054 1358/2994 1338/2950 1882/4150 1882/4150 1882/4150 1252/2761 3249/7165 1882/4150 1009/2225 1402/3092 1882/4150 1411/3111 1882/4150 1882/4150 1882/4150 1882/4150 1882/4150 1882/4150 1882/4150 1882/4150 1434/3161 1400/3085 1882/4150 1250/2756 1447/3190 2865/6317 3030/6680 1457/3212 806/1778 1301/2868 1884/4154 2800/6173
Orbit parameters
Synchronous transfer 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer 528 km circular (285 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 349,635 x 182 km x 28.7 deg (188,788 x 98.5 nmi) Synchronous transfer 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) Synchronous transfer Synchronous transfer 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 495,193 x 186.7 km x 28.75 deg (267,384 x 100.8 nmi) Synchronous transfer 784 km x 800 km x 98.6 deg (423 x 432 nmi) 580 km circular x 23 deg (313.1 nmi) Synchronous transfer Hyperbolic Escape (C=25.7) 185 x 50,719 km x 86 deg (100 x 27,386 nmi) 20,183 km circular x 55.0 deg (10,898 nmi) 903 km circular x 99.23 deg (487.5 nmi)
Vehicle designation
5925 6925 6925 6925 6925 7925 7925 6925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925-8 6920-10 7925 6925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925 7925-8 7925 7925 7925 7920-10 7920-10 7925 7924-8 7925-10 7925 7920-10
Launch site
ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ETR ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER ER WR ER ER ER WR ER WR
*Vehicle Failure **One GEM solid motor carried to Stage I/II separation resulting in transfer orbit apogee outside of these sigma limits. Spacecraft fuel had to be expended to place satellite on station at the expense of lifetime. M029-App I T039-4/19/96 05:33 PM
A-5
Appendix B NATURAL AND TRIGGERED LIGHTNING LAUNCH COMMIT CRITERIA
The Delta launch vehicle will not be launched if any of the following criteria are not met. Even when these constraints are not violated, if any other hazardous weather conditions exist, the Launch Weather Officer will report the threat to the Launch Director. The Launch Director may hold at any time based on the instability of the weather. A. Do not launch if any type of lightning is detected within 10 nautical miles of the planned flight path within 30 minutes prior to launch, unless the meteorological condition that produced the lightning has moved more than 10 nautical miles away from the planned flight path. B. Do not launch if the planned flight path will carry the vehicle: (1) through a cumulus cloud with its top between the + 5.0 degree C and - 5.0 degree C level unless: (a) the cloud is not producing precipitation; -AND(b) the horizontal distance from the farthest edge of the cloud top to at least one working field mill is less than the altitude of the 5.0 degree C level, or 3 nautical miles, whichever is smaller; -AND(c) all field mill readings within 5 nautical miles of the flight path are between 100 V/m and + 1000 V/m for the preceding 15 minutes. (2) through cumulus clouds with tops higher than the 5.0 degree C level.
B-1
(3) through or within 5 nautical miles (horizontal or vertical) of the nearest edge of cumulus clouds with tops higher than the 10.0 degree C level. (4) through or within 10 nautical miles (horizontal or vertical) of the nearest edge of any cumulonimbus or thunderstorm cloud, including non-transparent parts of its anvil. (5) through or within 10 nautical miles (horizontal or vertical) of the nearest edge of a non-transparent detached anvil for the first hour after detachment from the parent thunderstorm or cumulonimbus cloud. Note:Cumulus does not include Altocumulus or Stratocumulus. C. Do not launch if, for ranges equipped with a surface electric field mill network, at any time during the 15 minutes prior to launch time, the absolute value of any electric field intensity measurement at the ground is greater than 1000 V/m within 5 nautical miles of the flight path unless: (1) there are no clouds within 10 nautical miles of the flight path except: (a) transparent clouds, -OR(b) clouds with tops below the + 5.0 degree C level that have not been associated with convective clouds with tops above the 10.0 degree C level within the past three hours, -AND(2) a known source of electric field (such as ground fog) that is occurring near the sensor, and that has been previously determined and documented to be benign, is clearly causing the elevated readings.
Note: For confirmed failure of the surface field mill system, the countdown and launch may continue, since the other lightning launch commit criteria completely describe unsafe meteorological conditions. D. Do not launch if the flight path is through a vertically continuous layer of clouds with an overall depth of 4,500 feet or greater where any part of the clouds is located between the 0.0 degree C and 20.0 degree C levels. E. Do not launch if the flight path is through any clouds that: (1) extend to altitudes at or above the 0.0 degree C level, -AND(2) are associated with disturbed weatherthat is producing moderate (29 dBz) or greater precipitation within 5 nautical miles of the flight path. F. Do not launch if the flight path will carry the vehicle: (1) through any non-transparent thunderstorm or cumulonimbus debris cloud during the first 3 hours after the debris cloud formed from the parent cloud. (2) within 5 nautical miles (horizontal or vertical) of the nearest edge of a nontransparent thunderstorm or cumulonimbus debris cloud during the first 3 hours after the debris cloud formed from a parent cloud unless: (a) there is at least one working field mill within 5 nautical miles of the debris cloud; -AND(b) all electric field intensity measurements at the ground are between + 1000 V/m and 1000 V/m within 5 nautical miles
B-2
of the flight path during the 15 minutes preceding the launch time; -AND(3) The start of the 3-hour period is reckoned as follows: (a) DETACHMENT. If the cloud detaches from the parent cloud: the 3-hour period begins at the time when cloud detachment is observed or at the time of the last detected lightning discharge (if any) from the detached debris cloud, whichever is later. (b) DECAY or DETACHMENT UNCERTAIN. If it is not known whether the cloud is detached or the debris cloud forms from the decay of the parent cloud: the 3-hour period begins at the time when the parent cloud top decays to below the altitude of the 10 degree C level, or at the time of the last detected lightning discharge (if any) from the parent cloud or debris cloud, whichever is later. G. Good Sense Rule: Even when constraints are not violated, if hazardous conditions exist, the Launch Weather Officer will report the threat to the Launch Director. The Launch Director may hold at any time based on the weather threat. H. Definitions/Explanations (1) Anvil: Stratiform or fibrous cloud produced by the upper level outflow or blow-off from thunderstorms or convective clouds. (2) Cloud Edge: The visible cloud edge is preferred. If this is not possible, then the 10 dBz radar cloud edge is acceptable. (3) Cloud Layer: An array of clouds, not necessarily all of the same type, whose bases are approximately at the same level. Also,
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
multiple arrays of clouds at different altitudes that are connected vertically by cloud elements, e. g., turrets from one cloud to another. Convective clouds (e. g., clouds under Rule B above) are excluded from this definition unless they are imbedded with other cloud types. Cloud Top: The visible cloud top is preferred. If this is not possible, then the 13 dBz radar cloud top is acceptable. Cumulonimbus Cloud: Any convective cloud with any part above the 20.0 degree C temperature level. Debris Cloud: Any non-transparent cloud that has become detached from a parent cumulonimbus cloud or thunderstorm, or results from the decay of a parent cumulonimbus cloud or thunderstorm. Documented: With respect to Rule C(2), documented means sufficient data has been gathered on the benign phenomena to both understand it and to develop procedures to evaluate it, and the supporting data and evaluation have been reported in a technical report, journal article, or equivalent publication. For launches at the Eastern Range, copies of the documentation shall be maintained by the 45th Weather Squadron and KSC Weather Projects Office.
The procedures used to assess the phenomena during launch countdowns shall be documented and implemented by the 45th Weather Squadron. (8) Electric Field (for surface-based electric field mill measurements): The one-minute arithmetic average of the vertical electric field (Ez) at the ground, such as measured by a ground-based field mill. The polarity of the electric field is the same as that of the potential gradient; that is, the polarity of the field at the ground is the same as that of the charge overhead. (9) Flight Path: The planned flight trajectory including its uncertainties (error bounds). (10) Precipitating Cloud: Any cloud containing precipitation, producing virga, or having radar reflectivity greater than 13 dBz. (11) Thunderstorm: Any cloud that produces lightning. (12) Transparent: Synonymous with visually transparent. Sky cover through which Also, sky higher clouds, blue sky, stars, etc., may be clearly observed from below. cover through which terrain, buildings, etc., may be clearly observed from above. Sky cover through which forms are blurred, indistinct, or obscured is not transparent.
B-3
Delta Mission Checkout Facility
Pueblo Production Facility
Space Launch Complex 17
Space Launch Complex 2
Boeing Huntington Beach
DELTA II
The Boeing Company Space and Communications Group

5301 Bolsa Avenue, Huntington Beach, CA 92647-2099

Delta 2 Payload Guide

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Delta 2 Payload Guide

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

DELTA II

Payload Planners Guide

The Boeing Company Space and Communications Group

DELTA II PAYLOAD PLANNERS GUIDE

The Boeing Company

REVISION SERVICE CARD

NO POSTAGE NECESSARY IF MAILED IN THE UNITED STATES

BUSINESS REPLY MAIL

LAUNCH VEHICLE DESCRIPTIONS

1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4

GENERAL PERFORMANCE CAPABILITY

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4

Launch Sites Mission Profiles Performance Capability Mission Accuracy Data

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4

Prelaunch Environments Launch and Flight Environments

5.1 5.2 5.3 5.4 5.5 5.6

LAUNCH OPERATIONS AT EASTERN RANGE

6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 6.5 6.6 6.7

LAUNCH OPERATIONS AT WESTERN RANGE

7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 7.5 7.6 7.7

8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4

9.1 9.2 9.3 9.4

4-7 4-8 4-9 4-10 4-11 4-12

4-10 4-11 4-12 4-13 4-14 4-16

4-20 4-20 4-20 4-20 4-24 4-24

4-12 4-13 4-14 4-15 4-16

Delta II early morning final launch preparationsEastern Range

Delta II launchliftoff at Eastern Range

Delta II contrailseconds after liftoff

Eastern Range Launch Complex 17

Section 1 LAUNCH VEHICLE DESCRIPTIONS

Payload to GTO in kilograms (lb)

Figure 1-1. Delta/Delta II Growth To Meet Customer Needs

Graphite Epoxy Motors (GEMs)

Delta 7320-10 Delta 7420-10

12:1 Main Engine Expansion Ratio

Figure 1-2. Delta II Configurations

Spacecraft Fairing Fairing

Payload Attach Fitting Third-Stage Motor

Third-Stage Motor Separation Clamp Bands Spin Table

Fairing Access Door

Fuel Tank Centerbody Section

Thrust Augmentation Solids First-Stage Oxidizer Tank

Figure 1-3. Delta 7925 Launch Vehicle

Second-Stage Miniskirt and Support Truss

Payload Attach Fitting

Guidance Electronics Fairing Second Stage Helium Spheres (3)

First Stage Fuel Tank Centerbody Section

Thrust Augmentation Solids First Stage Oxidizer Tank

Figure 1-4. Delta 7920-10 Launch Vehicle

motor, and to separate the spacecraft following motor burn.

M029, T002, 5 /10/96, 10:07 AM

1.2.5 Payload Fairings

Nose Cone mm in.

2.9-m-dia (9.5-ft) Fairing 8488 334.2

Contamination-Free Separation Joint

2.4-m-dia (8-ft) Base, Isogrid

3-m-dia (10-ft) Cylinder Spacecraft Access Door (as Required)

Figure 1-5. Delta Payload Fairings

2.4-m-dia (8-ft) Base

Figure 1-6. Vehicle Axes

Section 2 GENERAL PERFORMANCE CAPABILITY

Hohmann Transfer Restart SECO 2 SECO 1 MECO Separation

Eastern Launch Site. The eastern launch site